The NWO Coronavirus Narrative

Future New World Order historians will describe the Coronavirus Psyop as a coordinated operation of the world’s “Deep States” aimed at unseating resistant world leaders and imposing the Orwellian rule of the “evil Western-version NWO.” They will say that the regime change elements of the operation utilized…

• “Deep State”/Big Pharma-controlled health professionals and organizations to create the COVID-19 boogeyman and give it credibility,
• a massive mainstream media, alternative media, and crisis-actor-driven social media campaign to terrorize the public with the boogeyman, and
• “Deep State”-aligned national, regional, and local government officials to lend further credibility to the psyop, blame the resistant national leaders for a “negligent response” to the imaginary crisis, and lock down the population and destroy the economy so the national leaders could be removed and the evil NWO could be launched.

The Three Narratives

It is also important to understand that in order to accomplish the ultimate goal of their agenda, the globalists are running three different public narratives:

1. the Mainstream Narrative, which tells the public what to believe in the time before the New World Order,
2. the NWO Narrative, which will tell the public what to believe during the 7 years the New World Order is in effect, and
3. the Millennium Narrative, which will tell the public what to believe after the NWO is defeated and “the reign of Jesus Christ” has begun.

Here is a basic description of each…

The Mainstream Narrative

> It is the official narrative that exists under the current world order (the Bretton Woods Interim World Order).

> It is the false paradigm supposedly spun by the “Satanic Western Establishment” and its associated “Deep States” around the world, and it is communicated to the public through the mainstream media.

> It says that…

• Trump was a disastrous president who needed to be removed, and Putin & Xi are tyrants and enemies of the world’s democracies.
• COVID-19 is a real and deadly pandemic, and Xi, Trump, and Putin have been negligent in their response to it (so they all need to be replaced by responsible leaders).

> This Mainstream Narrative will end when the NWO “heroes” defeat the “Satanic Western Establishment / Deep States / evil NWO” and commandeer the mainstream media to “educate the public on the truth of what’s been going on.” From that point, we’ll get…

The NWO Narrative

> It is the official narrative that will exist under the BRICS-fronted multilateral / multipolar New World Order (the REAL NWO the globalists have been aiming for all these years).

> It is the false paradigm supposedly spun by the “New Multipolar Establishment / NWO heroes,” and it is communicated to the public through the “BRICS Establishment,” their allied Eastern mainstream media outlets, and the controlled alt-media. And after all the “Deep State”-controlled Western and Eastern mainstream media outlets are commandeered, they will also feature the NWO Narrative.

> It says that…

• The “Satanist Western Establishment” and its associated “Deep States” are staging coups against the legitimate, democratically-elected leaders of the world to clear resistance to their agenda.
• COVID-19 is a real disease like the common cold or flu, but its death rate has been vastly overhyped by a Deep State fear campaign aimed at creating the evil Western New World Order out of COVID-19 Chaos. (Controlled alt-media outlets that are currently assisting in the COVID-19 fear campaign will retreat to this explanation when Putin & Friends make their moves.)

> The NWO Narrative will end when “Jesus Christ and his angels” arrive to defeat Putin’s New World Order and shut down all forms of “lying media.” From that point, we’ll get…

The Millennium Narrative

> It is the official narrative that will exist under the globalists’ fake “Millennial Kingdom of Jesus Christ.”

> It is the false paradigm supposedly spun by “God himself,” and it will be communicated to the public through “Christ’s angelic administration,” possibly using “telepathy” (which would be simulated through the use of ingested smart dust combined with ultrasound or microwave technology — have you been hearing those high-pitched tones that sometimes come in your left ear and sometimes in your right? — and the smart dust nanobots need not be implanted in your brain to induce visions and voices; they need only make their way to the optic and auditory nerves). The preparatory propaganda breadcrumbs for the Millennium Narrative are currently being dropped by the Christian elements of the controlled alt-media.

> It will say that…

• The conflict between the “Satanic Western Establishment” and the “NWO heroes” was phony — that they were actually working in concert to launch the Antichrist Kingdom of Vladimir Putin (the NWO), with some “globalists” posing as the Deep Staters and others posing as the heroic opposition.
• COVID-19 was the manufactured crisis that allowed them to stage the end of their phony battle so Putin and the other antichrists could pose as saviors and attempt to usurp Christ’s throne.

> The Millennium Narrative is supposed to continue for a thousand years. The only chance of it ending will come from us — those who understand what the globalists are doing and spread the knowledge no matter how difficult and discouraging it might be. It is unlikely that we’ll live to see the fruition of our efforts.

So with the NWO Coronavirus Narrative in one hand, and this knowledge of the Three Narratives in the other, you are now holding a pair of binoculars you can use to see through the seemingly-confusing storm of propaganda swirling about you.

(NOTE: The contents of this post were originally written as my 11-13 April 2020 updates.)

Beyond the false paradigm presented to the sleeping public through the mainstream media, academia, and religion — and beyond the new false paradigm presented to the awakening public through the controlled alternative media — there is the truth of what’s really going on in our world. This blog is dedicated to exposing that truth for all to see.

What follows are four articles that will bring you up to speed on the basics. They are…

1. THE RED PILL: A Short Overview of the True Globalist Agenda
2. Understanding the NWO Strategy
3. The NWO Schedule of Implementation 2019
4. The Compendium

But before you read them, it seems appropriate to remind you of a warning from The Matrix movie…

“You take the blue pill [by leaving this website now] — the story ends, you wake up in your bed and believe whatever you want to believe. You take the red pill — you stay in Wonderland and I show you how deep the rabbit-hole goes.

All I’m offering is the truth, nothing more.”

You may find what follows unsettling, but it will also confirm many of the thoughts you’ve had yourself. And ultimately, facing reality frees one from fear.

---

THE RED PILL: A Short Overview of the True Globalist Agenda

If this is your first time visiting RedefiningGod.com, there’s a very good chance that everything you think you know about the “globalists” and the “New World Order (NWO)” is wrong. This is because the globalists are using their massive alt-media disinformation network to sell you a “good versus evil” fairy tale. According to their fable’s script, the “evil Western unilateral / unipolar NWO” is trying to take over the world and plunge us into an Orwellian dark age…

…from Infowars

And the “good guys,” Vladimir Putin and the BRICS nations, are standing against the evil and working to build a “benevolent multilateral / multipolar NWO” that “will usher in a new Golden Age / Renaissance for all mankind”…

…from LaRouchePAC

Faced with these two manufactured choices, the globalists expect you to resist the “evil West” and embrace the “benevolent East,” thus embracing the New World Order they’ve been planning all along. So in this entry, I will inoculate you against their fairy tale programming by showing you what they’re doing in the economic, political and religious realms to build their REAL New World Order. I’ll also show you their ultimate goal, which goes far beyond the NWO.

The True Globalist Economic Agenda

The globalists’ post-World War 2 plan for implementing a global government began to crystallize in 1956 under the Rockefeller-funded Special Studies Project. The Project was organized by Nelson Rockefeller, who recruited Henry Kissinger as its director and numerous globalist luminaries of the day, including John D. Rockefeller III and Laurance Rockefeller, as its participants. Five years later, the Project published the public version of its results in a book titled Prospect for America: The Rockefeller Panel Reports – a book which extols the importance of America “helping to shape a new world order”…

…from page 35

On page 173, the book lays out an “essential component” of the economic approach to the NWO: opening America’s markets to aid the economic development of foreign nations…

And on page 75, it hints at the intended recipients of this policy, Communist China…

Since it would be impossible to build a global New World Order without the world’s most populous nation, the globalists decided to use America’s markets, jobs and wealth as bait for luring the insular Chinese into the fold. And in return for joining the New World Order, China’s communist officials were offered the prestige and power of being the world’s new economic leaders. This strategy was publicly admitted by globalist super-minion George Soros in a 2009 video interview with FT…

…from YouTube

Starting at the 9:26 mark of the video and continuing on into the second part, Soros says the following…

“I think this would be the time, because you really need to bring China into the creation of a new world order – financial world order. They are kind of reluctant members of the IMF. They play along, but they don’t make much of a contribution because it’s not their institution. Their share is not commeasurate – their voting rights are not commeasurate – to their weight. So I think you need a New World Order that China has to be part of the process of creating it, and they have to buy in. They have to own it the same way as I said the United States owns… the Washington consensus… the current order, and I think this would be a more stable one where you would have a coordinated policies.”

So as you look at America today – a nation sapped of its well-paying jobs and economic vitality – you now know how it started: with the Rockefellers and Henry Kissinger deciding to hand America’s economic position to China. That’s why Kissinger made his secret trip to “open up” China in 1971…

…and why David Rockefeller Sr. followed him in in 1973…

This article is under construction; there’s more to come. Until it’s done, though, here are some entries you will find very illuminating (the one in bold is a must-read)…

1. To understand more about the Special Studies Project and its plan for the currently-developing New World Order, read The Rockefeller Plan for the BRICS New World Order, in their own words…
2. To see the East versus West conflict as the sham it is, read Mainstream globalist propaganda reveals East/West conflict is a farce.
3. To understand the religious aspect of the globalist plan (and Vladimir Putin’s upcoming role as “savior” and head of the NWO), read “End Times” Programming.
4. To see the “Deep State” as the propaganda ploy it is, read Alex Jones, the Kabbalist banksters, and the “Deep State” con.

---

UNDERSTANDING THE NWO STRATEGY

In this section, I’ll offer an overview of the New World Order’s true nature and the globalist strategy in building it and presenting it to the public.

The Two NWOs

The key to understanding the globalists’ strategy in implementing the New World Order is to understand that there are actually two NWOs: a Western-fronted decoy New World Order and a BRICS-fronted real New World Order. Once you understand how and why the globalists created them and played them against each other, all of the confusing information floating about the mainstream and alternative media will start making sense.

1) The Western-fronted DECOY NWO

This evil, menacing NWO is supposedly being constructed by the US and the EU, but it has never really existed as anything but a media construct. It is much like the fake army of inflatable tanks that Patton “commanded” prior to the Normandy invasion; there is no real substance to it. It was created as a propaganda prop to serve as the “dark side” in the play the globalists are putting on for the public. They even gave it a dark-skinned figurehead for dramatic flair…

When you listen to the many faux-truthers in the alternative press, it is this decoy NWO to which they point as they make their fearful predictions in order to create an emotional reaction within their viewers/readers/listeners. They portray it as an evil Zionist/Nazi/Neocon monster that is destroying the world and bringing humanity to the brink of World War 3. This is being done so the public will welcome the real NWO when it makes its move, defeats the decoy, and snatches peace from the jaws of war.

Another function of the Western decoy is to serve as the scapegoat for all the damage that was done while the globalists were erecting the real NWO. By blaming the Western NWO for all the evils we’ve seen for the past 100+ years – and then getting rid of it — they are hoping the real NWO will start with a clean slate in the public eye.

You will know you’re listening to a controlled-opposition / faux-truther figure talk about the decoy NWO when he or she uses words with the prefix “uni-“…

…such as “unilateral”…

…(source)

…”unipolar”…

…(source)

…and “unipower”…

…(source)

Of course, you’ll know they’re talking about the decoy also when they use the terms “Western elite,” “Nazis,” “Zionists,” and “Neocons” when identifying its builders.

2) The BRICS-fronted REAL NWO

The emerging United Nations-based, BRICS-fronted New World Order is the REAL NWO the globalists have been working towards since the last vestiges of the Old World Order fell after World War 2…

…(from The Moscow Times)

This BRICS-fronted New World Order is nothing more than the old United Nations Complex with a phony “under new management” sign hanging in front. You will know that a commentator is talking about this REAL NWO when he or she uses words with the prefix “multi-“…

…such as “multilateral”…

…(from The Atlantic)

…and “multipolar”…

…(from RT)

This being said, you don’t have to take my word for all this. Look for yourself. Just visit the websites of the IMF and the BIS and enter the following words, one-at-a-time, into their search boxes: “multilateral,” “multipolar,” “unilateral,” and “unipolar.” If you do this and scan through the results you get, you’ll see scores of internal speeches and papers talking about moving towards a multilateral/multipolar world and away from a unilateral/unipolar world. You’ll find virtually nothing on their sites that talks about moving towards a global order ruled by a hegemonic US. That was never the globalists’ real plan.

To learn more about who the globalists really are and what the Old World Order, Interim World Order, and New World Order are, continue reading…

An Overview of the Occulted Powers

Lurking behind the “Democratic Facade” (the so-called “democratic” governments that the public sees as the guiding hands in our world), are the Occulted Powers (OPs). The OPs are a criminal conglomerate of the local royal families throughout the world who are intermarried and/or interoperating with the global network of Jewish bankster families. Under this worldwide royal/Jew “elite,” there are a variety of secret societies (such as the Freemasons) and criminal gangs (such as the Triads) who recruit useful “commoners” into their conspiracy and run societies at the street level.

As with any large gang of criminals, there is some degree of competition amongst the families as they compete for power, position and wealth within the syndicate, but they are all united in furthering their collective control and exploitation of the human race. They are the ones who have been pushing for ever more centralized control of humanity; they are the “globalists.”

An interesting thing about these OPs is that they have their own system of spirituality, which can most accurately be called “the Mystery School.” Whether the gang leaders at the very top actually believe in the spiritual mumbo jumbo of the Mystery School, though, is unclear. There may be some sort of “spiritual” force feeding them their religion, or they may have simply made it up as a control mechanism for their underlings. Whether it’s real or made up, though, it plays a central role in everything they do.

With this in mind, have a look at the Masonic art outside of the New Carrollton Federal Building in Lanham, Maryland…

…This sculpture depicts the Left Hand Path and the Right Hand Path of the OPs’ occultic spirituality. As you can see, the Left Hand (which sits on a black base) is pointing over to the open Right Hand (which sits upon a white base). This reflects the OPs’ practice of using the Left Hand (the “dark side,” which brings about destruction and chaos) to scare people into the open, welcoming Right Hand (the “light side,” which brings about construction and order).

If you look upon the world situation now, you can see that the Anglo-American branch of the OPs are acting as the Left Hand (bringing terror, war, and theft that is destroying the existing world order and scaring humanity towards something new), and the BRICS branch of the OPs are acting as the Right Hand (“opposing” the actions of the Anglo-American axis and welcoming humanity into a “peaceful, fair” new world order that they are constructing). Once you understand this basic idea of how the Two Hands work together to control the world, everything you see around you starts making sense.

The Old World Order, the Interim World Order, and the New World Order

In attempting to understand the New World Order (NWO), many people become confused due to the intentionally misleading definition of the NWO offered by mainstream and alternative propaganda news sources. Before I go into why the news sources are doing this, though, let’s learn the proper definition of the NWO straight from the globalists themselves.

In 1961, the globalists published a book titled Prospect for America: The Rockefeller Panel Reports. It was the (public-version) final report of a Rockefeller-funded study called the Special Studies Project, and it gives a sanitized, sugar-coated overview of the post-World War II plan to transition from the Old World Order to the New World Order.

The book offers this definition of the Old World Order…

So the 13 empires that ruled the world before they were brought down by the twin towers (World War I and World War II) were the Old World Order. And after their collapse, the world entered the period of chaos that precedes the arrival of the New World Order. This time of chaos has been governed by what I’ll call the Interim World Order, which is the current Bretton Woods system in which the US has played a central role due to its post-World War II military power, economic strength, and control of the global reserve currency. It is important to note that the Interim World Order is NOT the New World Order; it was designed to last for a finite period of time (long enough to expend America’s power and wealth to construct the NWO).

Prospect for America also offers the true definition of the New World Order…

…which is a system of regional institutions operating under the supervision of an “international body of growing authority.” I’m sure you can imagine which body that is…

It is important to note that a United Nations-based New World Order is one that cannot be dominated by the US. The US is only 1 vote amongst 193 in the General Assembly and only 1 vote amongst 15 in the Security Council. Any perception of US leadership of the UN has arisen from America’s post-World War II power and prestige and the temporary role of the US dollar as the world’s primary reserve currency. That prestige is now gone, and the post-WWII power will be largely gone once the dollar is replaced by a renamed SDR as the world’s primary reserve currency. For the UN Complex to rise as the central power, the superpowerful US that emerged from WWII had to be taken down, and Prospect for America was the blueprint for its downfall.

Getting back to the misleading definition of the NWO offered by globalist propaganda sources, they attempt to paint the NWO as an effort by the US (and their UK partners in crime) to erect a “unipolar” empire to control the world. This supposed attempt to build a US/UK-centric “Unipolar New World Order” has never existed. As Prospect for America states…

The supposed US-led “Unipolar New World Order” has never been anything but a golem dreamed up by the globalist propaganda masters to distract people’s attention away from the real NWO. While people are being programmed to look West for a scary monster that is closing in on them, the actual NWO is sneaking in from the East looking like a heroic knight in shining armor. And once it is publicly unveiled, the NWO will look like heaven… at first.

So when you see things in the news like this…

>>> Russian President Vladimir Putin said on Saturday that his country would never accept a unipolar world.

Noting that there was one “undisputed” unipolar leadership trying to control the current world and force others to obey, Putin said Russia would never accept such attempts. <<<

…realize it’s just the “knights in shining armor” doing their preparatory public relations work. All of the BRICS leaders are under firm OP control, as is evidenced by Putin’s open display of the symbols of Russia’s Romanov “royals”…


…and Chinese President Xi’s association with his Illuminati handler/promoter, Robert Lawrence Kuhn…

The NWO Strategy in Pictures

For people to embrace the New World Order, they have to see it as the SOLUTION to their problems, not the SOURCE of their problems. And in order to get folks to see it that way, the globalists are having their Western minions create all kinds of mischief so their Eastern minions can step in and save everyone. So in…

Step 1: The globalists have released the Western hounds on everyone, and they are mauling us with theft, oppression and war.

Step 2: They’ve had their faux-truther / controlled-opposition press screaming to everyone that the hounds are coming after us so we’ll get scared and look for safety.

Step 3: They are having their BRICS minions step up and save us from the hounds. Welcome, saviors!

And with that, we end up in the NWO. It’s not so hard to understand, is it?

Don’t Get Swept Away by the Coming “Truth Tsunami”

Let’s begin this section by reminding ourselves what a “limited hangout” is…

“spy jargon for a favorite and frequently used gimmick of the clandestine professionals. When their veil of secrecy is shredded and they can no longer rely on a phony cover story to misinform the public, they resort to admitting—sometimes even volunteering—some of the truth while still managing to withhold the key and damaging facts in the case. The public, however, is usually so intrigued by the new information that it never thinks to pursue the matter further.”

When you think about it, the whole engineered truth movement has been a limited hangout operation. There have been “insiders” and “whistleblowers” (disinfo agents) coming out from under every rock to tell us a mixture of truth and falsehood, and the gist of their message is…

“The evil West is out to get us, and Putin and the BRICS are the only ones who can stop them.”

So the objective of the limited hangout operation known as the “Truth Movement” is to publicize facts that make the West look bad and the East look good. And in doing this, they are distracting people from “the key and damaging” fact that the BRICS are the ones actually bringing in the NWO.

But you ain’t seen nothin’ yet.

The rising floodwaters of limited hangout truth will give way to a full-on tsunami next year. You will see all sorts of radical truth-telling, including stunning information about Obama’s background and what really happened on 9/11. When you see the mainstream media parroting all the explanations the globalists have been beta testing in the alternative media rabbit hole, you’ll know we’ve reached the climax point.

Here is something I wrote about their plans back in 2013…

>>> Let’s begin with the Cliff’s Notes version of the basic three-step process I see them trying to implement:

Create a PROBLEM – Through social engineering and the power of mass media, they have created dissatisfaction and dissociation with our old social forms and norms, including the traditional religions, in order to make us amenable to a new order of things. They’ve also sicced their dark dogs on us, who’ve been enthusiastically preparing a vast global police state grid, an economic and military conflagration, and a mass culling of the population.

Generate a REACTION – Through the engineered truth movement, they have advertised the actions of their dark minions in order to create fear in the population as well as a strong desire for some escape from what they have planned [here is a prime example]. They’ve also been disseminating vastly more accurate spiritual information through false-light channelings and New Age gurus for those weary of the old religions, but have blended in some misleading ideas that will be useful to them later.

Offer a SOLUTION – They’ll allow their minions to go to the brink (or a bit past the brink) of unleashing their planned horrors upon the world so people will desperately grasp for any solution. The solution will then be offered by the BRICS nations in the form of a new precious metals-backed financial system and by a BRICS-allied “alien” power who will come onto the scene to stop the wars and address urgent needs. With a timely arrival to save the day, they are expecting the relieved public to warmly embrace their version of a “love and light” New World Order of (apparent) freedom, as well as the “aliens” and their “god,” who will pose as Prime Creator/Source (but he/she/it IS NOT).

With the overview in place, let’s now delve into some of the juicy details of offering the solution…

The dark minions and Homeland Security types who have been preparing the Great Culling and the global police state genuinely believe they’ll get to slaughter lots of people, and they are orgasmically licking their chops in anticipation. They kinda remind me of the character “Psycho” from the movie Stripes…

…“All I know is I finally get to kill somebody”…

Naturally, it is essential to the overall plan that actors on the lower levels of the power/awareness pyramid sincerely believe their roles and make concrete preparations for the Culling. The threat they pose would be unconvincing otherwise. Unfortunately for the planners, though, the general population is so distracted and drugged-out from other Cabal activities that they’re having a hard time generating the desired awareness and fear. Unintended consequences are a bi*ch, aren’t they? Nonetheless, when the economy suddenly grinds to a halt, war actions have begun, and thugs in armored cars can be seen on the streets, that should provide enough of a wake-up slap to get the attention of the public.

Once a crescendo of awareness and fear has been reached, that’s when the surprise will come. As if out of nowhere, military and economic forces will jump into action to bring a dead stop to the unfolding nightmare. Posing as a benevolent alliance, they will commandeer all media to broadcast in-depth exposes of all that has been going on behind the scenes in our world. The public will be both shocked and jubilant to finally hear the truth, and it will wash over them like a tsunami. Unfortunately, this limited hangout truth tsunami is intended to carry them away towards an acceptance of the real New World Order. <<<

Speaking of the “love and light” NWO, here is a preview of what to expect: The Multilateral/Multipolar New World Order will seem like heaven… at first.

So enjoy the big show, but don’t forget that’s what it is.

Knowing the Heroes and the Goats

Here is something important to know about the real New World Order…

The real BRICS-fronted NWO the globalists are bringing into being will be based on Austrian economics, not Communism. And it will in the beginning appear to be libertarian and respectful of national sovereignty.

As I point out throughout this blog, the globalists have divided their minions into two teams: the Black Hats and the White Hats. And they’re having their controlled alt-media paint the Black Hats as people who are trying to build an evil “Western” NWO. At the same time, they are portraying the White Hats as people who are trying to stop the evil and build a benevolent BRICS-fronted NWO instead. Needless to say, the White Hat “heroes” are scripted to win this conflict, and their victory will bring in the real New World Order the globalists have been planning all along.

That being said, here is a list of Black Hat people and things that will be defeated (on the left) and White Hat people and things that will triumph (on the right)…

Keep in mind that the people and things on both sides of this list work for the same bosses. They’re simply assigned to play opposing roles on the public stage.

Armed with this list, you can look at any alt-media site and know if it’s controlled or honest by simply noticing two things:

1) If it portrays the conflict between the “evil” West and “benevolent” East as real (instead of what it really is: a fake stage play put on for public consumption)

…and…

2) if it bashes the people and things in the left column while promoting the people and things in the right column

…the site is either globalist-aligned or run by someone who has fallen for their propaganda.

---

THE NWO SCHEDULE OF IMPLEMENTATION 2019

“Rejoice, for the revelation of the Messiah is at hand!”…

…This is an APNews photo of the “Christlike” Vladimir Putin, who is scripted by the globalists to play the roles of the Jewish/Christian Messiah, the Head of the NWO / Revived Roman Empire, and the “Final Antichrist.” This page will show you why I say that, so let’s begin…

The globalist advance towards the New World Order (NWO) is analogous to an American football team’s advance towards a touchdown:

• they can slowly and incrementally drive towards their goal using their running game (small, dull, publicly-unnoticed institutional changes that accumulate over time), or
• they can quickly leap towards their goal using their passing game (staging big crises like 9/11 that demand large, sudden “solutions”).

The purpose of this NWO Schedule of Implementation page is to anticipate, expose, and hopefully prevent their passing plays. By forcing them to grind slowly towards their goals with their ground game, time is bought to allow people to wake up to their agenda and begin to counteract it.

That being said, let’s start examining the goal they’re driving towards and the pass plays they’re setting up to get there quickly…

Their Political Goals

THE GLOBALISTS’ IMMEDIATE GOAL IS TO COMPLETE THE TRANSITION TO THE NEW WORLD ORDER, WHICH WILL BE CENTERED AROUND A STRENGTHENED, “REFORMED” UNITED NATIONS WITH VLADIMIR PUTIN AS ITS DE FACTO OR DE JURE LEADER.

In order to overcome the UN’s jaded reputation and get people to accept its leadership, they will take it through a “reform” process to rebrand it and give it an image makeover. These reforms will make it appear that “Western domination and corruption” of the institution has been put to an end, and they will include three very important elements…

1. The UN Security Council will be reformed to include more permanent members.
2. Unilateral Security Council vetoes will be eliminated.
3. The size and powers of the UN’s military, police, and colonization (“peacebuilding”) forces will be significantly increased.

Now let’s look a little closer at these three elements…

1) The UN Security Council will be reformed to include more permanent members.

In their reform of the United Nations, the globalists want to make it appear that it is no longer a “tool of the West,” and adding new permanent members to the Security Council will allow them to “bring the East’s representation into parity with the West’s.” The reform could go one of two ways: 1) they could blow up the existing permanent membership structure and expand the number of permanent members to 10 (one for each UN Development Region), or 2) they could expand the existing structure to include two new members, India and Germany. Here’s why they will most likely do the latter:

Currently, there are five permanent members, and “the West has a numerical advantage”…

Western Permanent Members: 3 (US, France, UK)
Eastern Permanent Members: 2 (China, Russia)

By adding India, they would numerically balance West and East, and by adding Germany, they would provide a neutral, tie-breaking vote…

Western Permanent Members: 3 (US, France, UK)
Eastern Permanent Members: 3 (China, Russia, India)
Neutral Members: 1 (Germany, “the bridge between East and West”)

But there is another reason the globalists might want “7 heads” on the Security Council, and it is related to their NWO religious agenda. We’ll explore that a little further down this page.

Now let’s move on to the second element of the UN “reform”…

2) Unilateral Security Council vetoes will be eliminated.

The elimination of unilateral veto power will be sold as being necessary to allow the UN to effectively address divisive conflicts, but its real purpose will be to ensure that no nation can insulate itself from UN action by casting a veto. All nations will be equally helpless against the multilateral UN mob and the globalists who pull their strings from behind the scenes.

The globalists will accomplish this by either doing away with permanent member vetoes entirely or requiring four permanent members (within the new 7 permanent member structure) to join together to veto a measure. By requiring four votes for a veto, neither the East nor West could block a measure on their own; they would need help from the neutral member or the other side.

Of course, the globalists’ tried-and-true method for spurring such a change is to deliberately create a problem, then offer their plans as a solution. So applying this standard method to eliminate unilateral vetoes is as easy as ONE-TWO-THREE…

ONE – Stage wars the UN can’t prevent due to the existence of unilateral veto powers. The long war in Syria is a perfect example of this. Note the competing resolutions on Syria that were circulated in the Security Council in October of 2016; neither had a chance because both sides had vetoes…

…from the UN website

And if you look at other conflicts the globalists have stirred up…

• the UN cannot resolve the simmering conflict in the South China Sea because of China’s unilateral veto,
• the UN cannot resolve the North Korean “nuclear crisis” because of China and Russia’s vetoes,
• the UN cannot resolve the Ukraine-Russia war over the Crimea because of Russia’s unilateral veto, and
• the UN cannot restrain the hyper-aggressive warmaking and regime-changing of the United States because of America’s unilateral veto.

TWO – Ensure that all of the nations that possess unilateral veto power get a serious bloody nose from the unprevented conflicts. The harm they’ll suffer and the horrors they’ll witness will provide the motivation to surrender their veto powers “so it will never happen again.”

THREE – Present the pre-planned new veto rules to the General Assembly for adoption. After all, “unilateral vetoes have no place in a multilateral body, do they?”

Finally, let’s look at the last element of the UN “reform”…

3) The size and powers of the UN’s military, police, and colonization (“peacebuilding”) forces will be significantly increased.

The globalists will promote this strengthening of the UN as insurance that “no unilateral power will ever again threaten world peace,” but the actual reason is to ensure that the global government reigns supreme. Once the UN-centered New World Order is put in place, the globalists have scripted a honeymoon period during which things will look much better than they do now. But once we hit the 3.5 year mark, Putin and the UN will start doing some ominous things with the upgraded powers the UN will then possess. Nations that don’t toe the UN line will first be subjected to multilateral sanctions. And if they still refuse to correct their behavior, the UN’s military will roll in, followed by UN police and “peacebuilders.”

It should come as no surprise, then, that less than a month after Boris Yeltsin handed the Russian Presidency over to Vladimir Putin, the future NWO leader Putin was hosting the UN Secretary-General and talking about strengthening the “authority and influence of the UN”…

…from Kremlin.ru

A few months later, Putin attended the UN Millennium Summit and started getting specific about increasing the UN’s power…

…from The People’s Daily. Here is an excerpt…

“During the meeting, they discussed conflict resolution, rapid reaction capability for peacekeepers, post-conflict reconstruction and the U.N. reform.

Putin expressed interest in reviving the U.N. Military Staff Committee which coordinates military activity of the five permanent members of the Security Council in support of international peace and security, but which has never been effective.”

Now if we look into the UN Military Staff Committee, we see this…

“The Military Staff Committee (MSC) is the United Nations Security Council subsidiary body whose role, as defined by the United Nations Charter, is to plan UN military operations and assist in the regulation of armaments.

The greatest purpose of the MSC, arising from Article 45 of the UN Charter, was intended to be providing command staff for a set of air-force contingents. These contingents, provided by the Permanent 5 members (P5) of the Security Council (the People’s Republic of China, France, Russia, the United Kingdom, and the United States) to be held at ready for the discretionary use of the United Nations.” – From Wikipedia

Clearly, Putin wants the “reformed” UN he’ll lead to have military teeth. But his and his globalist handlers’ plans go beyond mere military power, as is shown by this Russian statement at the UN…

…Here are some key passages [with my comments added in brackets]…

>>> Russia places a high emphasis on the role that peacekeeping [UN intervention in the internal affairs of nation-states] plays in maintaining international peace and security…

…we attach great importance to the establishment of the Peacebuilding Commission, which operates at a cross-juncture of the activities of the Security Council, the General Assembly, the Economic and Social Council as well as international financial institutions… [the UN “Peacebuilding” Commission is designed to move in after the UN military rolls into an area and alter the political and economic order of the invaded area to suit the globalists; it is essentially a colonizing force]

The importance of the UN civil police is increasing. We follow with great interest the implementation of the Summit’s decision to establish a Standing police capacity…

It is fundamentally important that all these activities be carried out in accordance with… rational division of labour with the regional organizations. In this connection I would like to stress our conviction that relevant capacities of the Commonwealth of Independent States, Organisation of the Collective Security Treaty and Shanghai Cooperation Organisation might be in high demand. [in other words, they want the UN to use peacekeepers that the Russians and Chinese have trained] I note with satisfaction, that our efforts in strengthening the UN peacekeeping capacity are bearing fruits…

The Peacekeepers’ Training Centre of the Advanced Police Training Academy of the Russian Ministry of Interior organized between the 2nd and 30th of November, 2006 a course “The Civilian Policeman in the UN Missions” for thirty eight representatives of law enforcement institutions from ten African states.

In accordance with the decision of the Russian Government the Ministry of the Interior is planning on training up to 80 people a year till 2010. The next course of training African peacekeepers in Russia is scheduled for the period from March 1st to April 2nd of this year… [so Russia has been recruiting and training agents to embed in UN civil police forces that come from nations they don’t control]

In conclusion I would like to touch upon one more issue. We believe that the improvement of the thorough consideration of all military aspects of specific peacekeeping operations by the UN Security Council would promote greater efficiency of all aspects of UN peacekeeping. The Charter body – the Military Staff Committee (MSC) that is called upon to ensure an appropriate level of military expertise for the UN Security Council decisions, which have a military aspect, might provide a contribution to this. That is why the President of Russia V. Putin set forth the idea of the MSC’s revitalisation at the Millennium Summit. <<<

“Peacekeeping” is an Orwellian doublespeak word for “warmaking.” It involves the UN invasion of a nation-state in order to produce an internal outcome the UN desires. And according to the globalist / Putin plan for a stronger UN, it will involve…

1. more effective application of UN military force, followed by
2. UN civil police to weed out “troublemakers” and pacify the population, and
3. UN “Peacebuilding” agents to remake the affected area’s political and economic structure in accordance with globalist guidelines.

With this 3-step colonization protocol set before us, it’s not hard to imagine where they’re going with it. During the first 3.5 years of the NWO, they might use it only in areas where there are humanitarian crises. This will allow them to practice and fine-tune their approach. But after the 3.5 year mark, they’ll start using the protocol in areas that contain…

• large pockets of resistance to the UN (because “the UN is the source of world peace, so if you’re against the UN, you are a threat to world peace”), and
• large pockets of religious “extremists” (those who cling to traditional religious ideas over the UN’s “It’s All Good” One World Religion).

In both cases, the globalists will use false-flag shootings and bombings to simulate conflict and justify UN intervention.

Now that we’ve covered the political aspect of the NWO agenda, let’s have a look at the financial / economic aspect…

Their Financial / Economic Goals

THE GLOBALISTS’ IMMEDIATE GOAL IS TO COMPLETE THE TRANSITION TO THE NEW WORLD ORDER ECONOMIC SYSTEM, WHICH WILL BE BASED ON AN “ENHANCED CHINA MODEL” AND REVOLVE AROUND A “REFORMED” IMF/WORLD BANK AND THEIR “GOLD-BACKED” SDR GLOBAL CURRENCY

I first wrote about the Enhanced China Model back in November of 2015…

>>> From my current knowledge of what the globalists have planned, they seem to be aiming for an “Enhanced China Model” for the global economy. In China, the central government dictates the direction of the economy, but that direction is pursued with a capitalistic approach. And if the central planners don’t like something that’s going on in the capitalistic level, they step in and crush it. This is how I suspect the new globalist economy will operate.

At the UN level, the neo-Roman authorities will steer the direction of the economy (such as with the “Sustainable Development Agenda”), but they will allow the corporations to pursue that direction under an Austrian Economic Framework. That way, they’re in control (such as in a communist/socialist system), but things actually get done (such as in a capitalist system). <<<

So the socialist/communist economic takeover you’ve been programmed to fear is part of the decoy NWO. The real NWO will be based on Austrian Economics operating within UN-defined (globalist-defined) boundaries.

To learn more about who’s really behind the Austrian Economics fad, read these entries…

The coming BRICS gold standard, Ron Paul, and the Rockefellers

Like it or not, here is more on the Rockefeller connection to Austrian economics

Turning our attention to the IMF, the first steps towards its “reform” were taken in early 2016 when the 2010 quota reforms finally took effect. But the really big step will occur in the near future when China offers a portion of their gold reserves to help provide gold “backing” for the SDR. In return for their gold, China will receive a large special allocation of SDRs, and these new SDRs will dilute the US’s share of total SDRs to below the 15% level. This will eliminate America’s veto power in the IMF, which will unleash even more reforms. At the time this is done, we’ll also see a Chinaman replace Christine Lagarde as the Managing Director of the IMF.

As for the SDR, moves towards its reform and wider use were taken in 2016 when China’s renminbi was added to its currency basket and SDR-denominated bonds were sold by the World Bank and Standard Chartered Bank…

…from the DailyMail.com. The article is a short and informative read, so have a look at it.

It is the intention of the globalists to replace the US dollar as the primary reserve currency with the SDR and then promote the SDR’s use as a global consumer currency. To see their detailed plans for replacing the dollar with the SDR, read this speech given by Zhou Xiaochuan, the governor of China’s central bank (and the currently designated replacement for Christine Lagarde at the IMF)…

…The speech was given during the depths of the 2007-2009 financial crisis and follows the standard globalist “let’s create a problem, then offer our solution” template. He begins by pointing to the problems posed by the (engineered) economic meltdown, then he goes on to explain how a new kind of global reserve currency would solve all those problems. Finally, he makes his recommendation…

“The scope of using the SDR should be broadened, so as to enable it to fully satisfy the [IMF] member countries’ demand for a reserve currency.”

And to see how the globalists will promote the SDR as the world’s consumer currency, have a look at this Economist article from 1988…

…Here is an excerpt…

>>> THIRTY years from now, Americans, Japanese, Europeans, and people in many other rich countries, and some relatively poor ones will probably be paying for their shopping with the same currency. Prices will be quoted not in dollars, yen or D-marks but in, let’s say, the phoenix. The phoenix will be favoured by companies and shoppers because it will be more convenient than today’s national currencies, which by then will seem a quaint cause of much disruption to economic life in the last twentieth century…

…The phoenix would probably start as a cocktail of national currencies, just as the Special Drawing Right is today. In time, though, its value against national currencies would cease to matter, because people would choose it for its convenience and the stability of its purchasing power…

…The phoenix zone would impose tight constraints on national governments. There would be no such thing, for instance, as a national monetary policy. The world phoenix supply would be fixed by a new central bank, descended perhaps from the IMF…

…Governments are far from ready to subordinate their domestic objectives to the goal of international stability. Several more big exchange-rate upsets, a few more stockmarket crashes and probably a slump or two will be needed before politicians are willing to face squarely up to that choice…

…Pencil in the phoenix for around 2018, and welcome it when it comes. <<<

To learn more about this, read Mainstream globalist propaganda reveals East/West conflict is a farce.

With the political and financial/economic aspects of the NWO agenda now laid before us, let’s look at an aspect most serious people overlook: the religious aspect…

Their Religious Goals

THE GLOBALISTS’ IMMEDIATE GOAL IS TO SIMULATE THE FULFILLMENT OF JEWISH, CHRISTIAN, MUSLIM, AND OTHER RELIGIONS’ “END TIMES” PROPHECIES IN SUPPORT OF THE LAUNCH OF THE NEW WORLD ORDER.

Their prophecy fulfillment plan has three steps and two distinct phases.

The three steps are…

1) Propagandize the public to see the Western “elite” as Satanists and Western leaders like Barack Obama as antichrists.

2) Propagandize the public to see Vladimir Putin as a savior – the Jewish/Christian Messiah – then later propagandize them to see him as the “one true Antichrist.”

3) Propagandize the public to see the Kabbalist pod person who shows up to defeat Putin and the New World Order as the “one true Christ.”

As for the two distinct phases, they are…

1) Phase 1 (The Antichrist Phase) – In this phase, the “one true Antichrist” Putin attempts to take “Christ’s throne” through deception. To accomplish this, he has the West and its leaders play the roles of Satanists and antichrists so he can defeat them and appear to be the savior. And through his victory, he defeats the “evil” Western-version New World Order and erects the “good” BRICS-version New World Order. His NWO will appear to be the answer to all our problems until we get to Phase 2.

2) Phase 2 (The Christ Phase) – In this phase, Putin fulfills some Biblical prophecies that show him to be the “one, true, final Antichrist” and the NWO turns ugly. At this point, globalist alt-media figures like Alex Jones, Steve Quayle and Tom Horn will propagandize the public to see Putin as the Antichrist and his NWO as the “Beast system.”

Once people see Putin as the Antichrist and they’re super-scared, a new globalist figure (the Kabbalah Christ) will sweep in and defeat him and his New World Order. It is at this point that the globalists will achieve their ultimate goal: total ownership and control of the entire planet and its people in a post-democratic world governed by a figurehead god-king. They want to rule over us like gods.

Turning our attention to the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment script for the Muslims, an excellent overview is offered in this video from Sheikh Imran Hosein…

…Here is how it starts out…

“Syria is not just another part of the world of Islam. From an Islamic eschatological perspective, Syria is at the heart – the very heart – of the end of history. There are three main actors at the end of history in Islamic eschatology:

The most important of them all is the return of Jesus, the son of Mary, the true messiah.

And then there is another figure in the end of history who seeks to impersonate the true messiah, and he is the false messiah. The Christians call him the Antichrist, and …Muhammad… called him Al-Masih ad-Dajjal, or Dajjal the false messiah.

And the third important figure in Islamic eschatology at the end of history is the Imam, or the Prince – in Christian theology he’s known as the Prince, or Imam al-Mahdi.

And these three main actors of the end of history are all going to be simultaneously present in Damascus. Imam al-Mahdi will already be there. Dajjal will come to attack him. And at that time when Dajjal is ready for the confrontation with the Imam, the Son of Mary returns.”

The Strategic Culture Foundation is a globalist disinformation front specializing in Step 2 propaganda, so they present news and commentary to make the West look evil and Putin look like a world-saving genius. And if we look at Hosein’s video, it’s not hard to identify which globalist actors are playing the eschatological characters he outlines…

     > Vladimir Putin, the son of Mary (Maria Shelomova), is cast as the “true messiah.”

     > Qasem Soleimani, the “Savior of Syria,” is cast as the “Imam al-Mahdi.” That’s why Hosein says the Mahdi “will already be there” in Damascus (Soleimani managed the war from there). To read more about him, see Updates 9 and 10 of Globalist Agenda Watch 2018.

     > Recep Tayyip Erdogan, who attacked the Mahdi in Syria, is cast as the “Al-Masih ad-Dajjal, or Dajjal the false messiah.” He was stopped when the “true messiah” (Putin) stepped in to aid the “Mahdi” (Soleimani).

It is important to note that since there are two phases to the “End Times” show, the Antichrist Phase (Phase 1, in which “Satan attempts to steal Christ’s throne”) and the Christ Phase (Phase 2, in which “the real Jesus shows up to stop Satan”), the globalists will artificially fulfill Biblical prophecy TWICE. And this means there are two actors cast for every role:

The role of the Christian “Antichrist” is played by…
Obama, Clinton, etc. in Phase 1, and by Vladimir Putin in Phase 2.

The role of the Muslim Antichrist character, the “Dajjal,” is played by…
Recep Tayyip Erdogan in Phase 1, and by Qasem Soleimani in Phase 2.

The role of the Christian/Muslim “Christ” is played by…
Vladimir Putin in Phase 1, and by “Testy Tubey” (an unknown GMO human) in Phase 2.

The role of the seven-headed, ten-horned “Beast out of the Sea” (the Revived Roman Empire) from Revelation is played by…
the G7 in Phase 1, and by the “reformed” UN/NWO in Phase 2.

The role of the “Beast out of the Earth” that aids the Beast out of the Sea from Revelation is played by…
the EU in Phase 1, and by one of Russia’s Eurasian treaty organizations in Phase 2 (I haven’t yet set my attention to positively identifying which particular one, but the CSTO and SCO are candidates, and I’m leaning towards the SCO).

The globalists are artificially fulfilling the prophecies twice so it will appear that the first fulfillment was a trick and the second is “real,” but both of them are fake. I know this with certainty because I’ve observed their propagandists laying the groundwork for both. There is absolutely nothing “supernatural” or “spiritual” about what’s coming; it’s all Hollywood magic combined with sequestered technology to give the appearance of something supernatural and spiritual.

For information on the prophecy fulfillment plan for the Chinese and the Indians, visit the Compendium page and read the section titled “Xi Jinping’s assassination, the globalist prophecy fulfillment plan for the Indians and the Chinese, and the 5 Avatars.”

Now that you know the political, economic and religious goals the globalists are driving towards, it’s time to examine the pass plays they’ll attempt this year to get there quickly…

The 2019 Implementation Campaign

The globalists are close to unleashing a massive global crisis to artificially fulfill religious “End Times” prophecies and usher in the New World Order. In making their 2019 attempt to put it in motion, they’ll likely follow the same three-phase global crisis template they tried to implement in the past few years. The three phases are…

1) The Initial Conflict Phase in which the domestic and international situation builds towards a big crisis. This crisis is typically scheduled to start in March, April, or May, with March being the most likely month this year.

2) The “Darkness before the Dawn” Phase in which there is global political and economic disarray that demands a swift solution. This is typically scheduled for the interim period between the initial crisis and September.

3) The Final Conflict / “Dawn of a New Day” Phase in which a final climax and solution is reached for the global crisis. This is typically scheduled for September (to coincide with Jewish New Year).

It’s important to understand that this three-phased Big Event template has two possible paths and three possible variants. The two paths are…

1) The War Path, and
2) The Peace Path.

And the three variants are…

1) Trump is “killed” or removed, but Putin stays in place;
2) Both Trump and Putin are “killed” or removed; or
3) Both Trump and Putin stay in place.

Of these two paths and three variants, the most likely global crisis configuration this year is the Peace Path + both Trump and Putin stay in place. To read the details of how it might unfold this year and to monitor its progress (or lack thereof), read Globalist Agenda Watch 2019: What to watch for between now and the end of March, and look for new updates on the Home Page.

On a final note, it is of vital importance that you steel yourself against the globalists’ two aces in the hole: 1) their limited-hangout “Truth Tsunami” and 2) their technological ability to affect human mood through electromagnetic transmissions.

As I point out in Understanding the NWO Strategy, the “Truth Tsunami” will involve their release of vast amounts of secret information to the public. The intent of it is to overwhelm people with the sense that “all the secrets are finally coming out,” but the reality is that it’s a carefully tailored release of information meant to lead people’s thinking in desirable directions, including…

• leading them to accept the “reality” of the scripted “evil Deep State” versus “good Deep State” / “Satanic forces” versus “God’s forces” drama the globalists are directing, and
• leading them to accept the multilateral / multipolar New World Order as the solution to the problems which have beset us.

And as I point out in “End Times” Programming, the globalists possess the ability to affect human mood (and possibly create hallucinations and “voices”) through electromagnetic signals transmitted by the cell phone network and other sources. They will use this technology at the appropriate time(s) in the “End Times” script, such as during the arrival of the fake “ETs” and/or the arrival of “Jesus Christ,” to make people feel euphoric. This “feeling of something different in the air” will lead many to believe they’re experiencing something spiritual and real, but it’s merely the entrainment of their brainwaves to an EM carrier signal.

When the Truth Tsunami and the carrier signals hit you, it’s important that you remember this warning. Don’t be swept away to your destruction by simple parlor tricks; just enjoy the show and the free high. And remember that we have roughly seven years to stop the murder of at least a third of the world’s population in the scripted final war between “Satan” and “Jesus Christ.”

---

THE COMPENDIUM

This Compendium is a gathering point for my previous writings on a variety of subjects, and it’s a continuous work in progress. It is here where I’ll collect my past writings, group them by subject, and eventually strip out obsolete references to dangerous dates and combine the writings into concise overviews on each subject. If you are a longtime reader who has gone through the entire blog, you’ll find nothing new here. But if you a new reader or you haven’t read everything from the past, you may find things of interest. These are the subjects currently covered:

• The Israeli False-Flag Sinking of a US Aircraft Carrier in the Persian Gulf
• The false-flag “Houthi” cruise missile attack
• How and why the Chabad-Lubavitch cult is steering the Middle East towards war
• Xi Jinping’s assassination, the globalist prophecy fulfillment plan for the Indians and the Chinese, and the 5 Avatars
• Qasem Soleimani, the Globalist-Chosen Imam Mahdi
• Globalist Disinformation, the Higgins Memo, Michael Flynn and “Q-Anon”
• The Fake EMP Threat, Bitcoin, and the Great Encryption Lie
• The Globalists’ Prophecy Fulfillment Plan
• The Three Endgames of the NWO Transition
• A false-flag blamed on Iran & Khamenei’s complicity in the globalist prophecy deception
• North Korean Anthrax
• A preliminary “alien intervention” in a ballistic missile launch
• A provocation scenario for a North Korean satellite launch
• Putin and Trump, the Lubavitcher Messiahs
• UFOs and Fake Aliens
• North Korean Submarines and Nuclear 9/11
• The Left Hand Path and the Right Hand Path
• The North Korean Oil Embargo and the New Pearl Harbor Attack
• The Three Sandboxes of World War 3
• Vladimir Putin, the Jewish King of Restored Khazaria

The sections highlighted in red can be read below. The ones in black can be read by visiting the Compendium page.

---

SUBJECT: The Israeli False-Flag Sinking of a
US Aircraft Carrier in the Persian Gulf

(3 December 2018) – Here comes a rather obvious false-flag play…

…from Zero Hedge

The aircraft carrier will be arriving a mere matter of days after the Fifth Fleet Commander (who is in charge of the Middle East) was found dead in “an apparent suicide”…

…from The Navy Times

And I’ve heard rumors in the controlled alt-media that the commander was suicided over his resistance to a false-flag plan vis-a-vis Iran. So what we have here is a rather clumsy, obvious, and well-telegraphed setup for a “carrier down” false-flag. Tomorrow, I’ll look around and see if they’ve added anything hidden or interesting to the scenario. In the meantime, have a look at what I wrote about the “carrier down” scenario back in April…

(Special Note – 29 April 2018) – An Israeli naval false-flag warning for May & How the “evil Deep State” is scripted to save war from the jaws of peace

Will the start of World War III be attributed to an Iranian copy of a Russian rocket torpedo with a North Korean nuclear warhead…

Have a look at this Newsweek article from 3 days ago: IRAN THREATENS TO SINK U.S. WARSHIPS AS TRUMP CONSIDERS LEAVING NUCLEAR DEAL

Then have a look at this Newsweek article from last year: IRAN’S MILITARY FIRES ADVANCED TORPEDO BASED ON RUSSIA’S FASTEST IN THE WORLD

Given the Iranian naval chief’s threat to sink US ships, the door is now open for an Israeli false-flag attack on a US Navy ship, with the most likely method of attack being a Russian-made Shkval-E rocket torpedo fired from an Israeli Dolphin-class submarine. The blame can then be laid on the Iranian navy and their Hoot rocket torpedo, which is a copy of the Shkval. The attack would most likely be staged after May 12, when Trump may decide to withdraw from the Iran nuclear deal.

Since the Shkval is known to be a very noisy weapon that gives away the position of the sub that fires it, the Israeli sub would likely fire it from a shadowing position behind an Iranian sub. They would then fire a conventional torpedo to sink the sub they’re shadowing. That way, Israel can claim they “sank the Iranian sub that sank the American ship.”

What heroes! 

By the way, this is the likely target of the Shkval…

…from Google News (the Truman left port on April 11, which is another indicator of mischief)

The sinking of one or more American aircraft carriers during the war is a key part of the globalist script. The event is meant to mark the end of the era of American force projection around the world.

As to why their sub was in the Persian Gulf, the Israelis will have a built-in excuse…

…from Israel National News. Since Israel’s submarines are diesel-powered, the words “nuclear submarine” in the title imply a submarine with nuclear warheads aboard.

How the “evil Deep State” is scripted to save war from the jaws of peace

The more I look into the crystal ball on this one, the bigger it gets. Have a look at this testimony from a Congressional Joint Hearing on the Iran-North Korea Strategic Alliance (page 35)…

>>> I think, make it clear that North Korea has made this singular achievement in its nuclear weapons program. The danger immediately from this—and reports are that production of these warheads is increasing. That is what the Chinese nuclear experts told our people in February in Beijing. The danger simply is this: Iran’s Shahab-3 intermediate-range missile is a twin of the Nodong, developed with considerable North Korean assistance. Nodong nuclear warheads will be, and I believe are, compatible with the Shahab-3. A North Korean-Iranian agreement to share Nodong nuclear warheads, it seems to me, is a realistic possibility at this stage. North Korea and Iran have had successful sea and air clandestine transportation networks. There have been few interdictions of these networks. The transfer of Nodong warheads from North Korea to Iran would have a good chance of success. And given the forecast for production increases in North Korea, you could see a real danger of this developing, it seems to me, as early as 2016. Thus, if this happens, Iran would have a secret stockpile of nuclear warheads, in Iran, that it could unveil at any time of its own choosing and thus present the United States, Israel, and the rest of the world with a fait accompli, regardless of what happens with the Iran agreement or anything else that goes on with the Iranian nuclear program. <<<

In light of this testimony and the fact that the Shkval torpedo is designed to be nuclear-capable, we see how the Deep State may be scripted to “kill” Trump and start a war with both Iran and North Korea at the same time (then pivot into the “Battle of Armageddon” with Israel).

1) Bring Trump to Jerusalem and “assassinate” him during an outbreak of chaos.
2) Sink the U.S.S. Harry Truman with a nuclear Shkval.
3) Have Pence point the finger at Iran for the torpedo and North Korea for its nuclear warhead, then start a war with both.
4) After the war is raging, have forensic tests from the sunken Truman show an Israeli radiation signature. At that point, EVERYONE will turn on Israel for starting the whole thing.

Tomorrow, we’ll also look into the possibility of a drone speedboat or drone aircraft being used to carry a nuke right up to the Stennis…

…from Google

(4 December 2018) – I took my son on an outing today, but I continued pondering how the American / Israeli / Saudi false-flaggers might get a nuke near the Stennis. Here’s what I came up with…

1. They may use an “Iranian” ballistic missile fired out of Yemen or Iraq, with Iraq being the more likely choice.
2. They may use a specially modified drone or cruise missile, with a replica of Iran’s Shahed S-171 Simorgh drone being the most likely choice.
3. They may use a conventionally-powered or rocket-powered torpedo, with the rocket-powered Shkval/Hoot being the more likely choice.
4. They may use a drone speedboat (with either dummies or jihadi martyrs aboard).

(5 December 2018) – I did a little poking around yesterday to see why the Stennis was chosen as the carrier to be sacrificed, and I came across this…

…from USNI News (note the Pearl Harbor headlines in the website graphics at the top). Here is an excerpt…

>>> The John C. Stennis Carrier Strike Group left Naval Base Kitsap last week for a deployment and an eventual homeport change with no public notice…

The Navy is not publically acknowledging much about the deployment.

“Stennis is underway, operating in the 3rd Fleet area of operations. However, we don’t discuss future operations,” spokesman Cmdr. John Fage told USNI News in a Monday statement.

Following the deployment, Stennis will begin its four-year mid-life refueling and complex overhaul (RCOH) at Huntington Ingalls Industries Newport News Shipbuilding in Virginia. <<<

The last part I bolded is what really got my attention, so I looked into what the RCOH entails…

>>> Refueling and Complex Overhaul (RCOH) is a process for refueling and upgrading nuclear-powered aircraft carriers in the US Navy. The nuclear reactors that power some aircraft carriers typically use up their nuclear fuel about halfway through their desired 50-year life spans. Because carriers can last so long before being retired, they are refueled and refurbished with an RCOH to extend their usable lifetime. At the same time a ship is refueled, it is given a complex overhaul in which broken, worn or obsolete parts are repaired or replaced and systems are modernized. The modernization typically includes an upgrade of ship’s combat systems and warfighting capabilities, its internal distribution systems are upgraded, and allowance is made for future upgrades over the ship’s remaining operational service life. Given the size of an aircraft carrier and the number of systems and subsystems it has, an RCOH is extremely complex, costly (several billion dollars), and time-consuming. Each RCOH is planned to take 46 months. — from Wikipedia <<<

So the Stennis is at the end of the first half of its usable life, and sinking it now will save billions of overhaul dollars AND start the desired war with Iran.

I also ran across a Press TV article that said the Stennis will spend the next two months in the Persian Gulf (and that time will certainly be extended if a crisis develops). This means that even if nothing happens this week, the “carrier down” card will remain in the globalists’ hand for play at any time in the coming weeks.

(7 December 2018) – Today, let’s take a deeper look at the ways the US/Israel/Saudi cabal can nuke the Stennis and blame Iran for it. We’ll start with…

Method of Attack 1: They may use an “Iranian” ballistic missile fired out of Yemen, Lebanon, Iraq, or Iran, with Iraq being the most likely choice.

In the original Wall Street Journal article on the Stennis’ deployment, it was suggested that it is being done to “exhibit a show of force against Iran,” with one of the precipitating factors being “Iran’s latest ballistic missile tests.” The article went on to mention the n-word…

>>> On Monday, the Trump administration urged Europe to impose new sanctions on Iran after it test fired a medium-range ballistic missile considered capable of carrying nuclear warheads that could reach parts of the European continent. <<<

Now if we recall what we read in the congressional testimony earlier in this entry, it has been suggested that North Korea may have given Iran nuclear warheads that are compatible with the Shahab-3 ballistic missile. And Israel claims that Iran has been testing the medium-range Shahab-3s this year. On top of all this, The Hill ran an article just this week that says Iran “probably” has nuclear warheads for the Shahab-3…

>>> Washington officialdom believes Iran does not yet have nuclear weapons based on little more than wishful thinking.

Two years ago, senior Reagan and Clinton administration officials warned that Iran probably already has nuclear weapons…

“Iran probably has nuclear warheads for the Shahab-III medium-range missile, which they tested for making EMP attacks… And at a time of its choosing, Iran could launch a surprise EMP (electromagnetic pulse) attack against the United States by satellite, as they have apparently practiced with help from North Korea.” <<<

So the mainstream media are not only suggesting Iran already has nuclear-armed Shahab-3s, but they’re also laying down the preparatory propaganda for an “Iranian” EMP attack on the US (we’ll get to that later). And the specific variant of the Shahab-3 that will likely be blamed for a ballistic missile sinking of the Stennis would be the “Emad”…

>>> The Emad (Pillar) surface-to-surface missile, designed and built by Iranian experts, is the country’s first long-range missile that can be precision-guided until it reaches its target, said Brig. Gen. Hossein Dehqan, Iran’s defense minister…

Anthony Cordesman, a researcher at the Center for Strategic and International Studies, wrote in October last year that the Emad was a variant of Iran’s existing Shahab-3 long-range missile, “but with a maneuvering reentry vehicle to improve system accuracy and complicate missile defense.”

The liquid-propelled rocket had a range of 1,700 kilometers (1,056 miles) and was accurate to within 500 meters (1,640 feet) of the target. — from CNN <<<

It just so happens that 500 meters is the “sure kill” radius of a 10-kiloton nuke. So if the warhead blows within 500 meters of the Stennis, the ship would be totaled by the air blast; if it blows within 200 meters, the ship would be consumed by the nuclear fireball.

(6 December 2018) – I am in the process of researching and writing more about the four ways the false-flaggers can put a nuke near the Stennis, and I came across Israel’s Sparrow “target” missile…

The Sparrow is an air-launched ballistic missile specifically designed to simulate the flight characteristics of Iran’s Shahab-3, and it has a modular warhead section. So it could be fired from an Israeli aircraft over Lebanon, Iraq, Yemen or even Iran to simulate an Iranian Shahab-3 nuclear attack against the Stennis.

To understand the true capabilities of the Israeli Sparrow, have a look at a similar missile developed by the Russians, the Kh-47M2 Kinzhal…

Since it looks like I’ll be unable to complete the new section today (the research keeps ballooning on me), let me mention one other key bit of information about “Iran’s” possible use of a stealth drone as the warhead platform:

Iran’s Shahed S-171 Simorgh drone was designed to be a full-scale copy of the CIA’s RQ-170 drone that was lost over Iran back in 2011. So to stage a false-flag with what appears to be a Simorgh, all the plotters need do is repaint one of the CIA’s RQ-170s with Iranian markings, replace the surveillance equipment package with a compact 10 kiloton warhead, and send it on its merry way. Such a strike would thus eventually be revealed as a joint CIA-Mossad false-flag conducted with a CIA drone and a Mossad warhead.

(7 December 2018) – As I continue looking into this thing, it is becoming clear that the false-flag nuking of the Stennis is meant to scare Europe into joining a war in Lebanon and Syria (both these nations are purported to host Quds Force / Hezbollah missile factories). It will also play into the globalists prophecy fulfillment plan.

The Iranian missile that was tested last week was most likely the Khorramshahr, which is supposedly capable of carrying multiple warheads and may have an actual range of 2,500 km. This would put Rome within range of a Khorramshahr based in Lebanon…

…from Google Maps

And that particular development is interesting in light of one of the prophecies the globalists are trying to fulfill…

>>> …the “kings of the earth” gather in Rome, possibly during a papal conclave, and are killed by fiery stones or missiles from the sky. <<<

MIRVed warheads look like fiery stones falling from the sky, don’t they? And can you guess what’s happening early next year?…

>>> …a February conclave of world Catholic leaders meets in Rome [on the Church’s sexual abuse problem]…” – from WTOP.com <<<

So the Catholic “kings of the earth” will gather in a conclave in Rome from February 21-24, and their destruction by “Iranian” MIRVs would be a great lead-in to March, which is the next potential globalist climax point.

(28 December 2018) – Qasem Soleimani is set to be assassinated after the planned Israeli false-flags against the USS Stennis and/or Rome. This faked assassination will lead to his later “resurrection” as the recognized Imam Mahdi, in keeping with the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment plan.

---

SUBJECT: The false-flag “Houthi” cruise missile attack

I first wrote about the coming Israeli-Saudi-“US Deep State” false-flag attack on US and Israeli targets back in October of 2017. Here is a key section from that entry…

Saudi Arabia would move one or more black market ground-launched cruise missiles across the Yemeni border and sneak it into a sparsely populated part of Houthi-controlled territory (the Houthis are Iranian allies). At the appointed time, the Saudis would launch the missile(s) at Al Udeid Air Base in Qatar. The attack would cause heavy casualties. And in its immediate aftermath, the US military would claim that the missile wreckage was that of the Iranian-made Soumar ground-launched cruise missile, and that “intelligence suggests the Iranians smuggled them into Yemen in order to conduct a sneak attack on the base.”

To understand why this false-flag scenario fits the situation so perfectly, imagine (just like a false-flag plotter would) that you are an Iranian general preparing a strike against US forces in your region. Then ask yourself two questions…

Question 1: What is the most valuable target to strike?

The answer is a no-brainer: Al Udeid Air Base…

…from CNN. Here is an excerpt…

“The base houses the forward headquarters of the US Air Force Central Command, Combined Air and Space Operations Center and the 379th Air Expedition Wing.

The Combined Air and Space Operations Center (CAOC) oversees US military air power in Afghanistan, Syria, Iraq and 18 other nations, according to the Air Force.

Manned by personnel from the US Air Force, Army, Navy and Marines as well as coalition partner countries, the CAOC is “the nerve center” of air campaigns across the region, according to the Air Force.”

Question 2: If your enemy is expecting a high-flying ballistic missile threat from his front, what do you actually hit him with?

With a low-flying cruise missile from behind him of course. And from the perspective of Qatar, what lies 180 degrees opposite of Iran? Houthi-controlled western Yemen…

…from Google Maps

By answering these two simple questions, you are given the target of the attack, the weapon to be used, and the launching point.

Here are some other reasons this scenario fits the situation so well…

> There was a well-publicized dispute between Saudi Arabia and Qatar in recent months, and it centered around Qatar being too friendly with Iran. Before the situation calmed, Donald Trump supposedly stopped a Saudi attack on Qatar…

…from the Express (UK)

So this false-flag scenario would allow the Saudis to finally hit the Qataris (Qatari forces are also stationed at Al Udeid), and it would drive a wedge between Qatar and Iran (since Iran will be blamed for the strike). According to the bullsh*t geopolitical script (which exists to cover the actual globalist script), this attack would be a big, satisfying win for the Saudis.

> Saudi Arabian forces are currently in Yemen as combatants in their civil war. This means they can move things across the Saudi-Yemeni border at will, and they have a deep understanding of the situation on the ground there. It would therefore be quite easy for them to smuggle cruise missiles into the country and then sneak them into a poorly defended part of Houthi territory (shown in green)…

…from Wikipedia

> There is a well-developed propaganda narrative which states that Iran is smuggling weapons into Yemen (which they probably are, since they have to support their allies). Recently, the propaganda has stated that they are smuggling “increasingly potent weapons”…

…from Google News

So it will be easy to sell the public on the idea that Iran smuggled some cruise missiles in (which they probably haven’t). Cruise missiles are considerably smaller than ballistic missiles, and they require no big, specialized equipment to transport or launch them (a 40-foot cargo container and an improvised railing system will do). This makes them ideal for the purposes of this false-flag.

And sure enough, just two months after I wrote this, the press took the next step in the preparatory propaganda rollout for the attack…


…from Google News (top, bottom)

These news stories served to establish that the Houthis supposedly have a large number of Soumar cruise missiles, thus giving them the MEANS to sneak-attack Al Udeid AB. And since there are now rumors that America has moved / is moving their Combined Air Operations Center from Al Udeid AB to Prince Sultan Air Base in Saudi Arabia, it too has become a target.

As for the MOTIVE for “Iran” firing missiles at those places “through their Houthi proxy forces,” this is good for starters…

…from Jerusalem Online. This adds Israel to the list of cruise missile targets as well.

Now all that’s left for the globalists to do is create the OPPORTUNITY for the false-flag. More Iranian-killing air strikes in Syria by either the US or Israel would do…

…from ABC.net.au

“Houthi desperation” caused by the seizure of their key port would also work…

…from Eyewitness News

++++ANOTHER WRITING ON THIS SUBJECT++++

Here is news that came out recently to remind people that the “Iran-aligned Houthis in Yemen” have been firing missiles at their enemies: Iran-aligned Houthis in Yemen fire missiles at Saudi capital.

And here is some more news that started showing up recently: US special forces secretly deployed to assist Saudi Arabia in Yemen conflict. This US special forces presence near the Houthis serves two purposes…

1. It establishes a reason for the Houthis to fire missiles at American bases. Prince Sultan Air Base in Saudi Arabia, Al Udeid Air Base in Qatar, and/or the Eskan Village Compound in Saudi Arabia may be targeted in the false-flag.
2. It provides expert American personnel on the ground to assist the Saudis in firing off the cruise missiles that will be used in the attack. Since the Iranian Soumar cruise missile is a copy of the Soviet KH-55, the false-flag will likely utilize KH-55s that the Israelis have modified for ground launch and decorated with Iranian markings.

---

SUBJECT: North Korean Submarines and Nuclear 9/11

A reader sent me a link to this…

…from DongA.com

This news about a potential Submarine Launched Ballistic Missile (SLBM) test is notable in that it establishes public awareness of a means by which a regional EMP strike on America can be staged. To see what I mean, have a look at this section from a 2013 propaganda piece on North Korea’s missile technology and EMP threat…

“An EMP warhead launched from the Gulf of Mexico, detonated at an altitude of 400 kilometers (250 miles) could shutdown America’s vital electric grids. A more modest EMP strike launched from a ship in the Atlantic, could easily detonate a super-EMP warhead at a 30-kilometer altitude (19 miles). This is high enough to cover an area of 600 kilometers (375 miles), and could take down the eastern portion of America’s electric grid, which alone provides 70 percent of America’s electric power supply.” – From the London Center for Policy Research (Michael Flynn’s old outfit)

So if the North Koreans do an SLBM test in the days ahead, the public will be reminded that they have such a capability, and that fresh awareness will afford the globalists the option of blaming a North Korean SLBM fired from the Atlantic for the EMP event. The test would also bring attention to the “threat” posed by North Korean subs in general.

Now let’s take a moment to think through the different options for the “Dual Strike-Double Tap” attacks on New York and Washington, DC…

For the dual nuclear strike on the cities, the best option remains the nuke-carrying minisub or swimmer delivery vehicle (SDV) approach I first outlined back in April…

In New York, a small “North Korean” sub or SDV loaded with a nuclear weapon would travel submerged up the East River, surface right next to the UN, then pop off its nuke. The same thing would happen on the Potomac River in Washington. The “Deep State” would ensure that the defenses are down in both places, just like they did for the first 9/11.

The reason this is the best approach is that the nuclear explosions would happen with no warning, thus catching Trump, Congress, and the UN staff above ground. If they were to instead use seaborne or land-based ballistic or cruise missiles for the strikes, there would be somewhere between 5 to 30 minutes of warning, giving Trump and perhaps Congress time to evacuate the strike zone or get to a bunker.

For the Double Tap element of the attack (the nuclear explosions being the first tap, and the EMP strike being the second), there are three ways to do it…

> With one or more SLBMs fired from one or more of North Korea’s “missing subs.”

> With one or both of North Korea’s “EMP satellites,” KMS-3-2 and KMS-4. Each of these satellites passes over the United States 2-3 times per day. So to stage a regional EMP strike, they’d have to give commands to the satellite to adjust its orbit so it would fly over the Northeast and descend to a lower altitude.

> With an ICBM that our missile defenses can’t stop, either because the interceptors fail (the reports of the recent failure of Saudi Arabia’s American missile interceptors are preparatory propaganda for this) or it is flown over the South Pole instead of the North Pole (the preparatory propaganda for this is offered by the London Center article we just looked at)…

“The North has been given technology assistance by Russia, via Iran, concerning what the former Soviet Union developed in the 1960s, the Fractional Orbital Bombardment System (FOBS).

FOBS could launch a weapon from North Korea into a satellite orbit passing over the south polar region, suddenly descending into the U.S. on a track outside the cone of coverage of our current land-based missile defense radars. Our radars were deployed to deflect an ICBM attack passing over the north polar region.”

As I’ve mentioned before, a sub-orbital nuclear EMP explosion would have some scattered effects on electrical systems within the targeted area. But the vast majority of the system shutdowns would come from the globalist microchip kill codes broadcast immediately after the nuclear pulse.

Interestingly, if the globalists follow the “blow their fu*king minds” path, they might also broadcast “wake codes” to resurrect first the power grid, then the bricked electrical devices (once they receive power). These “magical repairs” would be carried out by the fake ETs using “advanced technology beyond current human understanding” (a microwave transmitter and a keypad).

Like it or not, fake aliens / GMO humans / glopps (globalist pod persons) WILL show up sooner or later. It is a necessary part of the prophecy fulfillment plan. That’s why they’ve invested so much time and money into science fiction programming and UFO disclosure.

++++ANOTHER WRITING ON THIS SUBJECT++++

Here’s another thing I’ve been thinking about: if “Kim Jong-Un” nukes Washington, DC and New York, would he (or the “Deep State” using him as cover) leave Tokyo and Seoul untouched? There is a good possibility that all four cities would be targeted. In Asian numerology, 4 is a number associated with death.

So what would happen to Beijing?

The American counterstrike would definitely take out Pyongyang, but it won’t likely target Beijing even if the Chinese are fighting on the North Korean side. Nuking Beijing in the immediate counterstrike would trigger a full-scale nuclear war, and the globalists don’t want that. They want the short (14 day or less) war to build towards a climax in which full-scale nuclear war is imminent, and that’s when the “Progressive Deep State good guys” will step in to stop it by taking down President Pence.

Once it’s over, China’s three main rivals in Asia (the US, Japan and South Korea) would be greatly weakened. This would be the globalists’ New World Order inaugural gift to the Chinese. But who will be the Chinese leader who accepts the gift, Xi Jinping or Li Keqiang? Will Xi be ousted over the damage China suffers from the war like I’ve been expecting?

The Jewish UN Under-Secretary-General Jeffrey Feltman visited North Korea from Tuesday to Friday last week. He may have been there to give Kim Jong Un new instructions. Is this the beginning of a globalist retreat? Only time will tell.

I just ran across some chatter on the net about the Arab states moving in unison away from the petrodollar and towards the petroyuan to punish the US for its Jerusalem move. Will this be discussed at the Turkey summit this Wednesday? And RT is featuring an article that talks about a BRICS move to get their gold standard going. Those are some mighty ominous economic storm clouds on the horizon.

(7 October 2020) – Turkey Deploying S-400 System to Block Direct Air Attack from Russia & The Globalists Back Off Again

The press began reporting last night that Turkey is setting up its newly-purchased S-400 system near the Black Sea city of Samsun for “tests” that will commence next week. This is, of course, a cover story. The Turks’ real intentions are easily ascertained if you note the S-400 system’s 250 mile range and draw a 250-mile circle around Samsun…

…from Map Developers

As you can see by looking at the top half of the circle, an S-400 system based in Samsun can theoretically block any air attacks on Turkey originating from Russian soil. I say “theoretically” because any modern export-version Russian air defense system is utterly useless against the Russian military due to backdoors built into the equipment. Using special coded transmissions, the electronic warfare suites aboard Russian military aircraft can render themselves invulnerable or invisible to any export-version Russian air defense system. And using specialized equipment and personnel, it is likely that Turkey’s S-400 system can be remotely controlled by the Russians and redirected against Turkey’s own combat aircraft. Turkey’s American-supplied air defense systems would fare no better if Trump supplies Putin with their codes too.

Although the Turkish S-400 system is militarily useless against Russia, the general public do not know this, so it IS useful as a propaganda tool. And the propaganda would be this: “With Turkey about to activate the S-400 system in Samsun next week, Putin had to make his move against the Turks this week.” Isn’t it interesting, then, that this news broke last night, on the eve of Putin’s birthday.

~ MORE ~

Tee hee hee… Putin has come out today and said that since the killing of the Armenians is happening outside of Armenian national territory, Russia is under no obligation to intervene. Given that Putin’s End Times role is that of “the Final Antichrist who is going to pretend to be Christ,” it’s not a surprising move — as an Antichrist character, he wants to see as many Christians slaughtered as possible — but it won’t help his credentials when it comes time to pretend to be Jesus. Many Christians will look back at this as one of the indications that he isn’t what he claims to be.

On the practical side of this, it means the globalists are delaying again, just like with the announcement of Trump’s supposed heart failure (despite him putting on a show of grimacing and sucking wind when he returned to the White House). So to borrow an indelicate expression…

“Let’s keep them queers on the run!”…

 

(6 October 2020) – A reader previously informed me that January 7, the day Putin “descended to the east of Damascus” (thereby fulfilling a Muslim prophecy expectation), is also Eastern Orthodox Christmas. So Putin posed as “Isa” (Jesus) on Christmas. And tomorrow, October 7, is Putin’s birthday (“the day Jesus returned to Earth”). So will tomorrow be the day that he’ll face a “Satanist” assassination attempt? Will it be the day he intervenes to save the Armenian Christians?

(5 October 2020) – Upon looking around a bit, I’ve detected a propaganda backstory for Trump coming down with congestive heart failure. This would not immediately incapacitate or kill him, but it would force him to withdraw from the presidential race. And that could lead to the Republican National Committee handing the baton to Pence or Romney, which would ensure a “Deep State” victory in the election (since Romney/Pence and Biden/Harris/Clinton have been assigned “black hats” in the globalist drama). Details after lunch…

~ later ~

I just got up from lunch rest to find out Trump will be returning to the White House, but “he’s still not out of the woods yet.” And as long as they keep talking about him being in the woods, the heart failure angle will remain in play, so I’ll finish my coverage of it today.

~ MORE ~

To see the setup for the congestive heart failure option, let’s start by looking at two pieces of information that surfaced this weekend…

1) The statement released today (2 October) by the president’s physician said that in addition to the antibodies, Trump “has been taking zinc, vitamin D, famotidine, melatonin and a daily aspirin.” – from Science

2) One of the physicians treating President Donald Trump, Dr. Brian Garibaldi, said Sunday the President is being given the steroid drug dexamethasone as part of his Covid-19 treatment.

It’s an indication that Trump’s condition is worrying, as the drug should not be given to anyone who is not ill enough to justify the downsides of taking steroids — including that it suppresses the immune system.

“We decided that in this case the potential benefits, early on in the course, probably outweighed the risks at this time,” White House physician Dr. Sean Conley told reporters outside Walter Reed national Military Medical Center Sunday. – from CNN

While dexamethasone may offer some benefit for patients experiencing dangerous inflammation, it’s also bad for the heart…

Taking high doses of steroids (glucocorticoids) seems to increase the risk of heart disease including heart attack, heart failure, and stroke, according to new research.

Steroids fight inflammation and are often prescribed for conditions including asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, and inflammatory arthritis. Prednisone and hydrocortisone are two examples of steroids. – from WebMD

There are several types of corticosteroids, including cortisone, prednisone, dexamethasone, prednisolone, betamethasone and hydrocortisone. – from Live Science

Upon looking up a drug information page on Dexamethasone, I found this in the “drug interactions” section…

Dexamethasone may interact with other medications:

Aspirin is a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID). It’s often used to treat pain, as well as thin the blood to reduce your risk of heart attack. Dexamethasone can decrease your aspirin levels. This can make aspirin less effective and increase your risk of heart attack. Also, aspirin can increase your risk of bleeding from stomach ulceration (sores) when used with dexamethasone. If you take aspirin, talk with your doctor about whether dexamethasone is safe for you.

And guess what I found in the “warnings” section…

Serious side effects and their symptoms can include the following:

Congestive heart failure. Symptoms can include: shortness of breath, tiredness, swollen legs, and rapid heartbeat

On a hunch, I looked for references to “congestive heart failure” in recent articles about Trump, and I came across this rather large hint…

…from The Washington Post. Here is an excerpt…

At the naval hospital, now called Walter Reed National Military Medical Center, cardiologist Howard Bruenn examined him.

“Listening to Roosevelt’s heart and lungs with a stethoscope increased Bruenn’s sense of alarm: as Roosevelt inhaled and exhaled, Bruenn heard rales, telltale rattling or bubbling sounds indicating that fluid was building up inside the president’s lungs,” Winik wrote. “Roosevelt was literally starting the slow process of drowning from within.”

The diagnosis: congestive heart failure. Roosevelt, about to embark on a reelection campaign for a fourth term in office, probably had a year to live, the doctor said. The president, a Democrat, decided to run anyway — and to do everything he could to put a healthy face on a dying one.

On another hunch, I looked to see if there were any articles talking about what would happen if Trump had to drop out of the presidential race, and I came across an October 2 article from The Atlantic (a magazine notorious for telegraphing “Western globalist” intentions) titled What Happens If a Presidential Candidate Becomes Incapacitated or Dies. It offers the following…

Both parties provide in their rules for replacing a candidate. Even at this late date, if a candidate died or became so sick that withdrawing was necessary, party leaders would confer and select a replacement. The process by which they would do this is not set, and is entirely up to them. The leadership in this case are the 168 members of the Republican National Committee, and the 400-plus members of the Democratic National Committee. (The RNC allows for the possibility of reconvening its national convention, but doing so this late seems unlikely.)

The obvious replacement for a presidential candidate who dies or drops out is the person’s running mate — who, after all, is running for the post of presidential understudy. But neither party would be formally bound to move the vice-presidential nominee up to the top of the ticket. With the stakes as high as they are, no one should be surprised if other candidates were to make a play for the top spot. And if the running mate were to be chosen, the party would need to pick a new vice-presidential nominee — a process that would necessarily be wide open. Drama would surely ensue.

My instincts tell me that this last paragraph telegraphs the possibility that Mitt Romney might be chosen as the nominee. Having voted for Trump’s impeachment conviction, he would be “free from the taint of Trump.” And there’s also the “White Horse Prophecy” the globalists may want to fulfill. To read more about Romney and the Prophecy, have a look at these…

Romney and the Mormon Factor

Did Mitt Romney fulfill a Mormon prophecy with vote to convict Trump?

If Romney were to keep Pence in the Vice President spot, it would help him solve the “Mormon problem” with evangelical Christian voters mentioned in the first article, since Pence is their darling. And it would be said that with Romney’s election and stabilization of the country, the White Horse Prophecy would be fulfilled. Of course, Romney is also a “black hat” and a “Western antichrist,” which makes him perfect for taking the country into the “evil NWO” in 2023.

By the way, if you’ve been wondering how Hillary will remove Biden from her path to the Presidency or Vice Presidency, have a look at this…

…from US News

…and then have a look at this…

…from CNBC

So will Biden die from “an airborne Coronavirus infection caught from superspreader Trump at the debate”? It would be a great way to take Biden off the board and blame Trump at the same time.

(5 October 2020) – WATCH FOR A SUDDEN TRUMP HEART ATTACK OR STROKE

Some notable news stories came out yesterday: Trump put on a show to convince the public that he’s feeling better, Rudy Giuliani pointed the finger at China (“the commies”) for Trump’s illness, and the Senate Republican leader has so far refused to back down from holding the confirmation hearings for the Supreme Court nominee before the election. So on the surface, it looks like Trump will prevail over the coup attempt. But what will happen to the markets today or tomorrow if Trump is suddenly incapacitated or drops dead from a “COVID-caused” heart attack or stroke [the media have already narrated that he has a pre-existing heart disease, and they have also narrated that his vital signs are “very concerning” (the four primary vital signs are body temperature, blood pressure, pulse, and respiratory rate, two of which are related to the heart)]…

Despite the fact that COVID-19 is considered an illness of the lungs, many patients who contract the new coronavirus experience cardiac issues.

Early evidence suggests that up to 1 in 5 patients with COVID-19 have signs of heart injury, regardless of whether or not they had respiratory symptoms.

Though a good portion of these patients already had underlying health issues involving the heart, like heart disease or high blood pressure, many otherwise healthy patients have also developed heart problems, including blood vessel injuries, blood clots, arrhythmia, strokes, and heart attacks. – from Healthline

After looking so well yesterday, Trump’s sudden incapacitation or death would look all the more suspicious to his supporters and be all the more shocking to the markets.

Later, we’ll look at why Qasem Soleimani might soon publicly resurface in Azerbaijan…

More on the Ongoing “Communist Attack on America’s Leadership”
(+ the propaganda setup for the Putin assassination attempt)

(3 October 2020) – Well, well, well, they are indeed moving pretty quickly. They moved Trump to the hospital yesterday after the markets closed (to show he’s not in the bunker and to set up a possible Monday market plunge). And now three Republican Senators have supposedly tested positive for Coronavirus, with all eyes now on Pence to see if he’ll test positive too. With all this going on, let’s have a look at what I wrote eleven days ago…

(22 September 2020) – WARNING: With the press now narrating that…

1. Trump will announce his Supreme Court nominee on Saturday, and
2. the Senate Republicans have enough votes to confirm the nominee,

…there is a strong scripted motivation for the Democrats / “commies” / “Deep State” to make a move against Trump, Pence and/or one or more Republican Senators. According to the likely globalist scripting, “the Deep State is now threatening to crash the markets if Trump doesn’t back off of a pre-election nomination.” So this might be the supposed reason for a Friday market collapse.

And now look at this…

…from CNN

So we managed to push all of this out of September, but they’re obviously trying again this month. It’s time to push some more. After my morning coffee starts taking effect, we’ll look at what’s ahead, including what will happen if the “commie coup” succeeds, is counteracted, or the delay button is pushed again.

~ MORE ~

The globalists have some interesting scripting options going forward, so let’s first look at the options that show the coup succeeding. In either option, we’d see Trump pronounced incapacitated or dead within the next 3-4 days (and possibly tomorrow, if they want to spook the markets more before they open on Monday).

IN OPTION 1, they can have Trump and then Pence fall to COVID before the election. This would be seen by Trump supporters as an obvious coup and could be used to spark a civil war. The military would then intervene to either arrest the coup plotters or round up Trump supporters.

• If the military ignores President Pelosi’s orders and moves against the coup plotters (including her), we’ll see mass arrests followed by the installation of Rand Paul and Tulsi Gabbard as President and Vice President by the end of the year.
• If the military follows President Pelosi’s orders and moves against Trump supporters, we’ll see at least 3 more years of COVID totalitarianism.

IN OPTION 2, Trump would fall but Pence would not. And as a “Deep Stater,” Pence would halt Operation Warp Speed’s distribution of the Sputnik 5 vaccine, put off filling the Supreme Court vacancy until after the election, and accept the result of the Democrat-rigged election next month (with the full support of almost all the Republican Senators). Power would go over to the Democrats, and at least 3 more years of suffering would follow.

As for how these “3 more years” options would impact the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment timetable, it would lead to them narrating that the 7-year Tribulation…

• started with the events of September, 2016,
• reached its midpoint (and the beginning of the 3.5 year “Great Tribulation” period) in March of 2020 (when the COVID lockdowns began), and
• will reach its end at the September, 2023 UN World Summit (this is when the “good guys” would come back and save us from an “evil” NWO).

Of course, they also have the option of narrating that the 7-year Tribulation started in March of this year, but that would mean that it would end in a March, and I think they’d really prefer to end it in a September (so it can coincide with Jewish New Year). If you want to know what “the events of September, 2016” were, copy and paste the following into your browser’s FIND feature: It reached its midpoint 3.5 years later in September of 2016 when these significant events occurred

I will continue brainstorming these and other options over the weekend, so more options are coming and some changes might be made as I think things through more deeply.

As the press narrate Trump’s supposedly worsening condition…

…from today’s Drudge Report…

…let’s take a little trip down memory lane on the subject of Walter Reed Medical Center…

The Walter Reed National Military Medical Center (WRNMMC), formerly known as the National Naval Medical Center and colloquially referred to as the Bethesda Naval Hospital, Walter Reed, or Navy Med, is a United States’ tri-service military medical center, located in the community of Bethesda, Maryland…

In November 1963, the autopsy of U.S. President John F. Kennedy was performed at the Naval Medical Center in Bethesda, Maryland. On November 22, 1963, President Kennedy was shot and killed while riding in a motorcade in Dallas, Texas with his wife, Jacqueline, Texas Governor John Connally, and his wife, Nellie. The wounded president was taken to Parkland Memorial Hospital, where he was pronounced dead. The Parkland doctors and local coroner insisted that they perform the autopsy, since he had been murdered in Dallas County. However, the Secret Service demanded that the assassinated president’s body be taken to Washington, D.C. immediately aboard Air Force One. – from Wikipedia

So Trump is being “treated for COVID” in the same place the JFK coup plotters took President Kennedy’s body to cover up their role in the assassination. There’s also this…

May 22, 1949 was the date on which the first U.S. Secretary of Defense, James Forrestal, died. Specifically at 1:50 a.m. As will quickly become apparent, the circumstances surrounding Forrestal’s final hours are swamped in controversy. All that we know with absolute certainty is that in the early hours of the 22nd, Forrestal’s body was found on a third-floor canopy of the Bethesda Naval Hospital, Maryland. Did he take a fatal leap out of the window of the 13th floor of the hospital, his mind in turmoil and suicide on his mind? Was it an accident? Or, was Forrestal terminated? – from Mysterious Universe

Should Trump’s incapacitation or death occur, the NWO Narrative will explain that Walter Reed Medical Center is a facility that has long been under the control of the “Deep State,” so “that’s where they took Trump to complete the medical assassination and cover up the evidence, just like they did with JFK.”

Now here’s a possible bit of globalist casting that’ll throw you for a loop: “Trump as Judas“…

…from The New York Times

Seeing what’s going on with Trump this weekend brought to mind two things I mentioned in updates earlier this year…

1) Trump can be narrated as “a populist frontman foisted on the Republicans by the Deep State / Democrats in order to either lose to the election to Hillary or serve as their proxy president.”

2) …it would be said that Trump and/or Xi were Western controlled-opposition leaders who were assigned to befriend and then betray Putin…

To complete this thought, it is possible that Trump is using a fake COVID diagnosis to deliberately take a dive for Hillary Clinton and ensure that she can come to power as President or Vice President / Shadow President next January (following the “disposal” of Biden)…

And as Hillary’s “deep cover mole and controlled opposition,” he may have secretly cooperated with Putin in order to gain his trust, learn his plans, and set him up for a fall (possibly as soon as this coming Tuesday). Could it be possible that he has set Netanyahu up for a fall as well?

This scenario, which would give “Satanist” Hillary Clinton power with Putin removed as an obstacle to the “evil New World Order,” bears monitoring. So I shall.

~ MORE – 4 October 2020 ~

Continuing with the “Trump as Judas” line of thought, it is important to note that the official Chabad Lubavitch script for Netanyahu’s “Moshiach ben Yosef” character features his death as the most likely outcome of his “mission” (this death could be physical or political). So Netanyahu’s fall due to Trump’s betrayal or faked death would fit the script nicely. And Putin’s “death” would be the first step to his “resurrection” 3 years later with an army of “special friends” backing him up.

Another angle of “Trump as controlled opposition to Hillary” is how his supposed death by COVID would impact COVID skeptics. Trump has been posing as the leader of COVID skepticism, so if he “dies” from it in the next few days, it would energize the COVID lemmings and discredit the skeptics. This would prepare the way for more draconian control measures after the Democrats are elected. The “Great Tribulation” would get a lot more ugly.

With the “Trump as Judas” scenario now adequately covered, I’ll move on to other plot elements in the coming hours. And on an unrelated note, there are rumors circulating that Trump is on a ship because of motion in the video address he released yesterday. It appears to me that this motion is due to the video being recorded with a shoulder-mounted camera, so the camera is moving, not Trump or the flags. To verify this for yourself, watch the video on full screen mode and focus on the spot where the gold fringe meets the cabinet gap (you’ll see that the flag isn’t moving)…

~ MORE – 4 October 2020 ~

In the afternoon/evening, I’ll be covering the propaganda setup for a coming staged assassination attempt on Putin. The key figure in the setup is the director of Russia’s FSB, Alexander Bortnikov, a man whose Wikipedia bio reads like a piece of propaganda structured to show “why he did it.” It ties him to assassination schemes against Russians, it describes him as “Medvedev’s man” (Dmitry Medvedev is supposedly a key figure among the “5th Column Atlantic Integrationists who want to bring Russia into the evil Western-version NWO”), and it portrays him as someone who longs for the “good ol’ days” of communist purges (which would make him sympathetic to the aims of the “6th Column Neo-Communists who also oppose Putin”). Despite the fact that these 5th and 6th Columns are fictional disinformation constructs, the assassination script will portray Bortnikov as the man who facilitates their access to Putin. More later…

~ later ~

Now here is the assassination backstory as conjured up by globalist disinfo agent “The Saker” in his cave at Mount Doom…

…while the first PSYOP (Putin the new Hitler) failed, and while the second PSYOP (Putin the sellout) also failed, the PSYOP specialists in the West came up with a much more potentially dangerous and effective PSYOP operation.

But first, they did something truly brilliant: they realized that their best allies in Russia would not be the (frankly, clueless) “liberals” but that they would find a much more powerful “ally” in those nostalgic of the Soviet Union…

The core of this opposition is formed of Communists and Communist sympathizers who absolutely hate Putin for his (quite outspoken) anti-Communism. Let’s call them “new Communists” or “Neo-Communists”. And here is what makes them much more dangerous than the “liberal” opposition: the Neo-Communists are often absolutely right…

This new Neo-Communist 6th column is, however, a much more dangerous threat to the future of Russia than the pro-western 5th columnists…

Now lets add it all up.

There is a very vocal internal opposition to Putin in Russia which is most unlikely to ever get real popular support, but which could possibly unite enough of the nostalgics of the Soviet era to create a real crisis.

This internal opposition clearly and objectively weakens the authority/reputation of Putin, which has been main goal of the western “alphabet soup” ever since Putin came to power.

This internal opposition, being mostly nostalgics of the Soviet era, will get no official support from the West, but it will enjoy a maximal covert support from the western “alphabet soup”.

Finally, this Neo-Communist opposition will never seize power, but it might create a very real internal political crisis which will very much weaken Putin and the Eurasian Sovereignists. – from The Unz Review

So just like Trump, Putin is supposedly under threat from the commies. And according to the script, it is these commies, together with the Western intelligence agencies and the remaining “Atlantic Integrationists” in the Russian government (like Bortnikov), who will make an attempt on Putin’s life before the Sputnik 5 vaccine gets widely distributed later this month. And once he’s gone, they’ll say the vaccine failed its final safety trial, thus keeping the worldwide COVID Psyop in operation.

The Saker’s article also features this…

What he fails to mention in this sidebar is that it is Putin (the Moshiach ben David) and Netanyahu (the Moshiach ben Yosef) who are working together, not Russia and Israel. All the evil Israeli plans he mentions will be hung around the neck of the “Israeli Deep State” once they are rounded up in the Mass Arrests Psyop. And the NWO Narrative will state that Putin was working to block the Israeli Deep State’s moves from the Syria side while Netanyahu was working to restrain them from within Israel. “That’s why Netanyahu came under such a withering political attack in Israel,” they will say.

So now we wait and see if the globalists go through with their fatally exposed plans. If they do, we’ll get to see either the fall or the triumph of the Moshiachs. But if they back off, we’ll have to watch how they handle the rest of the month. Will they try another confrontation before the vaccine distribution at the end of the month, or will they narrate its delay?

A Big Event, Mass Arrests, and a COVID Vaccine: The globalist plan for October 2020

(28 September 2020) – Tomorrow, we’ll look at why Trump said this at the end of his UN speech on the 22nd…

I am supremely confident that next year, when we gather in person, we will be in the midst of one of the greatest years in our history – and frankly, hopefully, in the history of the world.

(HINT: “Operation Warp Speed” may propel “Sputnik V” to a vaccination station near you on New Year’s Day. ANOTHER HINT: How can 2021 be “one of the greatest years in our history” if the “Deep State” haven’t already been mass arrested by then?)

(29 September 2020) – Let me show you a couple of articles that telegraph the globalists’ current plan for bringing the phony COVID pandemic to a close. It kicks off next month and will hit its full stride by New Year’s Day.

The first article was posted on August 11 by the Moscow Times, and it’s titled Putin Announces ‘World’s First’ Coronavirus Vaccine. Here is an excerpt…

The state-run Gamaleya research institute last week launched Phase III trials of the Covid-19 vaccine involving thousands of volunteers. The Health Ministry has said it plans to begin mass production of the vaccine as soon as next month and launch a mass vaccination drive in October.

“This morning, for the first time in the world, a vaccine against the new coronavirus was registered,” Putin said in a televised cabinet session broadcast.

“I know that it’s effective and forms sustainable immunity,” he said…

Its registration certificate on the Health Ministry website notes that the vaccine, an injection solution called “Sputnik-V,” will enter civilian circulation on Jan. 1, 2021.

Next, let’s look at the second article, which was posted on September 28 on Stat and is titled New document reveals scope and structure of Operation Warp Speed and underscores vast military involvement. Here is an excerpt…

Operation Warp Speed’s central goal is to develop, produce, and distribute 300 million doses of a coronavirus vaccine by January — and the military is intimately involved, according to Paul Mango, HHS’ deputy chief of staff for policy. It has already helped prop up more than two dozen vaccine manufacturing facilities — flying in equipment and raw materials from all over the world. It has also set up significant cybersecurity and physical security operations to ensure an eventual vaccine is guarded very closely from “state actors who don’t want us to be successful in this,” he said, adding that many of the Warp Speed discussions take place in protected rooms used to discuss classified information.

“This is a massive scientific and logistical undertaking,” said Mango. “We are weeks away, at most, a month or two away from having at least one safe and effective vaccine.”

Speaking of being “weeks away,” have a look at this tweet…

…from Twitter

Are you beginning to see the parallels between Trump and Putin’s vaccination plans? And whose vaccine do you think Operation Warp Speed will distribute “by the end of October” (after the mid-October Big Event and mass arrests)? Will it be a vaccine from Big Pharma, with whom Trump has been portrayed as being at war? Or will it be Sputnik V? I actually wrote about this earlier in the year…

(15 May 2020) – You may have heard that…

• Trump has talked of using the military to distribute the COVID-19 vaccine when it becomes available,
• the vaccine may become available by September of this year, and
• the government has awarded a contract for production of the prefilled syringes that will be used to give the shots.

This setup can be applied in one of two ways:

The NWO Way – Under a “mass arrests leading to the NWO in September” scenario, the syringes would be prefilled with a “clean” Russian vaccine. It would then be voluntarily administered to those who remain fearful of COVID-19 even after the hoax has been exposed and a cure has been announced. The comfort blanket of an immunization would allow “the terrified third” to rejoin society…

…from Zero Hedge

Since the military, operating under the President, would be running the country until the November elections, it makes sense that they’d be the ones distributing the vaccine.

The Trump as Antichrist Way – If September rolls around and the multilateral / multipolar NWO is nowhere in sight, the syringes may be prefilled with a Western/Israeli “fu*k you up” vaccine. And those who refuse to take it will be denied access to public facilities, including restaurants and grocery stores. “Anti-vaxers” will be unable to buy, sell, or work outside their homes in the mainstream economy. You can read more about the “Trump as Antichrist” option further down this page.

Back in May, they were planning this for September, but now they’re aiming for October. And the multilateral / multipolar NWO definitely IS in sight — the UN committed to it on September 21 — so we’re currently on “The NWO Way” mentioned in the 15 May excerpt.

One thing you might notice about all this is the outer space terminology Trump and Putin used: “Operation Warp Speed” and “Sputnik 5.” This may hint at the imminent unveiling of the Secret Space Program / US Space Force. If you wanted to start worldwide chaos and then stop it on a dime, spacecraft hovering in the sky all around the world would do nicely, wouldn’t they? People would be left dumbstruck.

So here’s the basic outline of what’s currently planned…

From now to mid-October – the Climax Event / Final Confrontation between the “bad guys” and the “good guys”

From mid-October to late October – the “Mass Arrests”/”Truth Tsunami” psyops, when the “bad guys” are taken down and the globalist-written Alt-Media/NWO Narrative becomes the new mainstream narrative

Late October – suppressed treatments/cures for COVID are released and voluntary vaccinations are made available “for those who need it most”; lockdowns and restrictions are relaxed or ended

Late November (21st & 22nd) – the G20 leaders at the Riyadh Summit reach an agreement for reforming the UN and restructuring the financial system

Early January – voluntary COVID vaccinations are made available to all, thus freeing the fearful to rejoin society and launching the full economic recovery

December 2020, March 2021, or September 2021 – the “reformed” multilateral/multipolar NWO formally launches

(30 September 2020) – My most studious reader, who watches significant dates and gematria (Jewish numerology) for me, informs me that gematria points to Monday, October 5 as a candidate date for a fall in the markets, and that it is followed on October 6 by a dies ater (black day) on the Roman festival calendar. This October 6 “black day,” which commemorates a crushing military defeat due to conflicts between the two Roman commanders, is then followed on October 7 by Vladimir Putin’s Gregorian birthday.

The reader also informs me that Vladimir Putin’s birthday on the Hebrew calendar was 18 Tishri, which falls on October 6 this year…



…from Google (top, middle, bottom)

So Putin’s Hebrew birthday this year coincides with the October 6 “black day.”

Given what’s going on in Azerbaijan right now, the globalists may indeed be targeting those three days. The obvious catalyst for an October 5 market plunge would be Turkey and Russia openly entering the Armenia-Azerbaijan war and/or a Turkish economic shock that will spell doom for the EU banks invested there. That Monday would be followed by a “Black Tuesday” (in the markets or on the battlefield, and possibly looking bad for Putin), which could be followed on Wednesday by a significant positive move by Putin (toppling Erdogan perhaps).

It’s also worth noting that a long Jewish holiday period begins with Sukkot at sunset on October 2, continues on through Shemini Atzeret, and ends with Simchat Torah at nightfall on October 12 (for those outside Israel). So this October Hebrew holiday period not only coincides with Putin’s two birthdays; it also ends right as we arrive at Mars Opposition on October 13. I’m sure the Kabbalist gypsies are creamin’ their li’l nappies in excitement over this.

Bad babies!…

(1 October 2020) – The news out of Israel today is that their COVID lockdown has been extended thru October 14, even though the holidays there end on the 11th. This new end date now encompasses the October 13 Mars Opposition and the day after. Globes also reports this…

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is talking about up to six months of restrictions with the ‘coronavirus routine’ continuing throughout 2021, even if a vaccine is available.

These six months of restrictions would would take us through March of 2021:

1. October
2. November
3. December
4. January
5. February
6. March

And as I’ve pointed out in previous updates, March of 2021 is one of the candidate times for the Climax Event (if they can’t do it this month or in December). So this means the globalists are laying the groundwork for a possible delay past the end of 2020, which is very good news.

There’s also notable news out of Armenia…

…from Public Radio of Armenia

So Iran is laying out the rationale — “we won’t allow another terrorist-filled chaos zone like Libya or Syria to develop across from our border” — for an invasion across Azerbaijan’s southern border. This invasion would be done in conjunction with Armenia (which is to Azerbaijan’s west) and the coalition forces Putin has assembled on Azerbaijan’s northern border and off Azerbaijan’s east coast on the Caspian Sea. The Azerbaijani military would be crushed from all directions.

An alternative scenario that could develop from the Armenia-Azerbaijan conflict is a Turkey-Iran War. The globalists would script this if they intend to stretch things out till the UN World Summit in September of 2023. I’ll write more about this scenario if I see it developing, but here is what I’ve already written about it back in the 16 November 2018 update…

…I continued pondering Erdogan’s scripted fate until I remembered something I heard in a prophecy propaganda video months ago. It was part of an interview of Joel Richardson, a Christian Crypto-Jew the globalists have assigned to influence the Christians into accepting the prophecy interpretations they intend to act out for the public…

…from YouTube

In the final minutes of the interview, Richardson suggests that there will be a massive regional war between Turkey and Iran before the Gog-Magog War. He further suggests there is a possibility that Erdogan will be killed during this war, and a Turkish antichrist will rise out of the ashes of the war to lead Gog-Magog against Israel.

(1 October 2020) – Tomorrow we’ll have a look at one possible scenario for the “Black Tuesday” that may be planned for October 6 (which is Putin’s Hebrew calendar birthday): Putin’s (faked) assassination or disappearance at the hands of Russia’s “Fifth and Sixth Columnists.” Such a move would clear the way for a Turkey-Iran War (without Russia, under the bureaucrat Mikhail Mishustin, interfering), which would allow the globalists to push back the Climax Point (and Putin’s Lazarus act) as far as September of 2023, when the UN holds its World Summit.

~ later, after midnight ~

So now Trump and Melania are supposedly infected with COVID…

…from Twitter

This provides a scripted opportunity for Trump’s medical assassination or incapacitation next week (which could happen around the same time as Putin’s “black day”). It gets really simple from here: the NWO heroes (Trump, Putin, Xi, et al.) will survive and we’ll see the NWO within a year, or they’ll fall and we’ll see three more years of winter. Which way will it go?…

(2 October 2020) – Now would be a good time to look at the globalist setup for what’s directly ahead of us.

First, we should take note of the controlled alt-media COVID narrative that’s being pushed by the disinformation sites: “COVID-19 is a Western Satanist / Chinese Communist bio-psyop attack on the whole world in which a low-grade bioweapon release was paired with a leftist propaganda barrage to induce a worldwide politico-economic collapse into an Orwellian medical tyranny that will never end — into an evil New World Order”…


…from Infowars (top) and The Epoch Times (bottom)

And second, we should remember what was covered in the 29 September update: that Trump and Putin plan on releasing millions of doses of the “safe and effective” Sputnik 5 vaccine by the end of this month, which, according to the script, would deal a mortal blow to the COVID psyop regardless of the outcome of the US election.

All this sets the stage for an early-October “fight to the death” between the “good guys” (Trump and Putin), and the “bad guys” (the Satanists and Communists). And this means the “bad guys” will pull out all the stops to take down Trump and Putin before they can roll out the vaccine later in the month.

So now that Trump has supposedly tested positive for Coronavirus, the script will portray an attempt at a medical assassination or incapacitation of him, which would put “Deep Stater” Pence into office to stop Operation Warp Speed. Get a load of this bit from a Yahoo News article titled Pence negative for COVID-19, vice president’s office says…

Following the announcement that President Trump and first lady Melania Trump tested positive for COVID-19, a spokesman for Vice President Mike Pence announced Friday that Pence and his wife, Karen, had tested negative…

If Trump were incapacitated by the virus, Pence would take over presidential duties via the 25th Amendment. After British Prime Minister Boris Johnson tested positive for the virus earlier this year, he spent time in an intensive care unit. He has since recovered. At age 74, Trump is in the at-risk group for complications, and Bloomberg reported that aides said the president wasn’t feeling well on Wednesday.

As for Putin, I had an impulse yesterday to check if the lead NWO disinfo front on Russian politics, known as “The Saker,” had set up any new bogeymen in Russia who might be narrated as taking him down. The Saker had indeed set up a new foe: the hardcore communists! “He” also narrates that the “Neo-Communist Sixth Column” are being supported by the Western (“Satanist“) intelligence agencies. So if Putin goes down next Tuesday (or on any other day), the NWO Narrative will blame it on the Satanist “alphabet soup” agencies, the Russian Atlantic Integrationist “Fifth Column,” and the Russian Neo-Communist “Sixth Column.”

Later, I might post the key talking points from his propaganda piece.

~ MORE ~

They’re moving quickly…

…from The Guardian

As for how quickly they might narrate Trump’s deterioration, have a look at an anecdote from a February 14 NPR propaganda piece titled How COVID-19 Kills: The New Coronavirus Disease Can Take A Deadly Turn…

Del Rio notes that it’s not just COVID-19 that can bring on multi-organ failure. Just last month, he saw the same thing in a previously healthy flu patient in the U.S. who had not gotten a flu shot.

“He went in to a doctor. They said, ‘You have the flu – don’t worry.’ He went home. Two days later, he was in the ER. Five days later, he was very sick and in the ICU” with organ failure, del Rio says. While it’s possible for patients who reach this stage to survive, recovery can take many weeks or months.

In fact, many infectious disease experts have been making comparisons between this new coronavirus and the flu and common cold, because it appears to be highly transmissible.

Now imagine that Trump is in the ER two days after his COVID diagnosis (Oct 1 + 2 days = Saturday the 3rd). That could bring on the Monday, March 5 market plunge I wrote about in the 30 September update, couldn’t it? Also imagine that Trump is incapacitated in the ICU with organ failure in five days (Oct 1 + 5 days = October 6). That would take him down about the same time as Putin’s “Black Tuesday,” wouldn’t it?

It should also be noted that Trump’s diagnosis came on the eve of Sukkot, which starts today at sunset. And his 14-day quarantine would keep him in isolation through the October 13 Mars Opposition. His COVID quarantine would parallel Israel’s COVID lockdown.

~ MORE ~

Now that we’ve looked at how the globalists can use Trump’s supposed COVID diagnosis to take the left fork in the road by scripting the FALL of the “good guys,” let’s consider what will happen if they take the right fork with the TRIUMPH of the “good guys.” And it’s actually pretty simple: “Trump is using a positive COVID test and quarantine as a cover story to go into the bunker before commencing imminent moves against the Deep State.”

In this case, we’ll see Trump, Putin, Xi, Netanyahu (and perhaps others like Modi and MBS) begin a worldwide counterattack against the Satanist/Communist alliance (perhaps this is why Netanyahu is trying to block anyone from leaving Israel during their lockdown; he doesn’t want any of the “Israeli Deep State bad guys” to get away). And this counterattack will open the path to distribution of Sputnik 5 by the end of the month.

So this raises a question…

Will the counterattack begin once the whole world enters Sukkot and end on the October 13 Mars Opposition?

If so, it will last about a week and a half, and the New Age disinfo guys have long been programming people to expect “the Event that will bring Nova Earth” to last about two weeks.

~ MORE ~

If now is the time for the big showdown, we can expect the “Satanist/Communist” alliance to unleash everything they’ve got, so the Communist Attack on America may finally materialize. Perhaps this is why these planes took flight yesterday…

…from Zero Hedge

Watch the seas around China, and watch for “lights in the sky” between now and the 13th.

~ PREVIOUS UPDATES ON THIS SUBJECT ~

(29 September 2020) – As I write this, it is approaching 2 AM, September 30 in Armenia. So Putin has only 22 hours left to do something “saviory” before September is over. At this point, it would have to be one of two things: 1) “orchestrating a September 30 coup or assassination against Erdogan,” or 2) brokering a ceasefire that halts the fighting. Let’s see if one of these options plays out (option 2 has the better chance).

(29 September 2020) – In the 27 September update, we looked at the large-scale Russian Coalition military exercise that started in the Caucasus on September 21. Such exercises typically require weeks, if not months, of careful planning. So don’t you find it a “remarkable coincidence” that the Caucasus exercise placed a significant military intervention force near Azerbaijan right before the outbreak of the current fighting? And don’t you find it peculiar that Azerbaijan would pick a fight while the intervention force is in position to do something about it? The exercise was telegraphed in the press at least 10 days in advance, so why wouldn’t Azerbaijan attack before the force arrived or after they left?

If you take a moment to think about these peculiarities, you begin to sense the Hidden Hand that is stage-managing the current batch of conflicts across the globe. These confrontations in the eastern Mediterranean, Syria, Libya, Azerbaijan, Taiwan, the South China Sea, etc. are carefully choreographed on both sides by the Kabbalist central bankers who control all these nations, and we know how the dance ends: with the victory of the “good guys” (Putin, Xi, Trump, Netanyahu, etc.) over their “Antichrist Deep State” foes.

It’s all made-for-TV bullsh*t, with real violence taking place at the ground level to make it convincing. And it’s being play-acted to convince the public that we’re in the “End Times.” Don’t forget that as you watch what happens over the next 90 days (+ 7 years).

~ MORE ~

A reader has brought up a notable candidate date for the start of the big war: October 13th, which is the day the planet Mars goes into opposition. Given that…

• Mars is named after the Roman god of war,
• the moronic Kabbalists are obsessed with gypsy bullsh*t like astrology,
• a preparatory propaganda article to which I linked yesterday talks of a potential “October Surprise” mass arrest event,
• the White House is suggesting that 100 million COVID vaccine doses could be ready in October, and
• an October 13 outbreak of worldwide chaos could provide a good excuse to delay the November 3rd election until after the “Mass Arrests of the Deep State” and “Truth Tsunami” psyops are triggered,

…October 13 is indeed a strong candidate (if they don’t start it today or tomorrow).

WARNING – 28 September 2020: The globalists are definitely trying to stage a big event before September is over…

…from Reuters

So in addition to the ongoing drama in Azerbaijan, the Chinese are holding five naval exercises in four seas Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday (the last three days of September). So will we see…

• a short, sharp, major war confrontation (lasting as little as a day) followed by mass arrests,
• a preemptive takedown of the “bad guys” by the “good guys,” or
• yet another globalist retreat?

Roaches will be roaches, so I suspect they’ll skitter back into their cracks — unless they’ve gotten so desperate that they’ll ignore sound procedure this time. They’re screwed either way.

(28 September 2020) – As Armenia stands ready to call on the Russian-led CSTO alliance for military support, which would trigger “Putin the Messiah’s defeat of the Muslim Antichrist / Dajjal Erdogan,” let’s not forget the Imam Mahdi. The globalists have assigned that role to Qasem Soleimani (also spelled Suleimani).

According to the coming NWO Narrative, Suleimani avoided the assassination trap set for him in January by going into hiding at the Russian command center in Damascus, where he has been coordinating the Muslim side of the war alongside Putin’s Christian generals. So the coming defeat of the Dajjal will be a joint Christian/Muslim victory, and we can expect Suleimani to publicly reappear on or before the day Erdogan falls. This is why we need to keep an eye on September 29-30.

On September 30, 1520, Suleiman the Magnificent was proclaimed Sultan of the Ottoman Empire, which makes it an ideal day for Suleimani the Magnificent to defeat the Dajjal alongside Putin (which would be the first step in the Mahdi’s building of a multilateral Muslim empire). And if Erdogan falls that day, it will mark not only the defeat of the Dajjal at the hands of Isa and the Mahdi, but also the event that triggers the fall of the current world order (with the sequential collapses of the Turkish economy, the current financial system, and the Western Satanic governments). And mass arrests of the “bad guys” by the “good guys” would be Trump’s October Surprise (here’s some preparatory propaganda for that).

Now if we take a moment to look at the life of Suleiman the Magnificent, we find that he died on September 6, 1566, which was the day before the September 7 final attack that brought his Ottoman forces victory in the Siege of Szigetvar. So will Suleimani the Magnificent “come back to life” the day before his final victorious attack on the forces of Antichrist/Dajjal?

It should also be noted that if the globalists want to throw us a curve ball, they may put forth Suleimani’s replacement, Esmail Ghaani, as the Imam Mahdi. You can read about this possibility in The Real Story on the Assassination of Qasem Soleimani. Copy and past the title into your browser’s FIND feature to skip down the page to the right spot.

(27 September 2020) – Keep an eye on Armenia…

…from Google Maps

Recently, there has been an escalating series of skirmishes between Azerbaijan and Armenia over the Nagorno-Karabakh territory, and there was a new incident this weekend that could lead to a broader conflict…


…from Al Jazeera (top) and Al Masdar News (bottom)

In keeping with the “Muslim Antichrist” / “Dajjal” / “Neo-Ottoman Caliph” role Turkey’s Erdogan is playing in the globalists’ End Times script, he has been instigating the war against Armenia with the scripted motivation of completing the Armenian genocide that was started under the previous Ottoman Empire…

Turkey-Azerbaijan military drills intimidate Armenia, President Aliyev says

Turkey warns Armenia not to play with fire after Azerbaijani soldier’s killing

So this weekend’s potentially war-starting incident will provide perhaps the final opportunity for Putin to step into the savior role before the end of September — something that would really help with the globalists’ Tribulation timeline. Towards that end, Putin has used a military exercise as cover to move a significant multinational force to the Caucasus Mountains (which border Azerbaijan to the north)…

…from The Defense Post. Given the recent skirmishes between the Azerbaijanis and Armenians, what are the odds that the troops went home after finishing the exercise yesterday?

Now the question is how “Putin the Messiah” will deliver Armenia, which is considered the first Christian nation and remains overwhelmingly so. Will he use the multinational force as a bargaining chip to force the Turks and Azerbaijanis to back down. Or will he “unsheath his holy sword and slay the enemies of his people”? And if Putin unsheaths his sword in Azerbaijan, will Erdogan do the same in Syria and Libya?

Here is what I wrote about this situation in my 8 September update…

There was also news about Putin providing arms to Armenia in advance of an Erdogan offensive there. And given that…

• Armenia is a Christian country and Putin is posing as the returned Christ, and
• Armenia is a member state in Russia’s Collective Security Treaty Organization,

…you can be sure that Putin is indeed sending arms and that he will indeed respond militarily if Erdogan attacks Armenia.

The central banksters funded the rise of the Islamist Erdogan just like they funded the rise of the Nazi Hitler. And just like Hitler, Erdogan’s assigned role is to lead his country into a multi-front war that will bring about its total defeat. It is unfortunate that the Germans had no idea of what was planned for them, but the Turks do. And if they don’t want history to repeat itself, they must REMOVE ERDOGAN NOW and at any cost.

~ MORE ~

It looks like the Armenians have declared a state of war and are mobilizing to defend against an attack.

And here’s how the globalists can salvage September in the next three days…

• Full-scale war breaks out between Azerbaijan/Turkey and Armenia/Russia,
• Antichrist/Dajjal Erdogan is quickly assassinated or deposed, triggering a Turkish economic collapse, and
• Europe’s banks suffer a death blow from their resulting losses in Turkey (triggering a financial system and Western governmental collapse that will unfold over the next few months).

 

The Yom Kippur Coups Against Trump and Netanyahu

(24 September 2020) – Yom Kippur begins on the evening of Sunday, September 27 and ends on the evening of Monday, September 28. Here is what Wikipedia says about it…

Yom Kippur, also known as the Day of Atonement, is the holiest day of the year in Judaism. Its central themes are atonement and repentance… According to Jewish tradition, God inscribes each person’s fate for the coming year into a book, the Book of Life, on Rosh Hashanah, and waits until Yom Kippur to “seal” the verdict.

So who will be made to atone for their crimes that day, Netanyahu and Trump or the US/Israeli “Deep States”? Whose sealed fate in the Book of Life will be death, physical or political, this coming year?

As I’ve stated in previous entries, the fates of Donald Trump and Benjamin Netanyahu are tied together. This is because they are playing the role of precursor messiahs in the globalist prophecy fulfillment show, with Trump playing the “Moshiach ben Cyrus” and Netanyahu playing the Moshiach ben Yosef — both of whom are preparing the way for the Moshiach ben David (Vladimir Putin) to “save Israel and the world from the Western Satanist Establishment.”

Both “set off political firestorms with their unconstitutional stances” on Wednesday — Netanyahu with his political demonstration-limiting full lockdown plan and Trump with his refusal to commit to a peaceful transition of power…

…from today’s Drudge Report. Notice how Trump is portrayed in the photo; it’s like he has been cut out of it.

So both Trump and Netanyahu are open to coups this month for “disregarding the US and Israeli constitutions and causing national upheaval.” And the US/Israeli “Deep Staters” who orchestrate the coups are open to counterattack (through mass arrests) at the moment they attempt them or at some later time.

If the globalist want to salvage their timetable for this year, they’ll need to convincingly mark the death of the Bretton Woods World Order and the rise of the Multilateral New World Order by the end of this month. To accomplish this will require three things…

1. The UN must make a clear move to reform itself into the multilateral NWO,
2. the current financial system must begin its final collapse, and
3. the current political Establishment must be dealt a death blow.

The first of these requirements was accomplished on September 21, when the entire UN approved the Declaration for the Multilateral “UN 2.0″…


…from the UN website (top) and the Business Standard (bottom). Note the “Decade of Action” reference in the bottom one.

So just like the age of the United States is counted from the signing of the Declaration of Independence, the age of the Multilateral UN/NWO can be counted from the approval of Monday’s Multilateral Declaration.

The second of these requirements can be accomplished by a limit-down drop of the markets as early as tomorrow (Friday). It would be said that the “Deep State” triggered this drop and threatened many more to pressure Republican Senators and Trump’s cabinet into backing off the Supreme Court nomination and making a move to remove Trump. “You can’t possibly win with Trump leading your ticket and the economy in free-fall, so take down Trump or it’s all over for you,” the “Deep State” would supposedly say. And in a scenario in which the “good guys” launch an immediate counterattack, the “Deep State” would activate their financial doomsday contingency by triggering the collapse of a systemically-important financial institution, thus ensuring the total collapse of the current system.

The third of these requirements can be accomplished by an immediate mass-arrests counterattack against the coup plotters by the “good guy” military (including the US Space Force) using NSA-supplied evidence. The first slew of arrests would lead to a cascade of further arrests across all the Western governments as the “bad guys” turn on each other to lessen their punishments.

Of course, if the military makes this move and then tries to keep Trump in office, half the population will see it as an illegal Trump takeover of the government. So Trump would have to move aside so the military can put “non-threatening bi-partisan civilian leaders” in place. These leaders would the be ones the globalists have been grooming as their controlled opposition: Rand Paul (a Republican) and Tulsi Gabbard (a Democrat).

The other path the globalists can take this month is to script the coup as succeeding. This would take us through three more years of a 3.5 year Great Tribulation period that started with the COVID lockdowns this March. The Great Tribulation would then end with the “World Summit” the UN has scheduled for September of 2023, when Putin would overpower the West to launch a “positive” multilateral UN instead of the “evil” one the West has supposedly been striving for. This would mark the beginning of the Second 7-Year Tribulation (which the globalists will cast as the “real one”). If you add the 3 remaining years of the First Great Tribulation to the 7 years of the Second Tribulation, you get 10 years; this is the “Decade of Action” the UN spoke of this week.

So what’ll it be? Will the NWO begin this month or three years from now? We’ll find out in the next several days (if they don’t abort the coups).

Here are the previous updates on this (including the one I posted early in the morning, with my comments now added)…

(23 September 2020) – Israel and Madrid are going to full lockdowns this Friday. Keep an eye out for more. They’ll be locking down the places where they’re planning drama.

~ MORE – 24 September 2020 ~

After looking through the preparatory propaganda reports about the full lockdown offered by the Israeli press, it looks like they’re setting up a “Deep State” / leftist coup against Netanyahu for Yom Kippur weekend (this weekend).

The planned coup is just another drama put on for public consumption, and it features Netanyahu playing the “good guy” and the “Israeli Deep State” and liberals playing the “bad guys.” The plot of this particular drama is that the Deep State bad guys in the healthcare field are manipulating the COVID data to show surging infection and mortality rates and recommending unnecessary measures to Netanyahu to “stop the surge.” And good guy Netanyahu is making courageous and reasonable decisions based on this phony information they’re feeding him.

After the lockdown goes into effect and the public is pissed off, the bad guys in the healthcare field will claim that the measures Netanyahu took were unreasonable and far beyond what they advised. And Netanyahu’s opposition and the press will hammer the public with the idea that Netanyahu did the full lockdown to unconstitutionally suppress the demonstrations against him and save his political skin. This will be their excuse to move against him, with the intention of forcibly removing him from office and replacing him with Alternate Prime Minister Benny Gantz.

Let me show you how all this is reflected in the propaganda reports, starting with the one from Haaretz {with my comments added [in red brackets]}…

On the Basics of the New Lockdown Rules

In two rounds of voting, the government has approved the tightened coronavirus restrictions presented by the ministerial coronavirus cabinet. The full lockdown will begin on Friday and last until after the Jewish holiday of Sukkot ends on October 11.

As opposed to the current restrictions, which allow the private sector to operate so long as they do not serve customers face-to-face, only essential businesses, such as pharmacies and supermarkets, and stores that sell hygiene products, will remain open.

Synagogues will remain open for the Yom Kippur holiday. Protests will be limited to a kilometer from the demonstrator’s home, and in groups of no more than 20 people. Up to 20 people will be able to gather up to a kilometer outside the home, and Ben-Gurion airport will close for departures.

[I found the last bit interesting; no one will be able to escape via Israel’s main international airport — an airport that is right next to the City of Lod (see the 18 September update to understand why that may be significant).]

On the Constitutional Trap

Protests can only be banned in event of full lockdown, says Mendelblit.

Demonstrations can’t be banned unless Israel imposes a full lockdown, which would also ban prayer services, Attorney General Avichai Mendelblit said. According to Mendelblit, banning protests specifically “raises constitutional problems”…

Over the past months, Israel has seen a growing wave of anti-government protests, calling on Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to resign over his trial in three corruption cases and his government’s handling of the coronavirus crisis.

[Note that Mandelblit established a legal standard that required Netanyahu to apply religious ceremony restrictions in order to apply restrictions to political demonstrations. This was done to alienate Netanyahu’s political base from him. Mandelblit also brought up constitutional issues with banning political demonstrations. The coup plotters will argue that by scaring people so they’ll stay home, limiting them from gathering in groups larger than 20, and limiting them from traveling more than a kilometer from home, Netanyahu is making effective political demonstrations impossible, which is essentially equivalent to banning them altogether. “So let’s get the bastard!”]

On Netanyahu’s Side of the Argument

Netanyahu: I support right to protest, but professionals all tell me to stop them

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Wednesday that all the professionals advising him have recommended was to ban all gatherings, including protests and prayer within an enclosed space. Netanyahu said that he “fully supports the right to protest, but every week the citizens of Israel see how they are required to celebrate the holiday alone, how they are required to follow the health guidelines, and on the other hand how protesters gather en masse against every health-related rule.”

[Take note of how Netanyahu is saying that the health professionals are telling him to lock down everything. Also take note of his “reasonable” stance on the hypocrisy of allowing unrestricted political gatherings while limiting all other types of gatherings. This is meant to show that his decisions are based in logic and a sense of consistency and fairness, not a desire to end political protest. In the globalist script, he’s the good guy (in Act One of the play).]

Now let’s look at the report from The Jerusalem Post {with my comments added [in red brackets]}…

On the Coronavirus Meeting and the Bad Guys’ Side of the Argument

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu pushed for the total closure during the coronavirus cabinet meeting Wednesday, despite opposition by the Finance Ministry and some other senior officials. They said that a total lockdown was not needed…

“The situation is bad; we’re seeing a steep increase in morbidity rates,” Netanyahu said via a video message during a break from the coronavirus cabinet meeting. “We need to reach decisions, hard decisions. But as prime minister, I’m obligated to protect your lives, and everyone must understand that this is a life-threatening situation.

“That’s why there’s no other choice. We’re going to make hard decisions and save lives – with your cooperation,” he concluded…

From the meeting’s start, it was apparent that Netanyahu was planning to push for a complete closure, which Blue and White ministers claimed was in order to stop the protests against him.

Several quotes from the session were leaked, which painted a picture of the chaos that led to the closure.

“Why do we need to close down factories to stop demonstrations?” asked Finance Minister Israel Katz.

“Who is asking for a complete closure?” asked Foreign Minister Gabi Ashkenazi. “It is not us – it is the prime minister.”

“I hear the health professionals say there is no reason for a general closure,” he continued. “I therefore want to understand why a full closure is recommended here. A full closure is a last resort and not a solution to demonstrations.”

Ashkenazi said that a closure would destroy the economy and close down businesses for good.

“The decision cannot go against the health professionals,” he stressed, “because of political considerations.”

Added Justice Minister Avi Nissenkorn: “We agreed to a closure, but now you suddenly want a decision that will ban only demonstrations on Balfour” Road, in front of the Prime Minister’s Residence…

Likud MK Haim Katz, who chairs the party’s powerful Central Committee, said the government and Knesset should be dispersed.

“Nothing is working,” he lamented.

[This passage establishes a number of elements of the coup script…

1) It establishes that a number of senior officials are positioning themselves as opponents of the lockdown. These are the officials that will move against Netanyahu.

2) It establishes that Netanyahu is trying his best to protect the people with his decisions — which are based on the health professionals’ data and recommendations — even if those decisions might not be popular. This portrays him as courageous.

3) It establishes the coup plotters’ argument that Netanyahu’s chief motivation is stopping the demonstrations and holding onto power.

4) It establishes that the health professionals are telling the opponents of the lockdown the exact opposite of what they’re telling Netanyahu. And after the lockdown takes effect, whose story do you think the “Deep State” COVID-hoaxing “health professionals” will back? They’ll back the coup plotters of course.

5) It establishes that the second full lockdown will “destroy the economy and close down businesses for good.” This will allow the coup plotters to claim that “Netanyahu is bringing the whole country to ruin just to hold onto power for himself! So let’s get the bastard!”

6) It establishes that high level members of Netanyahu’s own party, Likud, are frustrated with the situation and are ready for a change. According to the scripting, this will make them less resistant to replacing Netanyahu with Gantz.]

---

NOTE: Today’s (9/23) update on the Supreme Court farce is below the red section in blue. It goes into why every serving Supreme Court justice and Trump nominee is either Catholic or Jewish…

(22 September 2020) – WARNING: With the press now narrating that…

1. Trump will announce his Supreme Court nominee on Saturday, and
2. the Senate Republicans have enough votes to confirm the nominee,

…there is a strong scripted motivation for the Democrats / “commies” / “Deep State” to make a move against Trump, Pence and/or one or more Republican Senators. According to the likely globalist scripting, “the Deep State is now threatening to crash the markets if Trump doesn’t back off of a pre-election nomination.” So this might be the supposed reason for a Friday market collapse.

So was the engine trouble Pence’s plane experienced today the first assassination attempt?

~ MORE – 23 September 2020 ~

While we watch the drama over the Supreme Court nominee unfold, it is a good time to remind ourselves of how very fake it all is. There is no real dispute between Democratic and Republican leaders over Supreme Court nominees or anything else, because they all work for the same people: the Kabbalist Central Bankers — the only difference between them is how they market themselves and Kabbalist policies to the public. And in the case of the Supreme Court, Kabbalist control is very easy to see. Have a look at the information highlighted in the red box…

…from CNN

As you can see, EVERY SINGLE SUPREME COURT JUSTICE IS EITHER A CATHOLIC OR A JEW. And the reason for this is quite simple: the Kabbalists dominate both Judaism and Roman Catholicism — both groups are arms of Kabbalist power. The Jews flock around the Kabbalists because of their vast wealth and because they publicly “identify” as Jews, and the Catholics revolve around the Kabbalists because the Jesuits control the Vatican.

It was because of President Kennedy’s opposition to the Kabbalist takeover of America and the Catholic Church that he was assassinated, with his murder occurring on Friday, November 22, 1963, 13 months to the day after the Second Vatican Council (Vatican II) began on October 11, 1962. It was during Vatican II that the Kabbalists cemented their control over Roman Catholicism.

So can you guess which religion is practiced by Trump’s top two candidates for nominee?…

…from the National Catholic Reporter

And you can bet your bottom dollar that if Biden were to nominate someone, she would be either a Catholic or a Jew too; he’s a Catholic himself.

For more information on all this, it is very important you read How the Kabbalist Jews took over the Roman Catholic Church through the Jesuit Order. It lays out the takeover process using information from the Jesuits’ own sources. And here is a post I wrote on the Kennedy assassination: Why the Jewish bankster elite assassinated John F. Kennedy.

More to come on this…

(22 September 2020) – Trump’s speech was remarkably short and positive, except for his rhetoric towards China. And as I’ve noted in previous updates, the globalists have created a 7-year Xi Jinping-centered prophecy timeline that terminates this month, which…

• began on September 7, 2013 when Xi announced his Belt and Road (New) World Order initiative,
• reached its midpoint — the point at which its “Great Tribulation” period began — 3.5 years later in March of 2017 when the Chinese Communist Party decided to get tough on Hong Kong, Taiwan, and Xinjiang (places where things are currently coming to a head), and
• will end in September of 2020 when “hero Xi” fully defeats the “CCP Deep State” (here’s some prepartory disinfo on that) OR takes a fall as an “antichrist” (a less likely scenario).

So watch very carefully for Chinese mischief over the next 8 days.

And while we’re on the subject of the Xi timeline ending this month, let’s take a second look at something I wrote in the 22 August update…

…the 7-year Xi timeline that expires next month will give the globalists a second chance to collapse the Bretton Woods financial system this year. It would be the point at which Bretton Woods explodes in flames and “Xi’s vision of a Belt and Road World Order” rises like a phoenix from its ashes exactly 7 years after he proposed it. And this collapse of the current financial system will likely be set off by a black swan event: the collapse of Three Gorges Dam, the CCP invasion of Taiwan (supposedly without Xi’s permission), a nuke going off somewhere, etc.

Fast forwarding to today, the markets are already having trouble, and you can add a second wave of COVID lockdowns to the list of black swans the globalists can use to pull the plug on the current financial system…

…from last night’s Drudge Report

So watch for lots of lockdowns and a financial system crash in the next 8 days as well (and perhaps by this weekend).

(21 September 2020) – After waiting all morning to see a video or transcript of Trump’s first speech, I ran across this…

U.S. President Donald Trump was on the speaker list for the commemoration, but he did not speak. In a snub to the United Nations, the United States was represented by its acting deputy U.N. ambassador, Cherith Norman Chalet. – from WEEK

So was it really a snub, and is Trump saving all his ammunition for his Tuesday speech? Or did they have to abort their plans at the last minute, leaving only the acting deputy UN ambassador available to get up and say something in Trump’s place?

Trump’s schedule was left free today all the way till 3 PM (except for an 8 AM telephone interview that may have been scheduled overnight)…

…from Factba.se

Was he planning to travel to the UN this morning, then fly on from there to his afternoon commitment in Ohio? Or did he have a prerecorded speech to play at the UN event, but decided to dump it? We’ll probably never know.

~ later ~

It appears that the UN Multilateral Declaration has been adopted, so the US didn’t get in the way. And I think what I’ve already written about Trump and Putin’s speeches constitutes sufficient coverage. Now we wait to see what tomorrow brings.

ALERT: Big Drama at the UN Monday and Tuesday May Trigger War

(19 September 2020) – It looks like they may have called off the Palestinian uprising (for the moment), so I’ll save what I was planning to write today for the next time they try it. Besides, I find my mind already focused on the second opportunity for the “Messiah to take the world stage,” which is coming at the United Nations virtual meetings on September 21 and 22.

The globalists are setting up a scenario in which Trump will set the ball so Putin can spike it. They’ll do this by having Trump squeeze two big unilateral turds into the UN punch bowl during his speeches on Monday and Tuesday. Putin will then use his Tuesday speech to point the way to a future, multilateral, turd-free United Nations. I’ll show you the setup tomorrow.

~ ALERT – 20 September 2020 ~

Now that Israel has locked down its own population for three weeks, they are also locking down the Palestinians for the next two days…

The Israeli occupation army announced the full closure of the occupied West Bank and the Gaza Strip for the Jewish Rosh Hashanah holiday, Quds Press reported on Friday.

According to Quds Press, the complete closure will start from Sunday at midnight until Tuesday.

During this period, all crossings between Israel and the occupied territories will be closed with the exception of humanitarian or medical emergencies, and these “must” be coordinated with the Israeli army.

This is a routine closure, but Israel intends to tighten its measures against the movement of Palestinians under claims of fearing attacks. – from the Middle East Monitor

It should be noted that Rosh Hashanah ENDS at nightfall today, and that’s when the Palestinian lockdown begins, so the lockdown has nothing to do with Rosh Hashanah. And since the lockdown covers Monday and Tuesday, which are the days Trump is giving his two speeches to the United Nations, it appears that he may say something in those speeches that will set the Palestinians off.

Will he announce that several more Arab nations will sign the Abraham Accords? Will he announce the imposition of Kushner’s “peace” deal? Will he announce that the West Bank annexation will go forward? Will he announce the building of the Third Temple?

Will Trump’s unilateral speeches spark war by Wednesday?

Getting back to the possibility of a Palestinian uprising, I ran across a hint yesterday that the Palestinians were indeed preparing something for Rosh Hashanah. Here is an excerpt from an Al Jazeera article that was published on the 15th (the day the Abraham Accords were signed)…

Senior Fatah official and spokesperson Iyad Nasser told Al Jazeera, “The threats and dangers facing the Palestinian people and the Palestinian cause is what led to this progress achieved in forming the committees and in forming the national field leadership for popular resistance.”

Nasser said his party is optimistic the efforts to mend fences will work.

“At this stage, unity is needed to confront all projects and schemes that aim to liquidate the Palestinian cause and Palestinian rights. At this critical time, we must transcend the minor factional disputes towards full devotion to defend and advance the central issue, which is the Palestine issue,” Nasser added.

“Confronting normalisation requires the acceleration in the achievement of national unity and the escalation of popular resistance in the occupied Palestinian land“…

In addition to their unified rejection of the Israeli and American measures against the Palestinians, the two movements agreed non-violent popular resistance is the preferred strategy.

The joint leadership, led by Hamas and Fatah, is expected to activate popular resistance in the West Bank this week, though it did not elaborate…

Jibril Rajoub, secretary-general of Fatah’s central committee — who was behind the initiative within Fatah to re-launch talks with Hamas in June — told reporters that the Palestinian factions agreed there will be a change in the rules of engagement with Israeli occupation forces.

“We will not allow the occupation to uproot an olive tree, or injure one Palestinian without paying the price,” said Rajoub.

Speaking of that last bit, look at what happened to 50 olive trees in the West Bank on the morning before Rosh Hashanah began…

…from Haaretz

Isn’t it a “remarkable coincidence” that this tree incident occurred just three days after the Palestinian leadership spoke of their intention to “activate popular resistance in the West Bank this week”? As for the parts where they talk of “non-violent popular resistance,” that sounds a lot like the rhetoric of BLM and the CHAZ idiots in Seattle, doesn’t it? And just like the CHAZ idiots, I suspect the Palestinians were planning to “Occupy the Temple Mount” on 9/18. Will that now happen after one of Trump’s speeches?

The media are reporting that Trump will announce his Supreme Court nominee “in days,” which means it could happen after his UN speeches on Monday and Tuesday. So stopping this nomination has now become a scripted motivation for the “Deep State” / Democrats / “Commies” to do something dramatic like starting a war and/or removing Trump before Wednesday. I’ll write more on this after I preview Trump and Putin’s speeches — Trump’s first speech airs at 9 AM tomorrow (EDT). The next three days are looking quite hairy.

Things to Watch For During Trump and Putin’s Speeches

The first thing we should note about Trump’s first speech is that the door has been left open for him to make a surprise visit to the UN to deliver it in person. Here’s an excerpt from the Politico article that reported the supposed cancellation of his visit…

White House Chief of Staff Mark Meadows ended the “Will he? Won’t he?” intrigue surrounding President Donald Trump’s possible in-person appearance at the U.N., telling reporters aboard Air Force One Thursday night that the president will not go to New York next week to give his speech to the assembly.

That confirms a State Department email, seen by POLITICO, labeled a “final update” regarding UNGA, that states neither President Trump nor Secretary of State Mike Pompeo would travel to New York. “Dignitary Protection does not have any planned protection details planned for UNGA 75,” the email said, further noting the Department of Homeland Security has canceled this year’s designation of UNGA as a National Special Security Event.

“In the event that we have a detail pop up it will be managed as we normally do for visits to NYC throughout the year,” the email said.

U.N. Spokesperson Stephane Dujarric also said Thursday that the organization was not expecting any head of state or government to visit New York this year due to the coronavirus pandemic, but stressed that the final decision remained with the White House…

Trump’s virtual remarks will eliminate some of the drama of a live speech, particularly given a seating plan that’s placed Iran’s delegate directly in front of the speaking podium. Due to coronavirus restrictions, just one New York-based representatives from each country will be allowed in the hall for the speeches, instead of its normal six-person delegation.

Can you see how the article subtly suggests that Trump might change his mind and show up at the UN (with only normal trip security) to look the Iranian delegate in the eyes when he gives his speech? It’s also notable that the DHS will not be providing the heightened security normally afforded such a big event. This opens the door for a sneak attack by aggrieved nations on Trump, the UN building, or both. Of course, if Trump shows up in New York for the Monday speech, he’ll probably stay there to give Tuesday’s in person as well. That’s the day I’d expect any attack, Tuesday the 22nd.

Now let’s look at the expectations the Politico article sets for Trump’s Monday speech…

Diplomats are even more reticent than usual when asked about their expectations for Trump next week — a sign of how nervous they are that the U.S. president will ruin what’s left of a long-planned U.N. 75th anniversary commemoration.

The centerpiece of those commemorations is a declaration negotiated over several months, “to be adopted, hopefully consensually, on Monday,” said Olof Skoog, the EU’s ambassador to the U.N.

Some foreign diplomats fear the U.S. may prevent consensus adoption of the resolution, after already objecting in June to earlier draft language around the Paris climate deal and a “shared vision for common future.”

The celebrations are already clouded by the Trump administration’s broadsides on U.N. bodies such as the WHO and United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO); the patchy global response to the coronavirus pandemic; and an ongoing failure of U.N. member countries to stay on track with the body’s Sustainable Development Goals and Paris Climate Agreement.

On Monday, world leaders will deliver speeches marking the U.N.’s successes and failures. The U.S., as host, is set to deliver the first speech. That’s a move European diplomats consider to be an own goal: letting the United Nations’ most powerful critic set the tone for a landmark anniversary. “The U.N. is great for inflicting upon itself these unwritten rules that make no sense under the current circumstances,” said one European ambassador.

As for the big declaration Trump seems poised to sabotage, let’s have a look at what Pass Blue says about it…

…”A daring commitment for a more perfect world…

…says Trump’s UN speechwriter.”

Here’s an excerpt…

This September, world leaders will mark the UN’s 75th anniversary. On this occasion, they will endorse, through the adoption of a declaration, a renewed vision for collective global action and a set of commitments to respond to the coronavirus pandemic, climate change, extreme poverty, armed conflict, disarmament, disruptive technologies and other global challenges.

Similar to Dumbarton Oaks, can the UN-75 commemoration catalyze a wider global conversation toward a new San Francisco moment that creates a more dynamic global governance system?

Signifying their intent that the 75th anniversary should be more than a diplomatic birthday party, the UN’s 193 member states began work earlier this year on the UN-75 Declaration, with Qatar’s permanent representative, Alya Al-Thani, and Sweden’s permanent representative, Anna Karin Enestrom, facilitating the effort. The ensuing negotiations to develop a “concise, substantive, forward-looking and unifying declaration” progressed. Yet it also revealed fault lines between great powers and among major groupings of countries…

With pressure and forward-leaning ideas from UN2020, Together First and other civil society networks, the declaration demonstrates an unequivocal commitment to reform and recovery, calling repeatedly, for example, to address global challenges “through reinvigorated multilateralism” and the importance of rebuilding better and greener after the pandemic…

Most important, the UN-75 Declaration — expected to be adopted formally by world leaders on Sept. 21 at the start of the General Assembly’s annual high-level week — mandates “the Secretary-General to report back before the end of the seventy-fifth session of the General Assembly with recommendations to advance our common agenda and to respond to current and future challenges.”

By signaling a serious follow-up during the General Assembly’s next session, the declaration creates an opportunity to further bridge the gap between governments and global civil society’s view of the “Future we want, the United Nations we need,” as manifested in the preliminary assessment of the secretary-general’s UN75 Global Conversation and countless other dialogues and studies worldwide…

“UN 2.0” stresses that international organizations, starting with the UN, must creatively harness the ideas, networks and abilities of governments, civil society and the private sector to successfully solve global problems. It calls on member states to convene a world summit in 2023 on inclusive global governance to usher in a compact for renewed governance worldwide and to rebuild confidence in global institutions.

Such high-sounding fluffery! So after all of this work put in by the UN muckety-mucks and after all of this buildup, Trump might tear the whole thing down tomorrow morning by saying, “We tried multilateralism to get the Security Council sanctions reimposed on Iran and it didn’t work, so what good is it? It’s fired.” That would be the first turd in the punchbowl. And if the globalists back off on their plans for Monday and Tuesday and order Trump to instead approve the declaration, they are setting a timer for the launch of the NWO at the “world summit” in September of 2023, which would make the 3.5 years between the March COVID lockdowns and the summit “the Great Tribulation.”

As we approach this first speech tomorrow morning, it’s important to remember that Trump is playing the character of the “Moshiach ben Cyrus,” whose role is to “aid the Moshiach ben David (Putin) in the redemption of Israel and the world.” So if the globalists proceed with the current plan, they’ll have Trump deliberately piss off the whole world and start a terrible war with America’s “unilateral hubris” so the nations will finally say “enough is enough” and turn away from American leadership/protection and America’s dollar. This will open the way for them to turn to Putin’s vision of a “more representative, stronger, sovereignty-respecting” multilateral UN for leadership/protection and the SDR/”phoenix” as the new reserve currency.

It’s one of the oldest tricks in the globalist playbook…

• Scare them with the Left Hand (an American superpower that unilaterally attacks, regime changes, robs, and sanctions any and every nation on a whim), and
• welcome them with the Right Hand (a multilateral NWO strong enough to stop any power, even America, from disrupting world peace and prosperity ever again).

So Trump will set the ball with his unilateral outrages, and Putin will spike it with his “inspiring” vision of a peaceful multilateral future.

Now let’s look at an excerpt from another Pass Blue article that offers some additional things we might see in tomorrow’s speech, with my comments added [in brackets]…

The timing of the Sept. 22 statement by the US, during the last weeks of Trump’s campaign for re-election on Nov. 3, is generating much speculation in the international community and among media about what he might say, given his bombastic style and hostility to the UN.

Over the past three and a half years, the US administration’s America First policy has taken many steps to distance the US from multilateralism. Some readers may be familiar with two or three of them that have been reported across the world. In fact, since the Trump administration has been in office since Jan. 20, 2017, it has taken 20 actions to deconstruct the post-WW II global governance system…

[Deconstructing the post-WWII global governance system, commonly known as the Bretton Woods system, is a key step in clearing the way for the construction of the NWO. Part of Trump’s job was to set the Interim World Order aflame so the New World Order phoenix can rise from its ashes.]

So what should the world expect from Trump’s statements, on Sept. 21 and 22, to the General Assembly? Experts have raised a wide range of possibilities…

On the high-risk side for multilateralism, UN-watchers have suggested that he could retaliate to the recent snub in the Security Council for its refusal in August to approve a resolution extending the Iran arms embargo (part of the Iran nuclear deal) and announce a postponement or cancellation of the US’s regularly scheduled October payment to the UN. He could advise his fellow UN members that he would consider in his next term withdrawing from the UN; or more dramatically and in line with the views of his base, he could announce that the US is withdrawing from the UN immediately.

That there are no provisions in the UN Charter for a member to withdraw would not undermine the political effect of any of these actions. According to Security Council Procedure, an independent organization that tracks the UN body’s work, wrote on Twitter on Sept. 14 (though not addressing whether the US would remain the host country):

“If Trump takes US out of the UN, this will *not* mean #UNHQ has to leave New York. By res. 100(I) the GA accepted Rockefeller gift of $8,500,000 by which UN bought the land where UN premises are now located.”

Since tomorrow’s speeches are supposed to be about the strengths and weaknesses of the current UN and how it might be reformed into something “better,” I’d expect Trump’s speech to be focused on the UN’s failures, with him rejecting the big declaration and sanctioning the UN (by withholding dues). He may even announce America’s intention to leave the UN, which would provide a nice excuse for the UN to start planning a move out of the US (if its building doesn’t get blown up on Tuesday).

Trump’s Tuesday speech would then be focused on the Middle East “peace” effort, with him saying things that will anger Iran, Turkey, and the Palestinians. Their anger would then be used by the “evil Deep State” as cover for war-starting false-flags.

Tomorrow, we’ll look at Putin’s “prescient and visionary” speech on Tuesday (he isn’t speaking Monday). Then we’ll look at how the different globalist narratives will explain what Trump did this week.

---

The Setup for the Rosh Hashanah Palestinian Uprising

(17 September 2020) – As part of their Big Crisis plan for the September 18-23 time period, the globalists are planning to lock down Israel tomorrow in order to stage a Palestinian uprising on Rosh Hashanah. The uprising would include, but not be limited to, violence in and around the Gaza Strip, the West Bank, Lod [a small city in Israel], and the Temple Mount [with Al Aqsa Mosque being seized (and later blown up) by Erdogan-funded Islamist zealots]. Fortunately, it appears that they’re already wavering on the lockdown, which means they’re wavering on going forward with the uprising and the broader Middle East War this week…

…from The Jerusalem Post

Over the course of the day, let’s see if we can expose them enough to make them to zag away from mischief instead of zigging towards it. And since I’m on information overload right now, today’s updates will come in baby steps.

Baby Step 1 – “Baby step to the Palestinian motivation”…

Whether the planned Palestinian uprising occurs this Rosh Hashanah or in the weeks/months to follow, there is one — and ONLY ONE — reason it will happen: because the people paying the Palestinian groups’ leadership tell them to do it. And the people who do the paying work for the central bankers.

So the reasons for events offered by the propaganda press aren’t the real reasons; they’re just plausible motivations dreamt up by think tanks and told to the public so people will believe these events are occurring naturally (rather than by the scripting and direction of the Hidden Hand). With that being said, this FT propaganda piece lays out the Palestinians’ scripted motivation for the uprising…

In the past, the Palestinians were always at the front of the line when it came to Middle East peace initiatives. It was assumed that their situation had to be resolved before there could be peace between Israel and the Muslim nations. But Trump and Netanyahu have bypassed them by starting at the back of the line and making deals with individual Muslim states, and a big milestone in that effort was reached just two days ago…

…from VOA

The Palestinian leadership responded to the signing of the “Abraham Accords” in a predictable fashion…

…from The Jerusalem Post. Here is an excerpt…

Palestinian protests against the normalization agreements between Israel and the United Arab Emirates and Bahrain could lead to an intifada, Palestinian activists warned on Tuesday.

The warning came as Palestinians held protests against the “treacherous” agreements in some parts of the West Bank. The protests, organized by several Palestinian factions that are part of a new group called the Unified Leadership of the Popular Resistance, were held under the banner: “Normalization is a crime.”

“We are on the brink of a third intifada,” a Fatah activist told The Jerusalem Post. “The Palestinian people feels betrayed by the Arabs and will show the world that the Palestinian issue remains the central issue of all Arabs and Muslims.”

Speaking of the “Unified Leadership of the Popular Resistance” group leading the charge against Trump and Netanyahu’s efforts, can you guess what the Hamas leader discussed with Erdogan at their meeting last month?…

…from Hama.ps

So the scripted Palestinian motive for an uprising is to stop Israel and the US from bypassing them and to trigger “an Israeli outrage against Muslims” to get the Muslim world firmly back on their side. Of course, the Dajjal (Erdogan) who helps fund many Palestinian projects (including the “Unified Leadership”) would also like such an Israeli outrage to occur so he can lead the Muslim world in an invasion and conquest of Israel. And now the Iranians (who arm Hamas) have also been provided a scripted motivation to strike out against Netanyahu and Trump: the reimposition of sanctions by the US this week…

…from the Minneapolis Star Tribune

As you can see, quite a sh*tstorm has been built up just in time for the September 18-23 Danger Period. And it is important to keep this in mind…

WHETHER THE UPRISING LASTS FOR A DAY OR FOR SEVERAL WEEKS, ITS PRIMARY OBJECTIVE IS TO BRING ABOUT THE DESTRUCTION OF AL AQSA MOSQUE. CLEARING THE WAY FOR THE BUILDING OF THE THIRD TEMPLE IS ABSOLUTELY CRITICAL TO THE GLOBALISTS’ PROPHECY FULFILLMENT PLAN.

To achieve this, I suspect the globalists will have Erdogan order his Jerusalem proxies to seize the Temple Mount and Al Aqsa Mosque. And at some point after the Israeli security forces respond and engage with the invaders, the Mosque will be blown up. The Palestinians will blame the explosion on an Israeli bomb or missile, but people will later be told one of two things…

1. that “the Islamists occupying the Mosque did it in order to trigger a war to destroy Israel,” or
2. that “Erdogan did it with a cruise missile” for the same reason.

A thermobaric warhead may be used to ensure that the Mosque is completely destroyed and to make it look like the explosion in Beirut (which many blame on Israel).

On a related note, also keep an eye out for the “cruise missiles out of Yemen / ballistic missiles out of Iraq & Lebanon” false-flag during Rosh Hashanah. Copy and paste The false-flag “Houthi” cruise missile attack into your browser’s FIND feature to read more on the subject. One of this false-flag’s projected targets is the Combined Air Operations Center at Al Udeid Air Base in Qatar, and given that Trump is “threatening to retaliate ‘1,000 times’ harder against Iran if it attacks U.S. personnel overseas,” the “evil Deep State” can use it to trick Trump into a war with Iran.

~ MORE – 18 September 2020 ~

After I posted the full update yesterday, the globalists made an adjustment…

…from Politico

So I guess the UN/Trump flambee is off the menu for the 22nd, and this could be a sign of a general retreat from the Kabbalist plans for this week. As for the Israeli lockdown, they finalized the rules for it yesterday, but the Knesset has the ability to modify or cancel it. Let’s see if they do so. If they don’t, the 3+ week lockdown will remain in effect till about 8/11, which is a good day to try things again.

Also this morning, I ran across narrative support for the “cruise missiles out of Yemen” false-flag…

…from Al Masdar News. “Ansar Allah” are the Houthis, who are regarded as proxies of the Iranians. So with Netanyahu encroaching on Yemen and Trump slapping Iran with more sanctions tomorrow, both the Houthis and their sponsors have scripted motivations to strike Israel and the US. This will make it easy for the “evil Deep State” to blame the false-flag on them.

Since I don’t know if the globalists have called off the festivities for this week, I’ll go ahead and write about the planned uprising in Lod. It will remain part of their plan whether they execute it now or later.

Baby Step 2 – “Baby step to Lod, the happiest place on Earth!”…

There is one reason — and ONLY ONE REASON — the globalists may script a major Palestinian uprising event in Lod, and it’s featured on the city’s Wikipedia page…

The city also finds reference in an Islamic Hadith, as the location of the battlefield where the antichrist (Dajjal) will be slain before the Day of Judgment.

And as we know from an earlier update a little further down this page, the “Dajjal” (who is being played by Erdogan) will be slain by “Isa” (who is being played by Putin).

As for the scripted motivation for a Palestinian uprising in Lod (which was previously called Lydda), it has its roots in the history of the city…

During the 1948 Arab–Israeli War most of the city’s Arab inhabitants were expelled in the 1948 Palestinian exodus from Lydda and Ramle. The town was resettled by Jewish immigrants, most of them from Arab countries, alongside 1,056 Arabs who remained. Today, the city has an Arab population of 30%. – from Wikipedia

Lod is the microcosm that reflects the macrocosm; it is a case study in the displacement of Palestinians from their lands by Jewish immigrants. And there was a massacre there during the displacement. This will be the rationale offered to the public for the Palestinian uprising there.

Now if we look at the city itself, three potential targets stand out immediately…

…from Google Maps

Those three targets are…

1. the Museum of Jewish Heritage in Israel,
2. the Border Police Headquarters, and
3. the Church of St. George.

In a future entry, I’ll show you the significance of these three targets, particularly that of the Church of St. George. Then we’ll look at how the globalists will fulfill Isa’s slaying of the Dajjal. Until then, here’s the bottom line: what Erdogan’s proxies do at Lod’s Church of St. George (the Christian and Muslim saint who “slayed the dragon”) may convince Putin to go ahead and slay the dragon (Erdogan).

---

ALERT (15 September 2020)
Imminent Chemical False-Flag in Ukraine

Have you been wondering why “the West” has rolled out the “Novichok poisoning” of Navalny at this particular time?…

…from Google

It may have been done to set the stage for a follow-up event, and a reader may have stumbled across the next shoe to drop…

…from the WHO website

In my 12 August update, I talked about how the unrest in Belarus was being used to position Russian forces to fulfill a major globalist objective: Putin’s retaking of eastern Ukraine in order to reunite the lands of ancient Khazaria. And I’ve been wondering how the globalists planned to get the fighting started. Now we know. “The West” will conduct a chemical (possibly Novichok) false-flag in Ukraine and use it as an excuse to move forces into eastern Ukraine (with the supposed hidden objective of retaking Crimea). Putin will in turn counterattack and crush them, seizing all of Ukraine east of the Dnieper in the process.

So this chemical false-flag could happen during the WHO’s full-scale SimEx (by “taking it live”) or right after it (during Rosh Hashanah).

---

The Rosh Hashanah / UN General Assembly Danger Period
[+ today’s (9/15) addition in blue]

(13 September 2020) – Updates will resume on Monday the 14th as part of the lead-up to the coming September 18-23 danger period. Oh, by the way…

“MY proper-tay!”…

(14 September 2020) – The September 18-23 Danger Period is beginning to take shape, and this is what it looks like…

September 15: The 75th UN General Assembly (UNGA) begins. Presiding over the event will be the new UN General Assembly President Volkan Bozkir, a Turk. Having him open the 75th UNGA is meant to tie the current UN to the Antichrist/Dajjal, Erdogan.

Due to the “Coronavirus pandemic,” the UNGA will be a virtual event with teleconferenced meetings and prerecorded speeches, but with one possible exception: Trump may give his speech at the UN in person. This opens the possibility of an explosion that takes out both the current UN complex and Trump when he gives his speech on September 22.

September 18-20: Rosh Hashana (Jewish New Year) begins at sunset on September 18 (6+6+6 day) and ends at nightfall on September 20. Israel has already announced a national lockdown that will begin before the holiday starts (possibly to prepare for an Erdogan-initiated Palestinian attack/uprising in Gaza, the West Bank, and on the Temple Mount). During the two days of Rosh Hashanah, we may see one of three things…

• World War 3 will be spectacularly prevented,
• World War 3 will be launched on the first day and stopped on the second, or
• World War 3 will begin and stretch on for months afterwards.

I’ll cover all three of these possibilities before the 18th, but for today let’s assume that war will be spectacularly prevented, with Putin causing Erdogan to be deposed and Xi possibly halting a war between China and India. The following event projections for September 21 and 22 will reflect that scenario…

September 21: The UN will hold a high-level virtual meeting titled The Future We Want, the UN We Need: Reaffirming our Collective Commitment to Multilateralism. This will be the meeting at which world leaders, led by Putin, will resolve to reform the UN to make it “stronger and more equitable” — to turn it into the multilateral NWO.

September 22: On this first day of the UN General Debate, Trump, Xi, Putin, and Turkey’s leader will give their speeches…

…from Pass Blue

These speeches will launch the “Truth Tsunami” that will lay out the reasons for the mass arrests (“of Deep State personnel”) taking place the world over. Under the scenario in which war is prevented by the ouster of Erdogan, the interim Turkish leader will give Turkey’s speech, which will lay out what Erdogan had planned / what Putin saved us from.

So as you can see, this could be the week that changes the world (by taking us into the transition period that will end in the launch of the NWO). Over the course of the next day or two, I’ll enhance and expand this entry to cover all their contingencies, including the not-so-peaceful ones.

~ MORE – 14 September 2020 ~

Coming into this year, the globalist plan was to stage the Crisis Climax in March, then enter a months-long resolution phase that would have culminated in the launch of the NWO this week. This didn’t work out for them. But they can still salvage their timetable if they stage a big event this month that will mark the point when the NWO was born. The resolution phase could then be held in the months that follow, resulting in a March 2021 formal launch of the NWO.

In order to achieve this, they need to give Putin a history-making win going into his landmark UN speech on the 22nd, and that’s what the first two Rosh Hashanah scenarios would provide:

Under the “World War 3 will be spectacularly prevented” scenario, Erdogan would order the Turkish military to launch the war, but be immediately removed for doing so (perhaps after Putin has given a public warning to the Turks). The rationale for his removal would be that launching the war would be suicidal due to the moves Putin and his allies have made to block every aspect of the war plan. So the Turkish generals would act to save Turkey by sacrificing Erdogan.

This first scenario is supported by one of the Islamic prophecy expectations about the confrontation between Isa (Putin) and the Dajjal (Erdogan)…

The defeat of the Dajjal in Ahmadi eschatology is to occur by force of argument and by the warding off of its mischief through the very advent of the Messiah rather than through physical warfare, with the Dajjal’s power and influence gradually disintegrating and ultimately allowing for the recognition and worship of God along Islamic ideals to prevail throughout the world… – from Wikipedia

Under the “World War 3 will be launched on the first day and stopped on the second” scenario, Erdogan would order the Turkish military to launch the war and they’d obey. But the first day of the war would be so utterly disastrous, with their war plan so profoundly disrupted and their attacking forces so heavily slaughtered, that the Turkish generals would remove Erdogan and sue for peace. Putin would graciously grant them peace in return for a number of concessions, including Turkey’s withdrawal of all their military and proxy forces from Syria and Libya and their surrender of all the land on the west side of the Turkish Straits, which includes western Istanbul (Constantinople) and the Hagia Sophia. Putin would then give this land to Greece, with the Greeks in turn granting Russia the unconditional and irrevocable right of passage through the Straits.

Since this second scenario would result in the fulfillment of the Paisios Prophecies and would allow the globalists a day to blow up Al Aqsa Mosque (to make room for the Third Temple), it is the more likely of the two. And don’t be surprised if “lights in the sky” help to stop the fighting.

Tomorrow, we’ll have a look at the hairier, longer-running scenarios, which include possible “assassinations” / removals of the NWO heroes this week.

~ MORE – 15 September 2020 ~

In the 24 August update, we looked at a prophecy propaganda report in which a bullsh*t artist “Kabbalist rabbi” claimed that the Messiah may be revealed this Rosh Hashanah. And yesterday we looked at two scenarios in which this supposed Messiah would take the stage in a victorious manner, having “saved the world” from the evil Antichrist/Dajjal and a terrible war. Now let’s look at a scenario in which he would take the stage as “the Messiah beginning his final battle against the forces of Satan.”

Under the “World War 3 will begin and stretch on for months afterwards” scenario, Erdogan would attack and the war would drag on until December 21 of this year, March of 2021, or September of 2023. This would allow a full unfolding of the “Gog-Magog War” and the “Battle of Armageddon,” and Erdogan’s forces would finally be stopped near Megiddo and Lod in Israel.

Should the globalists proceed with this extended war option, September 21 and 22 at the UN would turn out very differently. There would be conflict at the September 21 high-level meeting as the West pulls in the opposite direction of Putin, “the Novichok-poisoning Russian dictator.” And Putin’s September 22 speech might be described as “visionary” and “pointing the way to the future,” but it will also seem like a pipe dream given that war has just broken out.

In the event the globalists have Erdogan launch the attack, the script will likely call for the world’s “Deep States” to pull out all the stops and attack everywhere. They would try to start wars and conduct terror attacks everywhere they can and they’d try to take down every NWO hero leader, including Trump, Netanyahu, Xi, Bolsonaro, Mohammed bin Salman, Kim Jong Un, and possibly even Putin. Wouldn’t it be dramatic if Putin “disappeared” right before his prerecorded UN General Debate speech was scheduled to be aired on September 22? And wouldn’t it be doubly dramatic if the UN complex was blown up while Trump was inside it giving his speech on September 22?

Do you remember what happened to the port city of Beirut just recently?…

Well New York is a port city too. And if a thermobaric or nuclear bomb were sailed up and exploded beside the UN building on the 22nd, it would end up looking like the grain silo in Beirut…

The “assassination” of Trump and the fiery destruction of the old UN (to make way for the new UN to be rebuilt elsewhere, perhaps in Astana, Jerusalem, or Ordos), are two “Illuminati playing cards” the globalists have been flourishing for years now. And they might have a chance to play them both on the 22nd. Here is a section I wrote a couple of years ago (in this post) about the plan to blow up the UN…

BEGIN EXCERPT>>>

(23 September 2018) – While we’re on the subject of the old UN being blown up by a nuke, it’s important to note that the destruction of the existing UN by fire is depicted by the mural in the Security Council Chamber. Have a look at the part of it I’ve boxed in red, taking careful note of the bird and what it’s standing on…

Here’s what I wrote about it in a previous alert on the Nuclear 9/11 scenario…

The globalist “elite” are obsessed with the symbolism of the phoenix, the bird which explodes into flames and is then reborn from its own ashes. Now look again at the mural located in the UN’s Security Council Chamber…

The mural actually depicts the Security Council Chamber itself. Look at the color of the wall depicted in the mural, then look at the color of the Security Council Chamber wall surrounding the mural. It’s the same. Also look at the shape and color of the object on which the phoenix is standing in the mural, then look at the semi-circular desk at which the Security Council members sit. You’ll see that the phoenix is actually standing on its ashes which lie on the desk of the Security Council. But in the mural, the desk has a disfigured appearance, as if it’s been melted, and the ashes of the old phoenix lie on the burnt table.

So the mural depicts the New World Order phoenix standing in the ashes of the old UN on the burnt Security Council desk. It portrays the destruction of the Security Council Chamber by fire. Blowing up the UN complex thus becomes the fulfillment of the mural.

The overarching goal of all the current geopolitical drama is to “reform” the UN into the NWO, so I ask you this…

What better way is there to bring in a “new, reformed” UN than to blow up the existing one? After it’s destroyed, the nations will rebuild it in a new place (likely on the Eurasian Continent) and reform it to be “more fair and more strong so such a disaster will never happen again.”

As you can see in this picture, the current UN is located right next to a navigable tidal estuary (the “East River”)…

And as you can see in this picture, sizable boats pass by it each day…

This means the UN is vulnerable to a “sail-up demolition.” If you think of the MOAB attack that happened in Afghanistan back in 2017, its explosive yield was the equivalent of 11 tons of TNT, and a boat or sub could carry much more than 11 tons of high explosive (it would be the Mother Of All Boats). Radioactive material could also be added to turn the conventional bomb into a dirty bomb. A boat, sub or swimmer delivery vehicle could also carry one of “North Korea’s” nukes, which have estimated yields between 10 kilotons and 100+ kilotons.

<<<END EXCERPT

North Korea would get fingered by the Mainstream Narrative for blowing up the UN because it has a clear motive for such an attack: it is still technically at war with the UN (the Korean War), and its economy is struggling under a massive sanctions regime imposed by the UN. So what better time than the UN’s 75th anniversary to blow it up? The NWO Narrative will blame “the Deep State’s desire to kill Trump” for the explosion of course, but the real reason for it is that it’s a convenient way for the globalists to achieve their goals and free up some prime real estate at the same time. Perhaps Trump Jr. can build some condos there after the war.

---

Isa’s Descent at the White Minaret
[+ Saturday’s (9/12) addition in blue]

(10 September 2020) – On January 7, just four days after Qasem Soleimani was reportedly killed after supposedly flying from Damascus to Baghdad, Vladimir Putin made a surprise visit to Damascus…

…from Kremlin.ru

This was a big event in the globalist prophecy fulfillment show — a day when Putin fulfilled an important milestone in Islamic eschatology. Tomorrow, I’ll show you the significance of what happened.

~ MORE – 11 September 2020 ~

Before we get into Putin’s visit to Umayyad Mosque, it’s necessary to give new readers a bit of context…

The globalists are in the process of attempting to fulfill pretty much every “End Times” prophecy known to man. They’re able to do this because they have spent decades indoctrinating the public in the prophecy interpretations worked up by their Kabbalist scholars. And by bombarding us with this prophecy propaganda, they have painstakingly established peoples’ expectations of what the End Times will look like — expectations they are now working to fulfill with carefully staged world events.

A notable part of this indoctrination took place back in 2015, when a globalist agent named Sheikh Imran Hosein set expectations for what would happen during the Muslim End Times…

“Syria is not just another part of the world of Islam. From an Islamic eschatological perspective, Syria is at the heart — the very heart — of the end of history. There are three main actors at the end of history in Islamic eschatology:

The most important of them all is the return of Jesus, the son of Mary, the true messiah.

And then there is another figure in the end of history who seeks to impersonate the true messiah, and he is the false messiah. The Christians call him the Antichrist, and …Muhammad… called him Al-Masih ad-Dajjal, or Dajjal the false messiah.

And the third important figure in Islamic eschatology at the end of history is the Imam, or the Prince — in Christian theology he’s known as the Prince, or Imam al-Mahdi.

And these three main actors of the end of history are all going to be simultaneously present in Damascus. Imam al-Mahdi will already be there. Dajjal will come to attack him. And at that time when Dajjal is ready for the confrontation with the Imam, the Son of Mary returns.” – from an interview of Hosein by the Strategic Culture Foundation, an NWO propaganda organization

Sometime after I first ran across Hosein’s interview, I figured out which leaders were playing which roles…

1. Putin is playing Jesus (Isa/Issa),
2. Erdogan is playing the Dajjal, and
3. Soleimani, who coordinated Syria’s defense from a base in Damascus (and who is in hiding there now), is playing the Mahdi.

So what happened in January of this year is that the globalists had Soleimani go into occultation, which is something the Mahdi is reputed to do when “the forces of Satan make it impossible for him to do his work in this world.” His occultation began after he boarded an airliner on January 3rd that was scheduled to leave Damascus for Baghdad at 20:20. For an unexplained reason, the flight’s departure was delayed for two hours. The globalists will narrate that this delay was caused by Soleimani receiving a warning about what was waiting for him in Baghdad, after which he deplaned and sent a body double wearing his ring in his place. He then made his way to refuge at the only place he’d be safe from an American airstrike: the Russian command center in Damascus — the command center Putin visited four days later. You can read more about this by copying and pasting The Real Story on the Assassination of Qasem Soleimani in your browser’s FIND feature. It will take you down this page to the proper spot. Read from that point through the 11 January update to see all the information on Soleimani.

~ MORE – 11 September 2020 ~

After visiting the Hidden Imam in the command center, Putin went to Umayyad Mosque. I wasn’t aware of this until two days ago when I was looking into the prophecy expectations surrounding the Dajjal and ran across this: “…prophet Isa son of Maryam will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus.” Upon being reminded of this expectation concerning Isa, I decided to do a google search to check if Putin had ever gone to the White Minaret and BOOM, there it was. And I found more details on the prophecies surrounding his visit on a website devoted to “Abrahamic Archaeology,” the Madain Project (take special note of the things underlined in red)…

So this is how Putin fulfilled the prophecies…

“Isa descended from the heavens east of Damascus on a group of people” (when his plane landed at Damascus International Airport and was met by a large security detail and a Syrian delegation that included President Assad). The airport is east-southeast of the city center…

…from Google Maps

“His descent was in the direction of the Minaret of Isa” (which is located at the southeast corner of Umayyad Mosque)…

…from Google Maps

“Isa entered Umayyad Mosque bearing the Word of God” (the 17th-century Koran he brought as a gift)…

“Isa then entered one of his own houses of worship (the Mariamite Cathedral of Damascus, the Church of Mary) bearing an icon of his mother” (the name of Putin’s mother is Maria Shelomova)…

~ MORE – 12 September 2020 ~

My most studious and helpful reader has discovered why Isa (Putin) descended towards the White Minaret on January 7, 2020…



…from Wikipedia (bottom)

Here is what Wikipedia says about the Treaty…

Following the recent Ottoman defeat at the Battle of Kozludzha, the Treaty of Kuchuk-Kainarji ended the Russo-Turkish War of 1768–74 and marked a defeat of the Ottomans in their struggle against Russia. The Russians were represented by Field-Marshal Count Pyotr Rumyantsev while the Ottoman side was represented by Musul Zade Mehmed Pasha. The treaty was a most humiliating blow to the once-mighty Ottoman realm. It would also stand to foreshadow several future conflicts between the Ottomans and Russia. It would be only one of many attempts by Russia to gain control of Ottoman territory.

So by descending into Damascus on the anniversary of a watershed Russian victory over the Ottomans, Isa was foreshadowing the coming humiliating defeat of the Dajjal’s New Ottoman Empire at the hands of Christian Russia and her allies, “just like Greek Elder Paisios’s prophecy foretold.” It is exceedingly unlikely that this timing was mere coincidence.

The other reason Putin descended towards Umayyad in January is that the Crisis Climax we’re currently approaching was originally scheduled to transpire in March, but I’ll cover that in the next addition.

---

(8 September 2020) – Well, the scheming Shlomos in the Kabbalah caves of Mount Doom spared us any mischief yesterday. And although we must maintain watch through the 11th, the chances of them going for the Climax Crisis before Rosh Hashanah are rapidly approaching zero. The closer we get to the election, the more they are forced to fall back to it as their last-ditch chance to trigger the Climax this year. And on that matter, controlled alt-media propagandist Mike Adams is promoting the Constitutional rationale for Trump’s coming mass arrest of the “Deep State”…

…from Natural News

Once Trump initiates the mass arrests “to stop the insurrection and prevent the stealing of the election,” half of the country will think he is doing it just to hold onto power for himself. To nullify these suspicions, he’ll likely announce a new, “clean” election and that he will not seek reelection in it. This will open the door for the globalists’ “Republican/Democrat unity ticket” of Rand Paul/Tulsi Gabbard to come forward and win.

Getting back to Syria for a moment, another report came out yesterday on how Putin is stacking the deck against Erdogan’s invasion…

…from Al Masdar News. Here is more information on the anti-tank system the article references (1,2).

There was also news about Putin providing arms to Armenia in advance of an Erdogan offensive there. And given that…

• Armenia is a Christian country and Putin is posing as the returned Christ, and
• Armenia is a member state in Russia’s Collective Security Treaty Organization,

…you can be sure that Putin is indeed sending arms and that he will indeed respond militarily if Erdogan attacks Armenia.

The central banksters funded the rise of the Islamist Erdogan just like they funded the rise of the Nazi Hitler. And just like Hitler, Erdogan’s assigned role is to lead his country into a multi-front war that will bring about its total defeat. It is unfortunate that the Germans had no idea of what was planned for them, but the Turks do. And if they don’t want history to repeat itself, they must REMOVE ERDOGAN NOW and at any cost.

(6 September 2020) – Keep an Eye on September 7

Tomorrow, September 7, is a rather hazardous day for a number of reasons, and here they are:

Reason 1 – This September 7 is Labor Day in the US, a day of significance to communists…

The date of May 1 (an ancient European folk holiday known as May Day) emerged in 1886 as an alternative holiday for the celebration of labor, later becoming known as International Workers’ Day. The date had its origins at the 1885 convention of the American Federation of Labor, which passed a resolution calling for adoption of the eight-hour day effective May 1, 1886. While negotiation was envisioned for achievement of the shortened work day, use of the strike to enforce this demand was recognized, with May 1 advocated as a date for coordinated strike action. The proximity of the date to the bloody Haymarket affair of May 4, 1886, further accentuated May First’s radical reputation.

There was disagreement among labor unions at this time about when a holiday celebrating workers should be, with some advocating for continued emphasis of the September march-and-picnic date while others sought the designation of the more politically-charged date of May 1. Conservative Democratic President Grover Cleveland was one of those concerned that a labor holiday on May 1 would tend to become a commemoration of the Haymarket Affair and would strengthen socialist and anarchist movements that backed the May 1 commemoration around the globe. In 1887, he publicly supported the September Labor Day holiday as a less inflammatory alternative, formally adopting the date as a United States federal holiday through a law that he signed in 1894. – from Wikipedia

Since the “communists” were unable to go through with their “May Day” attack this year, Labor Day presents an alternative target date for what was planned. So watch for the possibility of BLM/Antifa/NFAC/etc. doing something truly outrageous tomorrow. Also watch for a potential Chicom attack (military or cyber) on America and for the potential of “a loose North Korean nuke smuggled into the US by Venezuela and the drug cartels” going off somewhere (wherever Trump will be is a prime target).

Reason 2 – September 7 is a day of significance to the Chinese…

The Boxer Protocol was signed on September 7, 1901, between the Qing Empire of China and the Eight-Nation Alliance that had provided military forces (including Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, United Kingdom, Italy, Japan, Russia, and the United States as well as Belgium, Spain, and the Netherlands) after China’s defeat in the intervention to put down the Boxer Rebellion. It is often regarded as one of the Unequal Treaties. – from Wikipedia

The Boxer Rebellion was a Chinese uprising that aimed to end foreign domination of China, and it officially ended on a September 7. So this historic day of Chinese defeat could this year become the date when the Rebellion is reborn and finally achieves its victory. And such a rebirth would begin with the Final Purge of the Communist Party…

…from Nikkei

While Xi could start the Final Purge without a precipitating event, such an event would provide a nice transition point for the globalist storytellers. And the candidate precipitating event that stands out at the moment is a Chicom attack on a US Navy ship in the South China Sea or Taiwan Strait. It stands out because Xi recently ordered the military to not fire the first shot in any confrontation with US forces…

…from the South China Morning Post

In relating the history of this attack, the NWO Narrative will say that…

“With Xi’s Final Purge about to commence, the Chinese Deep State / Jiang Faction had a loyal military officer carry out the attack in order to start a war with the United States. The Deep Staters figured they could use the chaos unleashed by such an event to take down Xi or maneuver to save themselves.”

And since the attack would go against his direct orders and threaten all the progress China has made in the past decades, Xi would have the perfect excuse to launch a fast and furious Final Purge / mass arrest of the “Deep State,” thereby achieving total control over the Chinese Communist Party.

In one of my favorite movies, Dune, the protagonist says…

“He who can destroy a thing controls a thing.”

The converse of that is also true…

“He who controls a thing can destroy a thing.”

So when Xi gains total control over the CCP, he can be the hero who destroys it, thereby ending the domination of China by a foreign ideology foisted on them by foreign bankers.

Reason 3 – September 7 is 18 Elul on the Hebrew calendar this year, and 18 Elul is a day of significance to the Chabadniks who control Trump, Putin, and the End Times script…

…from Chabad.org. Here is an excerpt from the history section of the page…

Passing of Maharal (1609)
Elul 18 is the yahrtzeit of Rabbi Yehudah Loewe, the “Maharal” of Prague (1525-1609), outstanding Torah scholar, philosopher, Kabbalist and Jewish leader. Popularly known for creating a “golem” (clay man) to protect the Jewish community of Prague from the frequent threat of blood libels.

Baal Shem Tov Born (1698)
Elul 18 is the birthday of Rabbi Israel Baal Shem Tov, the founder of Chassidism…

Chassidic Movement Founded (1734)
After many years as a member of the society of “hidden tzaddikim”, living under the guise of an ignorant clay-digger, Rabbi Israel Baal Shem Tov was instructed by his masters to reveal himself and begin to publicly disseminate his teachings. This he did on his 36th birthday, Elul 18, 5494 (1734).

1st Chabad Rebbe Born (1745)
Rabbi Schneur Zalman of Liadi (1745-1812), founder of the “Chabad” branch of Chassidism, was born on Elul 18 of the year 5505 from creation — the 47th birthday of his “spiritual grandfather”, Rabbi Israel Baal Shem Tov (Rabbi Schneur Zalman was the disciple of the Baal Shem Tov’s disciple and successor, Rabbi DovBer of Mezeritch).

Since tomorrow has strong ties to the mental illnesses known as Kabbalism, Chassidism, and Chabadism, the whacked-out cultists who practice this age-old lunacy may decide to mark the day with something significant, especially since we’re in the endgame stage that will bring forth Vladimir Putin as their Moshiach ben David. And if they hope for Putin to emerge this Rosh Hashanah (11 days after tomorrow), the significant event may mark the beginning of the two-week Climax Crisis that breaks the world.

For the three reasons we’ve just reviewed, September 7 is a day pregnant with possibility. And it is my hope that this blog is the back alley and this entry is the wire hanger that will put an end to it. So in closing, here are a few more things to watch for or remember…

• Watch for an “EMP attack” element to the Communist Attack on America. And remember that the effects of an EMP attack are as overhyped as the effects of COVID-19, so most of the “EMP” effects will actually result from a hardware-level cyberattack. An EMP attack is simply a cyberattack with fireworks.
• Watch for a North Korean SLBM launch and a potential overwater nuclear explosion, possibly resulting in the damage or sinking of one or more ships.
• Watch for wars to break out in all the conflict zones after the Communist Attack on America.
• Watch for Erdogan to be removed or assassinated by the Turkish military (if the globalists decide to take the peace path instead of the war path).
• Remember that any nuclear attack on a US naval vessel will likely be conducted by Israel, not the stated scapegoat.
• Watch September 11 and September 22 if the globalists bail on September 7.
• Remember to stock up on wine. There’s nothing better than sitting on your patio with a glass of wine watching the world burn, especially if you don’t have a fireplace of your own. Remember marshmallows too.

---

More Information on Turkey’s Pending Invasion of Syria

Some significant news has come out today about Erdogan’s invasion of Syria. Let’s start with this…

…from Al Masdar News. Here is an excerpt…

On Saturday, the Turkish Ministry of Defense announced that the leadership of its peace forces in Cyprus and the leadership of the security forces in the Republic of Northern Cyprus will launch maneuvers from September 6th to 10th in Northern Cyprus.

According to Anadolu Agency, the Turkish Ministry of Defense’s statement said that the “Mediterranean Storm” maneuvers, which are organized annually, aim to develop mutual training, cooperation and work together between the forces of the two countries.

The statement continued that “Turkish air, land and sea forces are participating in the exercises.”

The statement added that “the exercises include joint and actual exercises on air strikes and combat search and rescue operations.”

So the Turks suddenly announced today exercises that will begin tomorrow in and around northern Cyprus, which is key to protecting the western flank of Turkey’s overwater invasion route to Tripoli, Lebanon. And given that the “exercise” goes from September 6-10, it could potentially “go live” with the invasion kick-off on the 7th or 11th.

Here’s another notable report…

…from Al Masdar News. Here is an excerpt…

A large Turkish military convoy was observed heading to the northeastern region of Syria on Friday, amid rumors of a new offensive inside the Al-Hasakah Governorate.

According to reports, the large Turkish military convoy was seen heading to the border city of Ras Al-Ayn, bringing with them heavy weapons and vehicles for the rumored attack on Al-Derbasiyeh and Abu Rasin…

Given the recent turmoil over the obstruction of water to Al-Hasakah residents by the Turkish-backed forces, it is highly unlikely that the Syrian Arab Army (SAA) would allow the former to push further east towards Al-Qamishli, especially since that area is densely populated and has one of Syria’s most important installations: Al-Qamishli Airport.

In a full-scale invasion of Syria, the most logical place for these Turkish forces to attack is Al-Hasakah, a city they’ve been weakening by shutting off its water supply (the location of the Turkish convoy, Ras al-Ayn, is marked with a pin)…

…As you can see, taking or encircling Al Hasakah would give Turkish forces control of key highways and allow them to cut off the northeast Syrian population center from the Damascus government. They could then proceed east to encircle all of northeast Syria and/or push south down the M20 motorway to attack Damascus.

After pushing into Al Hasakah from Ras al-Ayn (the red line on the following map), a Turkish move south along the M20 to Damascus (the purple line) would have to pass through Kurdish/US controlled territory (the yellow area) before they run into Syrian Army forces south of the Euphrates/Deir Ez-Zour…

…This would expose them to attacks by the Kurdish militia and US forces in the region. According to the Mainstream Narrative, Erdogan may figure that with an election looming, Trump will avoid getting America into a war in a country from which he previously vowed to withdraw. But as an NWO hero, Trump will order American ground forces (which were recently reinforced with additional armored vehicles) and air forces to savage the Turkish invaders.

And any Turkish forces that survive the Kurdish/American gauntlet will face a new obstacle which materialized today…

…from Al Masdar News. Here is an excerpt…

The Syrian and Russian armed forces managed to inflict heavy damage on the Islamic State (ISIS/ISIL/IS/Daesh) hideouts and bases in central Syria this weekend.

According to a field report from the city of Palmyra (Tadmur), the Russian and Syrian armed forces, backed by their air forces, were able to eliminate several Islamic State terrorists, while also destroying several of their sites between Al-Sukhnah and Al-Shoula…

While the total number of ISIS dead is unknown, the report said several sites were cleared, including a number of points around the key town of Al-Sukhnah, which is located in eastern Homs.

As you can see from this map, Al Sukhnah (noted by the pin) lies along the M20 motorway…

…So the Turk-friendly ISIS forces that were holding that point are now gone, and a Syrian/Russian blocking force is there instead.

Tomorrow, we’ll look at some strategic elements of the invasion, and I’ll show you why the circles on the last two maps are there.

(3 September 2020) – Putin moves to block Erdogan’s overwater invasion route to Lebanon

I ran across this bit of interesting news this morning…

…from Zero Hedge

To understand the significance of these Russian exercises off of Cyprus, it is necessary to note the ferry route that runs from Tasucu, Turkey to Tripoli, Lebanon (Tasucu is marked by the pin and the ferry route is the dotted blue line; click on the image to enlarge it)…

…from Google Maps. Note that the route passes by the tip of Turkish-controlled northern Cyprus.

It’s also necessary to note the following information on Tasucu…

In 2000 a military pier, Agalar, was built 6 kilometres (3.7 mi) south-west of the town. During the Syrian Civil War the pier was used to ship weapons to Syrian rebel groups as part of the U.S. Timber Sycamore program. – from Wikipedia

So with the necessary military infrastructure in place at Tasucu, the ferry route from there to Tripoli is the route the Turks will follow in moving invasion troops and equipment into Lebanon for an attack that will likely target Homs, Syria…

…from Google Maps

By seizing Homs, the Turks can take control of the M5 motorway and sever Damascus from northern Syria. This would cut off the Syrian military’s resupply and reinforcement route between Damascus and Idlib. So during the invasion of Syria, the Turkish military and their proxies in Idlib would serve as the hammer and the Turkish military and their proxies in Homs would serve as the anvil. And after linking up, they would proceed to Damascus (and later Israel).

But as I’ve covered in the 27-30 August updates, Putin and friends are positioning themselves to crush every element of Erdogan’s war plan, and the Russian naval exercises are the element that will foil Erdogan’s overwater invasion of Lebanon.

Here’s an interesting question, though: When the shooting starts, will Rothschild lackey Macron order French forces to fire on Turkish forces, or will he play the Benedict Arnold role and betray Greece and Cyprus?

---

The Fall of America Will Look Like the Salvation of America

(1 September 2020) – You may have noticed globalist disinformation agents warning that “America will be invaded by Russian, Chinese, and UN forces as part of the worldwide communist revolution funded by the Western Satanist bankers.” Here’s the thing, though: if we do see the “Communist Attack on America” this month, the United States will indeed fall, but not to communism. And the public perception of the fall will be that America has been saved.

Once all the “bad guy” communist/narco forces begin their attacks within our borders, the US military will defeat them “with the worldwide help of Putin’s Russian forces and Xi’s Chinese forces” (only forces supposedly controlled by the current UN and the “Chinese Deep State” will be on the side of the “bad guys”). It will be a joint “US patriot”/Xi/Putin victory in which it appears that America and the world was saved from the communists.

It is only after a few years have passed that everyone will realize that America actually did fall; not to communism, but to “the forces of Antichrist.” It is then when people will realize that Trump really was Putin’s agent — that he was a bankrupt man whose business empire was saved by money infusions from the Russian mafia and the “antichrist Chabadniks” — that he was their agent by which they gained control of the US government and military and brought about the fall of “Christian” America.

I say that it will be a “joint US patriot/Xi/Putin victory” because I don’t know if Trump will still be in office when the attack begins — he may be scripted to fall to a “Deep State” coup right before things go fubar. But the elements of the US military that backed Trump will be the victors. And if one of those elements is the US Space Force, we’ll later be told that they got their amazing technologies from “fallen angels” posing as extraterrestrials. Since the US Space Force is allied with those “ETs” / “fallen angels,” they are in fact aligned with the “Final Antichrist,” Putin.

All that being said, the “communist attack” fearmongering being done by the controlled alt-media is meant to create a false expectation of what the “victory of evil” will look like: “it will look communist and Orwellian.” This sets you up to be pleasantly surprised when it actually looks like the victory of freedom and national sovereignty. It sets you up to fall for “Satan’s Great Deception.”

On another personal note, my window-sniping neighbor struck again this morning. But it was a big mistake on his part because I was able to deduce who it was based on clues that were left behind. The police had a talk with him today.

(31 August 2020) – If we don’t see anything break out in the next few days, keep a close eye on Labor Day weekend, including Monday the 7th. September 7th is a day of significance to the Kabbalists, the Chinese, and the communists (it’s Labor Day here in the US). As such, it presents another opportunity for the globalists to stage the Communist Attack on America, and we could see all the other conflict zones around the world go hot at about the same time. It’ll scare the sh*t out of the sleepers.

Once all the conflicts are raging, we might see “Scenario 2s” across the board, with the war plans of the “bad guys” being crushed by the prepared, counterattacking “good guys.” Otherwise, the initial successes of the “bad guys” will be stopped cold by the US Space Force. I’d expect the conflicts to end before the 21st, when the UN is scheduled to have its special event: “The Future We Want, the UN We Need: Reaffirming our Collective Commitment to Multilateralism.”

On a personal note, the people around me are losing their minds and reverting to middle school mentalities. This morning, one of my backdoor neighbors (I don’t know which) shot out one of our back windows while I was sitting on the back patio (apparently with a slingshot). This led to a chain of events that resulted in my roommate having one of her screaming-and-throwing-things conniption fits. Why am I stuck here with these crazy hairless chimps? Why bother to sacrifice for them when they don’t deserve it?

After pondering these questions, the answer that came back is that among all the violent, lying, cheating chimps here, there are some humans that I would like if I met them and care about if I got to know them. So I do it for them. I also do it because the globalists are the most vile and destructive chimps of them all. They know better and could do better, but they choose not to out of their selfishness. And I’ll be damned if I let them profit by their mayhem.

So I aim to get back on track tomorrow.

Yesterday’s (8/30) THREE updates have been added in alternating blue and red below the following update…

(29 August 2020) – “Erdogan’s Folly”: The Epic Military Disaster Awaiting the Dajjal

I’m seeing more indicators that we might be looking at a “Scenario 2,” in which every element of Erdogan’s war plan will fall flat “due to preemptive measures taken by Putin and his friends.” So there’s a good chance that Erdogan will see…

• the regime change uprisings in Egypt and Jordan crushed (here’s why),
• his air force swept from the sky by Russian air defenses and “special weapons,”
• his massed forces in Sirte, Libya and Idlib, Syria savaged by air strikes,
• the nuclear bunkers at Incirlik Air Base empty, and
• his beach-head in Tripoli, Lebanon seized by the Lebanese Army and Hezbollah (under the leadership of the Hidden Imam).

He will also see the counterattack by Haftar in Libya take Tripoli and the counterattack by Assad in Syria sweep Turkish forces back across the Turkish border.

I’ll go into the details tomorrow, and we’ll take a closer look at Scenario 3 too (just in case). In the meantime, have a look at this Ahval article that provides narrative support for the fulfillment of Greek Elder Paisios’s prophecy. I’ll cover this tomorrow also.

~ MORE – 30 August 2020 ~

In previous entries, I’ve written about the globalists’ intention to artificially fulfill Greek Elder Paisios’s prophecy about a Russian-Turkish war that will return Constantinople (Istanbul) to Greece and the Hagia Sophia to Orthodox Christianity. Here is a notable part of that prophecy…

“There will be war between Russia and Turkey. In the beginning the Turks will believe they are winning, but this will lead to their destruction.“

With that in mind, have a look at this article from the Turkish (dissident) website Ahval…

…Here is an excerpt…

Over and over again, in Syria, Libya and the Black, Aegean and Mediterranean seas, Turkey has proven its willingness to take aggressive action to advance its interests.

In the past two weeks, Turkey beefed up its military presence in Syria’s Idlib province and had a ceasefire announced in Libya, strengthening its expansionist aims; extended its drilling operation near the Greek island of Kastellorizo, which had already put Greek forces on high alert; and announced a significant gas find in the Black Sea that could be a game-changer for its energy interests.

The West has responded with little more than admonishments and pageantry. Greece, Cyprus, France and Italy performed joint military drills south of Cyprus this week, German Foreign Minister Heiko Maas visited Athens and Ankara in an effort to calm sky-high tensions, a top U.S. State Department official denounced Turkey’s aggressive posture, and European Union foreign ministers met to discuss sanctions and further punishments against Turkey.

In other words, no real step was taken to curb Turkish aggression, solidifying Ankara’s position of leverage.

“As things stand now, it’s a qualified success on the Turkish part, at least in the short term,” Atlantic Council fellow Dimitar Bechev told Ahval in a podcast…

In Libya, the main foes, the GNA and General Khalifa Haftar’s eastern-based Libyan National Army, pulled back from the brink with a ceasefire announced last weekend. Thus, Turkey’s intervention has ensured the survival of its GNA deal, expanding its eastern Mediterranean claims, successfully defended Tripoli and pushed Haftar’s forces into retreat, and possibly enabled Turkish firms to resume billions of dollars worth of contracts.

“Right now Turkey’s winning and it has become an asset for [Turkish President Recep Tayyip] Erdogan,” said Bechev.

Can you see how this article provides narrative support for the fulfillment of the Paisios Prophecy (“In the beginning the Turks will believe they are winning, but this will lead to their destruction.”)? The article serves the purpose of noting the high-water mark of Erdogan’s success as a regional bully — the point after which Turkey’s “destruction” will come when the Dajjal (Erdogan) militarily assaults the Moshiach/Messiah (Putin). The article also suggests that Turkey’s recent gas find may be the reason Erdogan can become more aggressive in dealing with Putin (because Turkey no longer has to rely on Russia for energy).

To read more about the globalist setup to fulfill the prophecy, copy and paste 31 January 2019 into your browser’s FIND feature. It will take you down this page to the right spot.

In my 28 August update, I touched on three scenarios for when Erdogan’s defeat will occur: 1) before he launches the attack, 2) soon after he launches the attack, or 3) at a later climactic battle near Megiddo, Israel. So let’s take a look at what will happen to each element of Erdogan’s war plan under Scenario 2…

ELEMENT A: Erdogan and the Muslim Brotherhood will attempt regime change uprisings in Egypt and Jordan in order to gain control of those nations’ governments and turn their militaries against Israel.

Under Scenario 2, these uprisings will be crushed “because their operational details were revealed under ‘energetic’ interrogation of the acting supreme leader of the Muslim Brotherhood.” He was captured just two days ago…

…from Al Jazeera

This means the attack on Israel from the south (Egypt) and east (Jordan) won’t materialize, leaving the Israeli Air Force free to concentrate on helping the Russians in Syria and Libya.

ELEMENT B: Erdogan’s air force will launch a zero-hour attack on Syrian-Russian and Haftar-Russian air defenses, air bases, and aircraft in order to dominate the airspace over the attacking Turkish ground forces.

Under Scenario 2, the Russians’ recent “reinforcement of their air defenses in Syria and Libya with experimental weapons” will enable them to withstand the Turkish onslaught and sweep Turkish airpower from the sky. This would leave the Turkish troop concentrations in Libya and Syria wide open for annihilation by thermobaric airstrikes (which the Russians have reportedly been using against Turkish proxy forces in Idlib).

Turkey and the West-supported Libyan government have been massing their forces near the city of Sirte, Libya for an offensive, leaving the capital city of Tripoli, Libya with fewer defenders. After those forces near Sirte are gutted by airstrikes, Haftar’s massed forces will be able to counterattack and drive all the way into the capital.

In Syria, Turkish military and proxy forces have massed in Idlib. Once they too are gutted by airstrikes, Assad’s massed forces can sweep in and kick their as*es all the way out of Syria. This would help fulfill Putin’s vow that all foreign forces will be expelled from Syria.

ELEMENT C: Erdogan will order the Turkish military to seize the American side of Incirlik Air Base in order to seize the nuclear weapons stored there and hold the American personnel stationed there as hostages. This move would supposedly give his New Ottoman Empire a sizable nuclear arsenal and human leverage to keep the United States from intervening against his offensive.

Although rumors about the American nukes being moved out of Incirlik AB have circulated online from time-to-time, Stars and Stripes reported that they were still there as of October of last year. And recent media reports have suggested their continued presence there (1, 2, 3). Should Erdogan get control of them, it will be said that he possesses the codes and instructions that will enable their use thanks to Barack Obama or Hillary Clinton.

Under Scenario 2, the Turkish military will open the nuclear bunkers only to find that they’ve been emptied out due to an earlier Trump order to sneak the weapons (or their nuclear cores) out of Turkey. The Turks will also find their American hostages to be no deterrent at all to Trump’s retaliation; they’ll instead be his rallying cry as he launches ferocious attacks on Turkey. “The attacks won’t stop until you give them all back” will be Trump’s bargaining position.

More elements to come over the coming 24 hours.

ALERT
The King of the North (Erdogan) Girds for War
[+ Erdogan’s live exercise has begun (in red)]

(27 August 2020) – In my 25 August update, I covered the September of 2020 Climax scenario and said, “I consider this the least likely of the four scenarios, but I’ll cover it in more detail if I see them making moves towards it.”

Well lookie lookie here…


…from Zero Hedge (top, bottom)

If conflict breaks out in one of these areas, it’ll break out in the other. And whether these conflicts spark in early September or mid December, the strategies will be the same…

> Erdogan, who is playing the role of a First Tribulation decoy Antichrist, will attack Syria from his Idlib beach-head and drive down the coast to Damascus while simultaneously “pulling a MacArthur” by landing forces in Tripoli, Lebanon to flank and split Syrian forces. A successful execution of this plan will put Erdogan’s forces on Israel’s northern border…

The prophet Daniel in his summary of the world struggle which ends the age declares: “And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over” (Daniel 11:40) – from Bible.org

> The CCP will attack the US in the South China Sea and/or attack Taiwan, leading to Xi “making his move to purge the Chinese Deep State / Jiang Faction once and for all.” The “Chinese Deep State” might then “demolish Three Gorges Dam to create chaos they can exploit to save themselves.”

More details on “Erdogan’s Blitzkrieg” will follow over the coming hours/days, including…

• Erdogan and the Muslim Brotherhood’s planned offensive in Libya and regime change uprisings in Egypt and Jordan,
• Erdogan’s planned proxy seizure of the Temple Mount and Al Aqsa Mosque (leading to its destruction),
• Erdogan’s overwater invasion route from Tasucu, Turkey to Tripoli, Lebanon,
• Erdogan’s planned seizure of American military personnel and tactical nukes at Incirlik Air Base,
• Erdogan’s planned destruction of Damascus by means of a Turkish thermobaric barrage or nuke (“from North Korea or Pakistan”), and
• Hezbollah’s counterattack against Erdogan under the leadership of the Hidden Imam (Soleimani).

The fact that the Kabbalists are signalling the imminent emergence of the Moshiach (Putin) during Rosh Hashanah (and the UN General Assembly) suggests that he will “masterfully” defeat Erdogan before he gives his seminal “multilateral New World Order” speech in mid-to-late September. The conflicts will therefore last about two-to-three weeks… IF they choose to go forward.

Don’t count on it.

~ MORE – 28 August 2020 ~

A reader has pointed out that the day Erdogan will begin his “shooting exercises” in the eastern Mediterranean, September 1, is also the anniversary of the beginning of World War II (which started when Hitler invaded Poland after false-flagging Polish incursions into Germany). And on that day, Erdogan will be 66 years, 6 months, and 6 days old (“mark of the Beast,” y’all — he was born on 26 February 1954). Watch for these potential plot developments before and on that day (Day 1):

1. a staged “assassination” or removal of Erdogan by “Eurasianist elements” of the Turkish military (this will happen if they intend to script Putin as “masterfully preventing” the war),
2. false-flag attacks by Erdogan on Turkish forces in northern Syria (these will be blamed on Syrian and Russian forces to provide justification for the invasion),
3. a manufactured outrage on the Temple Mount intended to mobilize Muslims against Israel,
4. an attack on Russian air defenses and aircraft in Syria (to clear the way for close air support of the invasion troops),
5. Turkey’s closure of its airspace and the Turkish Straits to Russian aircraft and ships (to prevent resupply and reinforcement of Syria from Russia), and
6. a “shock and awe” destruction of Damascus to decapitate, demoralize, and disable the Syrian military and attempt to kill Assad and the Hidden Imam (a surprise Turkish nuke may be used to make other powers think twice about intervening, and the Turkish seizure of Incirlik AB will add to the nuclear fear).

Muslim Brotherhood uprisings in Egypt and Jordan might also occur on Day 1. Erdogan needs to quickly gain control of those nations’ governments in order to point their militaries in Israel’s direction.

According to the globalist prophecy fulfillment script, Putin (with the help of his friends) is destined to defeat Erdogan. This defeat could happen at one of three points in the scripted war drama:

1. before Erdogan launches his attack, with Putin’s friends in Turkey removing or “killing” Erdogan to save Turkey from a war it can’t possibly win,
2. after Erdogan launches his attack, by Putin working with his allies to foil every element of Erdogan’s war plan long before he gets to the borders of Israel, or
3. at the First Battle of Armageddon, by Putin helping to annihilate Turkish forces after they cross into northern Israel and reach Megiddo.

Here is a fresh piece of preparatory propaganda that supports the second scenario…

…from Al Masdar News

You can tell the article is a propaganda piece because it mentions “experimental” weapons. How in the hell would some aviation website know that experimental weapons are aboard those aircraft? They can’t possibly know, yet they added it in to support the narrative the globalists intend to use.

Under scenario 2, the NWO Narrative will say that the aircraft were transporting directed energy weapons and/or “revolutionary electronic warfare systems” that allowed Russian air defenses in Syria to fend off the Turkish onslaught and totally control the airspace in northern Syria and southern Turkey. This would be key to blunting the Turkish ground attack. On the modern battlefield, any ground invasion under enemy-controlled airspace is suicide.

~ MORE – 29 August 2020 ~

Erdogan has launched his live exercises early, and he has extended their duration to two weeks…

Turkey has announced shooting drills in the eastern Mediterranean that will last from 29 August until 11 September. Ankara informed about its decision via NAVTEX… – from Sputnik

So at any point over the next two weeks, Turkey can redirect its ongoing weapons fire from hitting open ocean to hitting real targets.

I also ran across this…

…from MEMO

The article states that 150 Turkish military vehicles entered Syria in 6 convoys about 10 days ago; that’s an average of 25 vehicles per convoy. It also states that 23 convoys entered Syria since the beginning of August, which means roughly 575 Turkish tanks, infantry fighting vehicles, self-propelled howitzers, etc. may have staged in Idlib this month. And this is not counting all the equipment that was brought in before August and since the 20th.

---

(24 August 2020) – Well, Rosh Hashanah approaches and another whacked-out Kabbalist rabbi [1,2] has pulled yet another Moshiach arrival timeframe out of his tuchus…

…from Breaking Israel News. Here is an excerpt…

Rabbi Shalom Arush, an Israeli Breslov rabbi and founder of the Chut Shel Chessed Institutions, made an entirely uncharacteristic announcement: On September 18, Jews will be celebrating the last New Year without the Messiah.

“I am going to tell you with certainty that Hashem (God, literally ‘the name’) will help us meet together after Rosh Hashanna,” Rabbi Arush said in an interview last week. “And remember well what I am telling you, that this Rosh Hashana will be the last one without Moshiach (Messiah). And it could very well be that on this Rosh Hashanna the Messiah will be revealed.”

This year’s Rosh Hashanah begins at sunset on September 18 and ends at nightfall on September 20. And can you guess what global event is happening during that timeframe?…

…from IISD

As you can see, the UN is holding a special event related to the transition from the current UN to the “reformed” NWO UN on September 21 (immediately after the end of Rosh Hashanah). And on the day after that, September 22, the General Debate will begin — that’s when the national leaders give their grand speeches. So look for Vladimir Putin to loom large over this year’s UN General Assembly proceedings during and after Rosh Hashanah. It looks like they’re setting him up to give a landmark speech that will point the way to the multilateral / multipolar NWO the globalists have been building.

Over the next 24 hours, I’ll lay out the globalist timeframe options for the rest of 2020. Let’s shut ’em down and win the year.

~ MORE – 25 August 2020 ~

The manufactured crises our world is currently experiencing are scripted to build to a climax point at which the globalist-chosen “heroes” will defeat the globalist-chosen “villains” and bring us into the multilateral / multipolar New World Order. And looking ahead, there are four foreseeable points in time that could bring the planned climax and resolution:

1. September of 2020, with the final climax day occurring before or during the 75th UN General Assembly (and Rosh Hashanah),
2. December of 2020, with the final climax day occurring on the 21st,
3. Late February to Late March of 2021, with the final climax day occurring on or around the Jewish holiday of Purim (February 25/26) or Passover (March 27 – April 4), and
4. September of 2023, with the final climax day occurring on or around Rosh Hashanah (September 15-17).

Now let’s look at the basics of how each option would play out…

1) The September of 2020 Climax would most likely kick off with a Chinese black swan event (Three Gorges or Taiwan) sometime between now and early September. Xi would then launch a massive, preplanned campaign of arrests of CCP officials before declaring the end of the CCP on September 7. His concurrent release of the bribery/blackmail files on CCP agents worldwide would provide the evidence necessary for the global mass arrests psyop to move forward over the following week. This would gut the worldwide “communist revolution” just in time for Putin to give his seminal UN speech.

With his job of “draining the swamp” complete and his continued presence prolonging division, Trump would resign the presidency and hand it over to Rand Paul and Tulsi Gabbard until order is restored and a fair election can be held. And the multilateral New World Order would formally launch in either March or September of 2021.

I consider this the least likely of the four scenarios, but I’ll cover it in more detail if I see them making moves towards it.

2) The December of 2020 Climax would include the Putin speech, the fall of the CCP at some point in the coming months, and the 2020 presidential election in the US. In the leadup to the election, the mainstream media will heavily publicize manipulated polling data showing a Biden lead, and soon after the election, they’ll declare Biden the projected winner “based on exit polls of in-person voters and telephone polls of mail-in voters.” This MSM declaration of Biden’s victory will come long before the actual vote counts are completed and verified.

The actual election result will likely show a Biden victory if disputed and invalid mail-in votes are counted and a Trump victory if only valid votes are counted. This, paired with Trump’s unwillingness to accept a loss by Democrat fraud, will lead to an escalating showdown between the two sides. The resulting unrest will be ended in December when the military moves on the information provided by Xi by arresting practically all of the Washington leadership and installing Paul and Gabbard as bipartisan caretaker leaders (with Trump’s approval).

The multilateral New World Order would formally launch in either March or September of 2021.

3) The Late February to Late March of 2021 Climax would follow the same template as the December Climax, except the election battle would be dragged out past the 2021 inauguration date. The NWO would then launch in September of 2021.

I’ll cover the fourth scenario tomorrow. Then I’ll show you why the December scenario is the one they’re most likely aiming for.

~ MORE – 26 August 2020 ~

4) The September of 2023 Climax would require an adjustment to the globalists’ current 7-year Tribulation timeline (which I showed you in the 22 August update). They would have to drop the events of March 2013 from the narrative and point to the events of September 2016 as the beginning of the Tribulation. This would allow them to point to the events of March 2020 (the COVID lockdowns) as the 3.5 year midpoint and the beginning of the Great Tribulation period.

But there’s a problem with this timeline adjustment: the End Times script requires that the Antichrist be revealed by “standing in the holy place” at the midpoint of the Tribulation. And after looking at what Obama, Kushner, and Hillary Clinton were doing in March, I could find no instance of them standing in a holy place. But I did find this…

…from Mission Network News

These new rules went into effect on the first of February, which means that by the time Xi visited Wuhan and declared victory over the Coronavirus on Purim (March 10), a picture of him was hanging in every church sanctuary in China — he was “standing in the holy place.”

If you are a new reader, it’s important for you to know that the globalists are attempting to artificially fulfill biblical prophecy by taking us through TWO Tribulation periods:

• The First Tribulation will be narrated as “Satan’s Great Deception,” and it will have the antichrists (Putin, Xi, Trump, Netanyahu, et al.) pose as saviors by defeating some evil-looking decoy antichrists (Obama, Erdogan, Kushner, et al.).
• The Second Tribulation will be narrated as “the Real Tribulation,” and it will have the globalist-chosen “Real Jesus Christ” come and save us from the antichrists.

So according to the “classic” version of the globalist script, Xi is going to pose as a good guy in the First Tribulation and then be revealed as an antichrist in the Second. But if they are forced to string things out till 2023, they might have to rescript Xi to be the First Tribulation decoy Antichrist. They also have the option of rescripting him to that role and taking him down next month, in keeping with the 7-year Xi timeline I outlined in the 21 August update. But switching Xi from a Second Tribulation Antichrist to a First Tribulation Antichrist would cause major repercussions for the rest of the script. I doubt they’d want to do that, especially when there is an alternative.

Whilst researching all this, I ran across another 7-year timeline to which the globalists can resort. It terminates in September of 2021, and this event marked its 3.5-year midpoint…

On March 31, 2018 Turkish president Recep Tayyip Erdogan recited the first verse of the Quran in Hagia Sophia, dedicating the prayer to the “souls of all who left us this work as inheritance, especially Istanbul’s conqueror,” reiterating his position to make Hagia Sophia a mosque once again. – from the Greek Reporter

This new timeline — in which Erdogan would play the main decoy Antichrist — began at a NATO meeting where Erdogan and Obama met in September of 2014, which led to the US providing air support for ISIS attacks in Syria starting later that month. I’ll write more about this timeline in a future update.

Next, we’ll take a closer look at the most likely scenario: the December of 2020 Climax.

---

Something Big Will Happen In China In September

(21 August 2020) – Back in my 25 January update, I wrote this…

On a hunch, I decided to check on what Xi was doing in September of 2013 (which is 7 years ago come this September). As it turns out, that’s the month he first announced the Belt and Road Initiative. He did it on September 7, the day after he left his first G20 Summit, in the bizarre globalist city of Astana, Kazakhstan. This means that a 7-year “Antichrist Xi” timeline can also be narrated as starting in September 2013 and ending in September 2020, so March isn’t the only month we need to watch this year. I’ll cover the September timetable later of course; we need to get through March first.

Since we’re now just 11 days from entering September, I’d say it’s about time to cover that 7-year Tribulation timeline, which…

• began on September 7, 2013 when Xi announced his Belt and Road (New) World Order initiative,
• reached its midpoint — the point at which its “Great Tribulation” period began — 3.5 years later in March of 2017 when the Chinese Communist Party decided to get tough on Hong Kong, Taiwan, and Xinjiang (places where things are currently coming to a head), and
• will end in September of 2020 when “hero Xi” fully defeats the “CCP Deep State” (here’s some prepartory disinfo on that) OR takes a fall as an “antichrist” (a less likely scenario).

I hope to write on this over this weekend. But in the meantime, keep an eye on the 8/22 Weekend alert items below. And considering the fact that Lebanon was just put on a two-week “COVID” lockdown, watch for Erdogan to make a move there. This could be a weekend when “the strongmen make big moves on the geopolitical stage due to Trump’s inability to keep them in check.” And what starts on 8/22 Weekend could provide the segue to what happens in China in September.

Watch for a potential “right-wing assassination attempt” on Netanyahu also.

~ MORE – 22 August 2020 ~

Those readers who have been around since the beginning of this year will recall that I spent January and February warning about the big things that would happen in March. I did this because there was a very well-developed 7-year Tribulation timeline that terminated in March…

It began in March of 2013 when these significant events occurred:

• Obama revealed himself as an antichrist by standing in the “holy place” (Christ’s birthplace),
• Pope Francis, the “antichrist Pope,” began his reign over the Roman Catholic Church, and
• Xi Jinping rose to the presidency of China.

It reached its midpoint 3.5 years later in September of 2016 when these significant events occurred:

• Xi Jinping offered the world his economic leadership and transformed Obama’s G20 world order into the G20 Belt and Road world order at the 2016 G20 Summit in Hangzhou, China,
• Presidential candidate Donald Trump and his handler Jared Kushner met with Benjamin Netanyahu and “made a covenant” on “issues relating to Israel’s security and its efforts to achieve stability and peace in the Middle East.”
• Trump debuted on the global political stage in his first presidential debate with Hillary Clinton, and
• Israel’s Shimon Peres was afflicted with a stroke (on the 13th) and died (on the 28th), after having warned the world about Trump. The prophecy propaganda rabbis claimed that his death was “the opening to Gog and Magog, and the final stages before Messiah.”

And it reached its endpoint in March of 2020 when Xi declared victory over COVID (a pandemic psyop supposedly launched by the “CCP Deep State”) and Putin was effectively crowned as King of Russia. But there was a problem: the globalists were unable to follow through on other key elements of their March plans, including the overt coup against Trump that was planned for March 22. I wrote about what happened during this “Battle of 322 Weekend” back at the time; copy and paste 20 March 2020 in your browser’s FIND feature and read through to 23 March to see what happened.

When they were unable to carry out the March 22 coup and proceed with their crash of the Bretton Woods financial system, there was a great disturbance in the Force. It was as if a million Kabbalists all cried out at once…

And they did…

It appears that we’ve won the Battle of 322 Weekend. The globalists sounded the retreat this morning by having the Federal Reserve announce limitless asset purchases to “support” the markets. – from my 23 March 2020 update

Their abandoning of their collapse plan on March 22 is what led to this Zero Hedge article that came out a few days ago…

Here is a graph of the S&P 500 that shows what they’re talking about…

…from Marketwatch

SO, the 7-year Xi timeline that expires next month will give the globalists a second chance to collapse the Bretton Woods financial system this year. It would be the point at which Bretton Woods explodes in flames and “Xi’s vision of a Belt and Road World Order” rises like a phoenix from its ashes exactly 7 years after he proposed it. And this collapse of the current financial system will likely be set off by a black swan event: the collapse of Three Gorges Dam, the CCP invasion of Taiwan (supposedly without Xi’s permission), a nuke going off somewhere, etc.

That’s why you need to watch the things below…

ALERT – (19 August 2020) – When it rains, it pours — it looks like the Three Gorges Dam demolition is back on the program…

…from Zero Hedge

Scroll down to the 2 August update for more information on that scenario.

We also need to watch for a Maidan-style massacre of Belarusian protesters by “Western agents” over the weekend. According to the scripting, such an incident will allow the “Deep States” to either topple Belarusian President Lukashenko or force Putin to move in on Belarus right before the Republican National Convention starts — “Trump let Putin invade ANOTHER country!” the Democrats will say. We may see a number of ugly events in the US and around the world over 8/22 Weekend as “the Deep States create bad news to overshadow Trump’s convention.”

(19 August 2020) – The globalists are setting up an assassination attempt on Trump by means of a missile attack on Air Force One (possibly during a future visit to Mar-a-Lago). The plot will feature a French air-to-air missile fired from the ground as the Iran-linked Houthis have done in the past. Since the missile will be of the radar-homing variety, parts from old Iraqi Mirage F1s (their radar and fire control systems) will be utilized in the attack.

The attempted assassination will initially be blamed on Iran and their Iraqi Popular Mobilization Forces allies, and it will provide the “Deep State” with an excuse to surge ground forces into Iraq (ostensibly to later attack Iran). But if Trump survives the attack, those surged forces will instead be used to flank Erdogan’s forces when they move through Syria and/or Lebanon to attack Israel.

In the after-climax Truth Tsunami, the attempted assassination will be blamed on the “Deep State.”

---

Why The Beirut Explosion May Be Blamed On Erdogan

(7 August 2020) – Here are a few questions about the Beirut explosions: Was a thermobaric bomb or missile used? And if so, who fired it, the “Israeli Deep State” or a Turkish warship or F-16 transiting between Turkey and Libya?

Look at the title of this article that came out the same day as the explosion: Where Will Erdogan Strike Next?: Erdogan Aggressive Abroad While Turkish Economy Flounders. Erdogan knows that Israel would be suspected of any strike on Beirut, and he would certainly like to spark a war between Israel and Hezbollah, would he not?

(15 August 2020) – Be on the lookout for a Turkish move to gain control of northern Lebanon, including the port city of Tripoli. Under the “Erdogan did it” angle of the Beirut explosion, the Turkish objective was to cause a power vacuum through the fall of the Hezbollah-linked Lebanese government so Turkey could establish a beachhead there. I’ll write more on this in an upcoming entry.

(16 August 2020) – If there’s any group out there that’s always searching for the hidden Turkish plot, it’s the Armenians. So let’s have a look at what they have to say about Turkey’s recent activities in Lebanon…

…from The Armenian Weekly. Here is an excerpt…

Lebanese resilience is being severely tested by the ongoing financial crisis. Economic and social costs are overwhelming, and the middle class is disappearing as poverty spirals out of control. The Lebanese currency has almost lost 60 percent of its value compared to US dollars in the black market. Unemployment has reached 55 percent. Poverty has exceeded 65 percent, and we have an uncertain and unpredictable political environment. The roaring but essentially non-violent civilian protests, which have swept through Lebanon for several months, have conveyed a compelling demand for change. However, during the last two months, protesters took a violent path, looting and burning banks and stores. On a regional level, the Sunni-Shia conflict has been intensified from Yemen to Syria where institutional decay has further inflamed the region. Amid these uncertainties, Turkey has started to spread its tentacles and mobilize its proxies in Lebanon…

In recent years, the Sunni-Shia relations have been increasingly marked by conflict, particularly the Iran-Saudi Arabia proxy conflict. Sectarian violence persists to this day from Pakistan to Yemen and is a major element of friction throughout the Middle East. Regionally, Saudi Arabia, once the champion of the Muslim cause in the region, is in retreat. The Saudis are unable to win a war they started in Yemen against the Houthi rebels, they failed in isolating tiny Qatar, they failed to prevent the expansion of Iranian influence in the region, and finally, they are no more the main players in Syria and Lebanon. All these developments created a power vacuum in the Sunni street. It was within this geopolitical context that Turkey under President Erdogan engaged in strategic opportunism and spread its influence in the region. Turkey wanted to replace moderate Islam with an ideology based on the beliefs of Muslim Brotherhood…

Turkey’s soft power in the region has many components and Lebanon is not immune to them. The Turkish embassy, similar to the embassies of other regional actors, started sending political messages through its proxies on the ground. Who are those proxies? It is unknown the exact number of Turkomans, Turks and Mardinlis are in Lebanon. Some estimate it is in the thousands. Turkomans are located in the northern regions of Akkar; they settled in northern Lebanon centuries ago and used to collect taxes from local peasants. Turks, who are descendants from the Ottomans of the island of Crete, are located in Tripoli, and during the last parliamentary elections were supporting a political block funded by Turkey and Qatar…

Turkey’s role was also significant during the anti-government protests in Tripoli. In October 2019, during the beginning of anti-government protests that spread in the country, some protesters raised Turkish flags to show solidarity with Erdogan. Activists prevented them and the flags were taken down, however I believe that a political landscape is being prepared to welcome a Turkish intervention in the city. If political instability continues in Tripoli and the community becomes a “target,” then I would not be surprised to hear Erdogan call for Turkish intervention “in defense of the Ottoman descendants in Tripoli.” Let’s not forget such announcements were made before the Turkish military involvement in Syria and Libya.

With all this in mind, isn’t it a remarkable stroke of “luck” that a blast has leveled the port facilities in Beirut, leaving the Port of Tripoli — a stronghold of Turkish influence in Lebanon’s Sunni north — as the only Lebanese port left standing?…

Ankara is ready to send more medical assistance and food aid to help Lebanon in its hour of need, Turkey’s vice president said Saturday…

Speaking after a meeting with Lebanese President Michel Aoun, Oktay said Ankara had told Lebanon that it can use the port of Mersin, on the Mediterranean coast, until Beirut port is rebuilt.

“We have said goods could be transported with smaller ships and other means of transportation from Mersin to Lebanon,” he said…

“Our aid agency, TIKA (Turkish Cooperation and Coordination Agency), came here immediately, bringing around 400 tons of wheat to the Port of Tripoli (in northern Lebanon) to help with the food shortage. We also brought medicines and medical equipment,” Oktay said. – from the Daily Sabah

So here’s the hidden Turkish plot underlying the “Erdogan did it” scenario…

1. The Turkish military blows up the Hezbollah missile site in the Port of Beirut — a move everyone will assume was made by Israel.
2. The blast disables the port, shifting economic power to Turkey-friendly northern Lebanon and the Port of Tripoli.
3. The blast enables Turkey to immediately step in and play the heroes by shipping-in relief supplies (along with god knows what else).
4. The blast brings down the Lebanese government and forces Hezbollah to walk on eggshells, creating a power vacuum that will allow Turkish proxy activity in Lebanon to expand.
5. The political turmoil creates an unstable environment for Lebanon’s Turkmen and Sunnis, opening the door for Turkish intervention to “protect them.”
6. The Turkish intervention will create a beachhead for Turkish military and proxy forces, who will later move towards Israel’s northern border — advancing where Putin can’t block them as he has in Syria.
7. The Turkish beachhead in northern Lebanon will leave Hezbollah as the only force blocking the Turks from the Israeli border. And by using his Jerusalem proxies to trigger an “Outrage on the Temple Mount (by Israeli security forces),” Erdogan can convince Hezbollah to set aside their differences and jointly attack Israel.

Here’s another key part of the Turkish plot…

…from Ahval

So why do you think Erdogan has personally ordered that Lebanese Turkmen can receive Turkish citizenship? It’s because THE DEATH OF TURKISH CITIZENS IN LEBANON WOULD PROVIDE AN EXCUSE FOR A TURKISH INCURSION INTO LEBANON. And can you imagine what would happen if Turkish citizens were killed in an “airstrike” ascribed to Israel? It would provide an excuse for Turkey to move NATO-grade air defenses into Lebanon “to protect Turks and Lebanese from the Israeli Air Force.” And such an air defense umbrella would be necessary if Turkey hopes to mass forces in northern Lebanon and later move them towards Israel.

Interestingly, the “Turkish air defenses in Lebanon” scenario hints at what would happen in the climactic battle to come. The air defenses used by the Turks would be either American or Russian made, and both nations have the ability to remotely deactivate such systems. So at a key point in the battle, Trump and/or Putin could turn off the Turks’ air defenses, thus allowing Israeli airpower to decimate the invasion forces. Such a deactivation might be done under cover of a “revolutionary electronic warfare system” deployed by Russia (there’d be nothing “revolutionary” about it; it would simply broadcast the deactivation codes under cover of electronic noise). And this intervention would make Putin the savior of Israel, just like he’s scripted to be.

(17 August 2020) – Today let’s look at some other articles that offer insight into Erdogan’s plot to hijack Lebanon.

1) Here’s an article from The Portal about Turkey’s efforts to expand its soft power in Lebanon…

2) Here’s an excerpt about the Turkish corruption of Lebanese leaders from an article titled Turkey denies supporting anti-government protests in northern Lebanon posted by The New Arab…

Turkey on Tuesday denounced allegations made by Lebanese politicians that it was supporting anti-government protests in northern Lebanon in order to expand its influence in the region…

The statement seems to be in response to claims made in a TV interview, and later in a tweet, by the leader of Lebanon’s Free Patriotic Movement (FPM) and former foreign minister Gebran Bassil.

Bassil tweeted on Monday that Lebanon’s relationship with Turkey is important but implied that Ankara is undertaking “political, financial, and security expansion” in the country and accused it of “sowing sedition“.

Local media had reported that Turkish officials allegedly made secret payments to Sunni leaders in northern Lebanon, in what critics say is an attempt by Ankara to gain support and influence along sectarian lines, amid Lebanon’s worst economic crisis in decades.

3) Here’s an excerpt about Turkey’s moves to become “protector of the Sunnis” and controllers of Lebanese commerce from an Ahval article titled Turkey vies with Saudi Arabia as ‘protector of Lebanon’s Sunnis’…

Observers in Lebanon pointed out the total absence of any Saudi political role in Lebanon after the Beirut explosion at a time when Turkey was quick to present itself as a political and economic actor in the country.

Ankara sought to take advantage of declining Saudi interest in Lebanon and of Iran’s wariness about being conspicuously present in a setting drawing a lot of Western attention.

Observers pointed out that Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan reacted quickly to the Beirut disaster…

…Riyadh’s choice to withdraw from Lebanon because of its opposition to Hezbollah opens the door to Turkey’s expanding role in the country, as Ankara seeks to position itself as the “protector of the Sunnis”…

A prominent Lebanese politician described Turkish presence in Lebanon as rather sizeable and important in light of the presence of a number of charities supported by Ankara, especially in Tripoli, the capital of northern Lebanon.

Prior to the deadly blast at Beirut port, there had been a political debate between two Sunni political figures over who is loyal to Saudi Arabia and who is loyal to Turkey in Lebanon.

Asas Media, a website administered by former interior minister close to Saudi Arabia, Nihad al-Machnouk, has accused former Lebanese security director and Justice Minister Ashraf Rifi of working with Turkish intelligence to take control of northern Lebanon…

Sunni politicians believe that Turkey is seeking to achieve wide encroachment into Lebanon and to “represent the Sunni community” by sponsoring several Islamic societies and investing in the restoration of old buildings, with a special focus on those reminiscent of the Ottoman era…

Furthermore, Turkey did not waste the economic opportunity represented by the port of Beirut being out of commission. Oktay was quick to suggest the port of Mersin in southern Turkey as an alternative to the port of Beirut…

A political observer told The Arab Weekly that Oktay’s words “caused discontent in many circles, including the Sunni community, which has a vested interest in saving Beirut’s port and fixing it as quickly as possible. (Oktay’s statements) revealed Turkish opportunism”.

Still, the fact remains that the new map of large ports in the eastern Mediterranean reveals the size of the opportunity Ankara sees to control trade with Lebanon.

With the Beirut seaport out of service and the limited capacity of the port of Tripoli for receiving large container ships makes Mersin port one of the main candidates as a handling port, especially with the international ban on Syrian ports, and the impossibility of access to alternative Israeli ports.

4) And here’s another excerpt about the Lebanese port situation from a China Daily article titled Lebanon’s Tripoli port ready to temporarily replace Port of Beirut after deadly blasts…

Lebanon’s Port of Tripoli said Thursday that it is ready to temporarily replace the Port of Beirut which was devastated by two powerful explosions on Tuesday.

Ahmed Tamer, director of the Tripoli port, told Xinhua that the port has completed all its preparations to receive the aid ships sent to Lebanon and the vessels that transport products and goods…

Tripoli, the largest city in northern Lebanon, is located on the shore of the Mediterranean Sea, about 80 km north of the capital Beirut and 30 km away from the Lebanese-Syrian northern border.

The port of Tripoli is expected to play a vital role in [Beirut’s] reconstruction as it is the only sea port connecting Lebanon with the outside world.

Two huge explosions rocked Port of Beirut on Tuesday evening, killing at least 137 people and injuring nearly 5,000 others, while causing massive damages in the city.

In the next section, we’ll look at some of the things that were pointed out in these articles and at another reason the Beirut blasts will ultimately be blamed on Erdogan instead of Netanyahu.

---

(13 August 2020) – A Question for every Turk…

Is it better than that one corrupt politician dies or that the nation of Turkey be devastated and dismembered by a ruinous war against all its neighbors?

By directing his provocative war actions throughout the region and his recent conversion of the Hagia Sophia to a mosque, the globalists have clearly committed to having Erdogan play the role of Al-Masih ad-Dajjal, the “Muslim Antichrist.” And they have previously signaled their intention to artificially fulfill the prophecies of Greece’s Elder Paisios, which will bring devastation to Turkey…

Specifically, Paisios wrote: “Events will start that will culminate with us taking back Constantinople. Constantinople will be given to us. There will be war between Russia and Turkey. In the beginning the Turks will believe they are winning, but this will lead to their destruction. The Russians, eventually, will win and take over Constantinople. After that it will be ours. They will be forced to give it to us.”

The text reads further, “(The Turks) will be destroyed. They will be eradicated because they are a nation that was built without God’s blessing. One third of the Turks will go back to where they came from, the depths of Turkey. One third will be saved because they will become Christians, and the other third will be killed in this war.”

“Turkey will be dissected. This will be to our benefit as a nation. This way our villages will be liberated, our enslaved homelands. Constantinople [Istanbul] will be liberated, will become Greek again. Hagia Sophia will open again,” the text reads.

“Turkey will be dissected in 3 or 4 parts. The countdown has begun. We will take the lands that belong to us, the Armenians will take theirs and the Kurds their own.” – from the Greek Reporter

So unless Turks wish to endure such a disaster, it’s critically important they understand that Erdogan is an actor in the employ of the globalists, and his role is to bring Turkey to utter ruin. But here’s the thing: if the actor dies before his big scene, the globalists will have to rescript what happens to Turkey. And without the need to defeat the “evil Dajjal,” it is likely that the rescripting will be much more peaceful and gentle on the Turks.

That being said, any Turk in a position to do what is necessary knows what he must do. Even if such a person has held his nose and worked for the globalists all his life, he now has an opportunity to do the right thing and redeem himself through sacrifice for the greater good. Greater love has no man than this: that he lay down his life so millions of others may live.

(12 August 2020) – Keep an Eye on Belarus

The globalists are running a psyop in Belarus that portrays the “evil West” trying to get control of the country like they did in Ukraine. And the objective of the operation can be found in the final paragraph of a write-up on the subject posted by “The Saker,” an NWO propagandist…

…from South Front. Here’s the paragraph…

Personally, I have always believed that fully reincorporating Belarus into Russia would not only solve the “Belarusian problem” but that it would also solve the “Lukashenko problem”. I am confident that Russia has more than enough influence and resources in Belarus to force a change. Yes, that would be both difficult and dangerous, but not doing so could result in a much worse outcome. Russia needs to act. Quickly and resolutely.

Basically, the globalists are arranging an excuse for Putin to take control of Belarus, and I suspect they’re doing it to help him retake Ukraine east of the Dnieper River so he can reunite the ancient Khazarian Empire (the red box shows Khazarian land east of the Dnieper; the green and orange boxes show Khazarian areas Putin has already seized in Ukraine and Georgia)…

You can read about Putin’s effort to rebuild Khazaria in Vladimir Putin, the Jewish King of Restored Khazaria, which is found at the bottom of the Compendium.

With control of Belarus, Putin can move the Russian-augmented Belarusian Army into attack positions on the Ukrainian border west of the Dnieper (the red horizontal oval below). This will compel the Ukrainian Army to deploy defensive forces along that border (the blue horizontal oval), thereby splitting their army in two (with a one part west of the Dnieper guarding the Belarusian border and the other part east of the Dnieper guarding the Russian border)…

At the outset of a conflict, Russia can then blow the bridges across the Dnieper, isolating the eastern part of the Ukrainian army from reinforcement, resupply or retreat. The Belarusian Army will likely hold their positions, leaving western Ukraine to the non-Russian Ukrainians while Russia gobbles up eastern Ukraine.

There was other notable news that came out yesterday: Putin’s COVID vaccine announcement and Kamala Harris’s nomination as Biden’s VP. I’ll get to those subjects as soon as I can.

(9 August 2020) – Yesterday turned out to be a day of good news…

1) Antifa/BLM were no-shows in Weatherford…

…from The Dallas Morning News

2) Xi Jinping seems to have turned off the weather attack on the Three Gorges Dam…

…from China.org.cn

3) And Trump announced relief measures that signal a likely globalist delay in triggering the final collapse of the economy…

…from Zero Hedge

So the things to watch this week are which way they take the narrative on the Beirut explosions and what kind of war-starting mischief Erdogan might engage in.

(7 August 2020) – Will the Second Civil War start in Weatherford, Texas tomorrow?

I know someone who lives in Weatherford — a small city west of Fort Worth — and she reports (based on credible sources) that Antifa/BLM are planning to bus in a large mongrel army tomorrow after having been run out of town in an earlier, smaller protest (and after having been run out of Austin last weekend). Reportedly, their objectives are to tear down a memorial statue to Confederate soldiers, burn down the historic courthouse, then fan out and burn down the antebellum homes in the city. But they’ll be greeted by an eclectic mix of armed farmers, good ol’ boys, rednecks, bikers and Aryan Nation types who won’t hesitate to stop them from torching the city. And the Texas National Guard are reportedly in town with orders to surround the courthouse.

The Weatherford police chief is denying that Antifa are coming to town and I can find no news of the National Guard deployment, which raises two important questions…

1) Is this all just hot air from an overactive rumor mill, or are the “authorities” suppressing news of the coming showdown to prevent additional combatants from driving in from surrounding counties?

2) Do the “authorities” want the violent showdown to happen, and do they want it to be a surprise to the nation when it does?

The protest is supposed to start at 4 PM tomorrow, so I guess we’ll find out then.

~ MORE – 8 August 2020 ~

I found some notable press pieces on Weatherford this morning, including an August 1 article on the previous protest there…

If civil war breaks out in America, what happened in Weatherford a week ago shows how easily it can begin. Out-of-town protesters clashed with Parker County residents on the courthouse lawn in one of the more violent Texas gatherings this troubled year.

Weatherford came close to becoming a symbol like Fort Sumter, site of first shots fired in 1861. There was enough weaponry on both sides to classify the event as a mini-gun show. – from the Denton Record-Chronicle

And the Dallas Morning News posted this headline yesterday…

…The article mentions the earlier protest in Weatherford…

And last month there was a confrontation in Weatherford that balanced so precariously on the knife-edge of violence that it caused our reporter to invoke the image of Fort Sumter and even entertain the possibility of 2020 seeing the beginning of a second American civil war.

“I was afraid that somebody would pull a trigger and war would erupt,” a protester on one side said.

“I’m surprised no shots were fired. It would have been a massacre,” said a protester on the other side.

(6 August 2020) – I’ll have to take the rest of the day off to tend to mundane tasks about the house. But first let me give you a preview of coming attractions. Upcoming additions to the Xi Jinping article will include…

• how the “Good Guys” versus “Bad Guys” / “Bad Horses”/ scapegoats trick pervades the NWO transition script at every level,
• how Xi and Putin are connected to the Kissinger/Rockefeller effort to build the multilateral NWO,
• how communism, an ideology dreamt-up by a Western intellectual and funded into control of Russia and China by Western bankers, constitutes the “foreign domination” that Xi’s Boxer Rebellion will end,
• why Xi Jinping will release the Chicom blackmail/bribery files on politicians the world over, including the Democrats in the US, and how that will give the “good guys” the Treason Sword with which they’ll cut down the “bad guys,” and
• additional information on the weather-engineered floods and embedded mini-nukes (similar to this) that will bring down Three Gorges Dam.

PREVIOUS UPDATES>>>

Xi’s Boxer Rebellion and the September Fall of the CCP
[+ today’s (8/6) update on Xi Jinping’s plan to sabotage Three Gorges Dam, in blue]

(2 August 2020) – As I’ve oft mentioned in the past, the globalists love putting historical parallels into their event scripts, and the reader who clued me in to the Boxer flag last night is convinced that they’ve put a parallel to the Boxer Rebellion into this year’s script. After reviewing my writings from earlier this year, I suspect she’s right. So starting today, we’ll look at the parallel between the Boxer Rebellion (which ended in failure on September 7, 1901) and Xi’s New Silk Road Initiative (which he launched on September 7, 2013). And we’ll look at how next month could bring the end of the Chinese Communist Party (and the role a weather-engineered failure of the Three Gorges Dam — the Chicoms’ Chernobyl Event — could play in that).

Let’s own September like we owned Tisha B’Av.

~ MORE ~

Let me jump ahead to something important on the Three Gorges Dam (which could pop any day now). If the globalists intend to break the dam, they will not rely on floodwater pressure alone (the dam can probably handle that); they’ll use demolition charges. That’s the only way they can be sure that the dam will break (and do so on schedule). And I’ll bet you dollars to donuts that demolition charges were embedded in the dam during its construction as part of the sensor network (some of the sensors aren’t sensors; they’re explosive charges)…

Zhang Shuguang, director of the Three Gorges Corp’s Hub Management Bureau, echoed Wang’s judgement, saying nothing could topple the dam in the next 500 years and that not one of the 12,000 sensors fitted throughout the humongous concrete barrier had ever flashed red on the central control panel. – from the Asia Times

So if I were a dam engineer who wanted to stop the globalists from blowing it up, I’d cut off all power to the embedded sensors. That would cut off power to the demolition charges too. And I’d cross my fingers in hope that the demolition guys neglected to put battery backups into the embedded explosive units.

It’s quite likely that the Three Gorges Dam project was pushed through for the very purpose of demolishing it at the right time (much like the European Union was pushed through so they could demolish it on cue and crash all of the formerly-independent European nations at the same time). So all Chinese people should remember that if Three Gorges Dam breaks, it is Xi Jinping and his Kabbalist friends who are behind it…

Xi and the globalists aim to destroy the dam and harness the resulting public outrage to consolidate power and move China out of Communism and into the New World Order. And within 7 years of that move, they will bring much more death to China.

~ MORE – 3 August 2020 ~

To get a glimpse of how the globalists are setting up the NWO Narrative for the planned “failure” of the Three Gorges Dam, let’s look at some articles from one of their NWO propaganda sites, The Epoch Times (which is run by the Falun Gong religious cult).

Like other NWO propaganda sites (such as Zero Hedge), The Epoch Times are narrating an imminent failure of the dam…

…Here is an excerpt…

The Three Gorges Dam in China has become a center of attention, as waters rise and local authorities issue flood warnings nearby. Taiwan News reports that a prominent Chinese hydrologist, Wang Weiluo, is claiming the dam “could collapse at any moment.” He pointed to existing concerns over the dam’s design, construction, and process for inspections.

And if we look at another Epoch Times article on the subject, we get a sneak peak of the setup for the post-collapse mass arrests of Communist Party leaders by Xi and the military…

A casual reader might think Xi’s exhortation that the military be “ready to fight” is a call for them to be ready to fight America, but then why is he also calling for their “absolute loyalty”? Is he afraid the military might switch to the American side? Of course not. He’s saying that the military must be absolutely loyal to him and ready to fight the other factions of the Chinese Communist Party.

This is part of the NWO Narrative of “the good Xi Jinping’s fight against the evil and corrupt Jiang Zemin faction for control of China’s future” that the Epoch Times are helping to establish. And if you look at the history of the Three Gorges Dam, you’ll see that it was approved in 1992, its construction began in 1994, and its body was completed in 2006 — so all but the last year of construction happened during Jiang’s rule over China (and his leave-behinds held power for some time after his departure)…

…from Wikipedia

So after Xi and his Kabbalist friends demolish the dam, Xi will point to Communist Party corruption under Jiang as the reason the dam was designed, built, and inspected in an incompetent manner. And he will have the Chinese military mass arrest all of Jiang’s faction and their allies, thus eliminating all of his remaining political foes in one final, giant purge. From that point, he’ll pose as the “Hero of the People” as he moves China out of communism and into the New World Order Henry Kissinger planned back in the 1950’s…

Over the coming 24 hours, we’ll look at more globalist propaganda pieces that outline the phony battle between “good guy” Xi and the “Jiang faction bad guys.”

~ MORE – 4 August 2020 ~

The grand drama we’re all witnessing on the global stage right now is the New World Order Transition Show, and it is being presented to the public so that we’ll welcome the NWO when it arrives (rather than resisting it). Like many dramas, it has “bad guy” characters and “good guy” characters, and the plot is that the “bad guys” are trying to start an “evil” unilateral NWO, but they’ll be defeated by the “good guys” who will start a “good” multilateral NWO (which is the REAL NWO the globalists have been working towards for decades if not centuries). Since it will be seen as “the victory of good over evil,” the globalists expect the multilateral NWO to be welcomed by the sleeping public with open arms.

As for the characters in the Chinese part of the drama, the Central Banking / Royal Cartel have selected Jiang Zemin and his associates to play the “bad guys” and Xi Jinping and his associates to play the “good guys” (both Jiang and Xi work for the same people of course). So let me show you now how the globalist propaganda corps are introducing the public to the “bad guys” and “good guys” (by looking at this bit of NWO propaganda from The Epoch Times)…

…Here is an excerpt…

A Chinese idiom goes: “The dark clouds cannot block the sun forever.”

Throughout the ages, however mighty the power possessed by a regime, if it dared to mistreat or defame a righteous religion or commit crimes against humanity, in the end, it would have to face world condemnation and receive the opprobrium that it earned.

History has made that clear following the Roman Empire’s torture of Christians, the Nazis’ genocide of Jews, and Stalin’s gulags (harsh forced labor camps).

History repeats itself with China’s state persecution of Falun Gong. The same ending will result for Jiang Zemin and the CCP for their role in attacking the Chinese culture and traditional religions, undermining the human race’s moral standards, and persecuting the peaceful Falun Gong.

The last chapter of the battle in China between the righteous and the evil has already begun with the final outcome in plain view…

Jiang Zemin left two shameful legacies that still haunt China: a top-to-bottom corrupt government and the persecution of Falun Gong. At the time of this writing, Jiang is still alive but his influence is very much diminished.

To the world, Jiang had fully leveraged the CCP’s propaganda and state resources to acquire the support, or at least buy the silence, of anyone who comes into contact with the result of his infamous legacies: bringing about massive corruption of the Party and committing the genocide and torture of Falun Gong practitioners.

Jiang was fully aware of the consequences to him if the political direction reversed against his “contributions” to the people. With the anti-corruption campaign of Xi Jinping, that day has begun.

Not just Jiang himself has that worry. The members of the political faction that supports and benefits from his immorality are all in the same boat. Jiang has developed and promoted a large group of officials who promoted and executed his policies and were rewarded with the largess and privileges that come with corruption with impunity. Sharing guilt in the same areas, they have had to watch each other’s backs.

Therefore, when Jiang retired, he and his faction worked very hard to ensure that China’s political boat stayed on the same course and the world’s attitude toward China would not be altered.

They were successful against Hu Jintao, Jiang’s successor. Hu was not Jiang’s pick. China’s paramount leader Deng Xiaoping picked both Jiang and Hu at the same time, Jiang being the top leader and Hu being the heir. Deng’s reputation and influence made Jiang honor the arrangement of transitioning to Hu in 2002.

However, Jiang being Jiang, he created a system to contain Hu’s power and influence…

Jiang’s misdeeds continued. The damage to China and the world continued.

Nevertheless, however hard Jiang and his faction tried, the evil could not suppress righteousness forever…

When it came time to plan for the next leader, Jiang was out of cards. Hu had as a candidate, Li Keqiang. To prevent Hu from enthroning his man, Jiang nominated Xi Jinping. Hu agreed, because Xi, not identified on either side, was an acceptable compromise.

Unlike Hu Jintao who rose up in political ranks with no base, Xi Jinping is a princeling (the second generation of a former top CCP top leader). Other princelings, many of whom have political influence, are supportive of Xi. Xi had the legitimacy and a supporting base. It wouldn’t be that easy to control him.

The worrisome thing to Jiang and his gang was that Xi Jinping didn’t have a notable record of abuse of power or corruption. Free of culpability, Xi could, at any time, stop the course of Jiang’s policies and make the criminals accountable…

Right after he took office, Xi launched the anti-corruption campaign. Wang Qishan, Xi’s long-time friend and another princeling, was the frontline commander of the campaign. It took only a few years for Xi and Wang to gain the upper hand and become much stronger than their rivals. They expanded the campaign to include many corruption-prone officials who formed factions to protect themselves…

Some people may call his anti-corruption campaign a political maneuver by Xi to fully wrestle the power away from Jiang’s hands. Indeed, it did that. But from a spiritual vantage point, it had another meaning. The punishment meted out to those officials who persecuted and killed peaceful and innocent Falun Gong believers, even though sentenced ostensibly on an entirely different basis (corruption), was inevitable per the basic principle that rules the universe: good begets good and evil begets evil!

Not only are Jiang’s colluders being taken down, but the system that the CCP created and Jiang reinforced is being cleaned out. Rumors are that even Jiang himself is being targeted…

Xi has at moments been attuned to the traditional culture of China that serves as a salvation for all. Unfortunately, at the time of the publication of this book, he has still not made a definitive break with the communist spirit that is strangling the nation and bringing ruin to the people’s future.

Within the script of this stage play, then, it will be the enormous national tragedy caused by the failure of the Three Gorges Dam that will cause Xi to make his “definitive break with the communist spirit.”

~ MORE ~

In this next propaganda piece from The Epoch Times, we find that the purge that will follow the destruction of Three Gorges Dam was already set in motion a month ago on July 8…

…Here is an excerpt…

Top Chinese officials recently announced that the Communist Party would begin a purge of the powerful Political and Legal Affairs Commission (PLAC), a Party agency that oversees the country’s security apparatus, including police, courts, and prisons.

The Party will complete the purge by the first quarter of 2022, right before its 20th National Congress, a conference that occurs every five years to determine the next succession of Party leaders.

The PLAC was formerly the stronghold of current Party leader Xi Jinping’s political rivals, namely, officials who were loyal to former Party leader Jiang Zemin.

Since Xi took power in 2012, he has launched a wide-ranging anti-corruption campaign that has felled many of his opposition, including top officials within the PLAC. In recent years, the agency’s power was diminished when Xi removed the PLAC chief from the Politburo Standing Committee, the Party’s top decision-making body.

But experts say the announcement of a forthcoming purge indicates Xi is still struggling to keep PLAC officials in line…

On July 8, PLAC Secretary-General Chen Yixin hosted a meeting in Beijing to begin the “cleansing” campaign.

“The PLAC teams [in the whole country] are impure, unjust, and lack executive force. Some members even violate law and discipline. They are bad horses, have bad impact, and have done great damage,” Chen said. “We have to turn the blade to face ourselves … in order to treat the problem.”…

U.S.-based China affairs commentator Tang Jingyuan says the Party may be seeking to achieve two purposes with the purging campaign.

“One is removing officials who have power but don’t follow Xi Jinping’s lead,” he said, as Xi may be concerned that the PLAC would grow into an anti-Xi faction and “become the Party’s second Central Committee,” referring to the Party’s 200-plus committee of top officials.

The other purpose is to distract the Chinese public from current crises such as the economic depression, pandemic, flooding, and other disasters.

“The CCP wants to convince people that all bad things were done by these so-called ‘bad horses,’” Tang said in an interview…

So far this year, two high-ranking officials who made their careers in the PLAC system were recently ousted.

China’s vice public security minister Sun Lijun was detained on April 19 for an internal Party investigation, before being officially dismissed on May 8. Meanwhile, minister of justice Fu Zhenghua, a member of the Jiang faction who opposed Xi’s rule, was dismissed from several positions he held within the legal system between April 20 and May 5.

Sun and Fu were promoted by Meng Jianzhu, who was PLAC chairman from 2012 to 2017, and another key player in the Jiang faction. Several other subordinates of Meng were dismissed in May and June.

Sun was dismissed because he was involved in a coup plan, in which the Jiang faction was vying to replace Xi, an insider from Beijing told the Chinese-language Epoch Times in April.

Of course, the purge will not have to wait until the first quarter of 2022 to be completed. After the Dam breaks, all of China will be screaming for blood and demanding the heads of those responsible for the devastation. And Xi Jinping will harness that outrage to immediately purge the PLAC and all other divisions of China’s government. The mass arrests, conducted by the military, will eliminate all meaningful political opposition to Xi, and he’ll use his unopposed control to make the changes planned by his Kabbalist masters, including 1) leading China out of communism and into the multilateral New World Order, and 2) allowing ethnic and special regions to secede from the Beijing government, thereby splintering the nation into the “smaller units” favored by NWO planners.

~ MORE ~

Back in December of 2014 in Meet Robert Lawrence Kuhn, Illuminati handler of China’s leaders, I talked about the relationship between Kuhn and Xi Jinping, pictured here…

…Xi (left) and Kuhn (right) in their happy early days.

Well in 2017, Kuhn wrote a fawning propaganda piece about his li’l buddy for the South China Morning Post…

…So let’s have a look at some of its notable points that relate to what’s happening now…

To the untrained eye, the structure and phrases of work reports look similar to those of previous years. But look closely and one sees the small but revelatory differences…

…while “Marxism-Leninism” and “Mao Zedong thought” were duly noted in the draft general provisions of civil law, the famous phrases didn’t make the more important government work report. I doubt the cut was made to save space…

One other development is notable: the NPC is becoming more an empowered deliberative body and less a “rubber stamp” cheerleader. An example of this is the multifaceted process of constructing a comprehensive civil code, targeted for 2020. After three revisions, the general provisions of civil law finally provides a framework for codifying some 200 civil and commercial laws in constructing a legal system to serve civil society…

And what of Xi’s anti-corruption drive? Foreign media typically assume that the drive reflects a power struggle among leaders and factions, while some Chinese officials claim that it has nothing to do with political struggle.

There are multiple reasons for the campaign, of course. More incisively, we can see how the campaign has been energised by Xi’s “four comprehensives” political theory. One, realising a moderately prosperous society is hindered by corruption; two, reform is resisted by corrupt officials who protect their illicit financial benefits; three, the drive exemplifies the rule of law; four, strictly governing the party could be defined as anti-corruption.

A few of the now-caged “tigers” were convicted of “seriously violating the party’s political discipline” “banding together in gangs and forming factions”, and conducting “non-organisational political activities” – a not very veiled code-phrase for attempting to undermine China’s leadership. By eliminating these political threats, the anti-corruption campaign helps ensure political stability…

There is now no ambiguity: China is under the firm leadership of the party’s Central Committee, with Xi as its core, and alignment with Xi’s “four confidences” doctrine – in which officials are urged to be “confident in China’s chosen path, political system, guiding theories, and culture” – is non-­negotiable.

Many areas of society and government are open to debate, but not the core principles and not the core leader. These have been decided and conformity is expected. Only with such unity can the “four comprehensives” bring about the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation and realise the Chinese dream.

So back in 2017, Kuhn was hinting at Xi’s move away from “Marxism-Leninism” and “Mao Zedong thought” — a move away from communism — and Xi was overseeing the construction of a new comprehensive civil code targeted for this year. And what part of the Chinese government would be involved in implementing the new civil code? The PLAC of course — the division that is now being purged as of July 8.

With a new comprehensive civil code now ready to govern a “New China,” all Xi Jinping needs is the right major crisis to sweep aside any remaining opposition and implement the Kabbalist vision for China. So by blowing up the Three Gorges Dam, Xi will take China through the “Chinese Nightmare” on the way to the “Chinese Dream.” But take no solace in “the Dream” once it arrives; it will turn back into a nightmare soon enough.

NOTE: I am aware of the explosions in Beirut, the imminent death of Pope Benedict (whose funeral could serve to “gather the kings of the Earth” to fulfill the Kabbalist prophecy of Rome’s destruction), and Turkey’s movement towards economic crisis and war with all its neighbors. But I will remain focused on the Three Gorges Dam until my coverage is complete. Preventing its destruction is priority one.

~ MORE – 5 August 2020 ~

A reader has pointed out that tomorrow, August 6, is a candidate day for the destruction of Three Gorges Dam (for a variety of reasons). The chief reason is that the Three Gorges Dam event would be a mass murder conducted in furtherance of the globalists’ vision. And as that, they would make it an occult ritual sacrifice on a significant date…

August 6 is significant because it was the day in 1945 that Hiroshima was struck with an atom bomb, and as such, it is a day on which a mass death event led to the end of a long conflict. The Japanese surrender was signed about a month later on September 2. So a Three Gorges Dam event on August 6 (or August 9, Nagasaki day) could lead to the end of the Chinese Communist Party on or about September 7.

P.S. – When people connected Madonna’s Super Bowl performance to Hoover Dam, they thought it was the target. But perhaps the planners just used its unique shape to discreetly represent a dam. A chair back shaped like Three Gorges Dam would have been a little too conspicuous.

~ MORE ~

Today I’ll be looking through the three articles I posted yesterday to add my comments. And I’ll start with these passages from the “Unbridled Evil” article…

Jiang was fully aware of the consequences to him if the political direction reversed against his “contributions” to the people…

When it came time to plan for the next leader… Jiang nominated Xi Jinping…

Xi had the legitimacy and a supporting base. It wouldn’t be that easy to control him…

The worrisome thing to Jiang and his gang was that Xi Jinping didn’t have a notable record of abuse of power or corruption. Free of culpability, Xi could, at any time, stop the course of Jiang’s policies and make the criminals accountable…

Right after he took office, Xi launched the anti-corruption campaign.

SO LET ME GET THIS STRAIGHT…

When the “evil and corrupt” Jiang — a man who “was fully aware of the consequences to him if the political direction reversed against his ‘contributions’ to the people” — decided to nominate a replacement, he chose a man (Xi)…

• who “wouldn’t be that easy to control,”
• who “didn’t have a notable record of abuse of power or corruption,”
• who was “free of culpability” and “could, at any time, stop the course of Jiang’s policies and make the criminals accountable,” and
• who “launched the anti-corruption campaign right after he took office”?

“It makes sense to me”…

But if this concept of the “establishment bad guy” — deliberately and in full awareness of the risk — naming the “good guy reformer” to succeed him seems ridiculous to you, you’re not alone. It is one of the absurd contortions the globalist script must make to get its plot to work. As such, it is a massive plot hole. What’s worse is that that they not only made this contortion with Jiang and Xi, but they also made it with Yeltsin and Putin!

Back in February of 2016, I wrote Vladimir Putin: The mobster who would be the globalist Messiah, in which I laid out how the KGB officer Putin made his lightning ascent to the Russian presidency. It contains this section in which “the corrupt leader passes the torch to the supposedly honest leader” (just like what would later happen in China when Jiang passed the torch to Xi)…

BEGIN EXCERPT>>>

> December 31, 1999 – Yeltsin resigns and hands the Presidency to Putin.

Looking upon this timeline, you notice something quite remarkable…

After arriving in Moscow as an unknown in June of 1996, it took Putin only 3 years and 6 months to rise to the Presidency of Russia. Only 3.5 years!

Needless to say, you can’t achieve such a meteoric rise without powerful forces working in the background to arrange it for you. The globalists obviously had big plans for Vladimir Putin, and that is why the Russian oligarchs elevated him to power so swiftly. An insight into this is offered in Masha Gessen’s Putin biography, The Man Without a Face…

>>> Foremost in the dwindling circle of Yeltsin’s allies and supporters known as ‘the family’ was the oligarch Boris Berezovsky; indeed, many believed Berezovsky to be the real power behind Yeltsin’s throne. Berezovsky knew Putin from the early 1990s in St Petersburg when, in the first flush of buccaneering capitalism, Berezovsky was aiming to expand his car dealership and Putin was a minor city bureaucrat.

Putin arranged for Berezovsky to open a service station in the city, and declined to take a bribe. ‘He was the first bureaucrat who did not take bribes,’ Berezovsky told Gessen. ‘Seriously. It made a huge impression on me.’

Berezovsky began to vigorously promote Putin, among ‘the family’ and to Yeltsin himself. He would remember Yeltsin’s reaction on meeting Putin: ‘He seems all right,’ the president said of his putative successor, ‘but he’s kind of small.’ In August 1999 Yeltsin appointed Putin prime minister. <<<

After Putin was installed as the fresh new face of oligarchic rule in Russia, an effort was made to distance him from the scandals of the Yeltsin era and make him look like “change we [Russians] can believe in” (to borrow a phrase from the American version of the trick). It is for this reason that certain oligarchs took on the public roles of “opponents of Putin.” And due to his close ties to Yeltsin, Berezovsky himself took on such a role. As his Wikipedia bio states…

“Berezovsky was politically opposed to the President of Russia Vladimir Putin, since Putin’s election in 2000 and remained a vocal critic of Putin for the rest of his life. In late 2000, after the Russian Deputy Prosecutor General demanded that Berezovsky appear for questioning, he did not return from abroad and moved to the UK, which granted him political asylum in 2003.”

So Berezovsky, who played a behind-the-scenes role in placing Putin into the Presidency of Russia, took on the public role of Putin’s opposition, then ran off to the UK. In doing this, he effectively served as the scapegoat that took the sins of the Yeltsin Administration far away from Putin (so the public would think that Putin’s Administration was a real change from Yeltsin’s). As we’ll discover later when looking at Mikhail Khodorkovsky, Berezovsky wasn’t the only oligarch to play the role of fake opposition to make Putin look good.

<<<END EXCERPT

~ MORE – 6 August 2020 ~

It is at this point that I’d like you to pause and ask yourself a question:

How many times have you seen a runner in a relay race pass his baton to a member of another team?

My guess is that the answer is “never,” because that’s simply not how it’s done.

Likewise, “evil and corrupt” politicians don’t pass along power to outsiders who might prosecute them for their crimes, only to allies (on whom they have blackmail files). So when Yeltsin handed power over to Putin on the eve of the millennium, he was passing the baton to a member of his own team…

…from Kremlin.ru

But this transfer of power was different than any that came before. In handing power to Putin, Yeltsin was giving the Russian presidency to the man scripted to rise to leadership of the multilateral New World Order. And since the NWO is scripted to be the SOLUTION to the problems with which the globalists are deliberately plaguing humanity — the “triumph of good over evil” — Putin needed to cultivate a “good guy” image.

To help Putin achieve this, the oligarchs who put him in power divided themselves into two groups: Team Bad Guys and Team Good Guys. Team Bad Guys would be made up of those oligarchs most closely tied in the public eye to Yeltsin’s corruption and the West/Rothschilds, with the remainder assigned to Team Good Guys. And the job of Team Bad Guys would be to publicly oppose Putin and flee Russia, taking Yeltsin’s scandals with them and making Putin look like “the good guy who ran off the villains” and “the traitor to the (evil, unipolar, Western, decoy) New World Order”…

…from Google

Similarly, when Jiang handed over power to Xi, he was passing the baton to a member of his own team. And just like Putin, Xi was scripted to be a major figure in the multilateral New World Order, so he too needed to cultivate a “good guy” image. To accomplish this, those officials most closely associated with “bad guy” Jiang were put into Team Bad Guys, and those most closely associated with Xi became Team Good Guys. Xi then led Team Good Guys in conducting the “anti-corruption campaign” to purge Team Bad Guys, and like Putin, he was portrayed as “the traitor to the (evil, unipolar, Western, decoy) New World Order”…

…from InfoWars

More to come…

---

(Thrice-Expanded Note – 1-2 August 2020) – Saturday has passed over Israel uneventfully, so that’s a good sign. We still have two more days of Eid al-Adha to watch, though.

And since I’m tuckered, I’ll save the hydroxychloroquine update for tomorrow. For now, suffice it to say that we’ll see big revelations on that subject if the Mass Arrests Psyop breaks out soon. And if it doesn’t, the revelations may be Trump’s October Surprise or December Christmas Gift.

By the way, a reader points out that the red flags that have been displayed on the Drudge Report for a full day now are almost identical to the flag of the Boxers (of China’s Boxer Rebellion)…

The Boxer Rebellion was a Chinese attack against foreign domination. So could a Chinese attack hit us soon? Could it be related to this?…

…from Infowars

~ MORE ~

After pondering this a bit, I’m wondering if Alex Jones’s exposure of the Antifa op is the globalists’ way of cancelling it. During the short time I tuned into his broadcast, he talked of debating with himself whether to let Antifa go ahead and shoot themselves in the foot or expose their operation. Perhaps it was meant to happen in conjunction with the Netanyahu strike (a “double-strike by the Deep States”). Let’s see if they go through with it tonight, then revisit it in the morning.

~ MORE – 2 August 2020~

The storm struggles, eh? No sh*t, Sherlock. Its struggles are only beginning…

(Twice-Expanded Note – 1 August 2020) – There are a few things to cover today…

• Netanyahu will reportedly be staying at his private residence in Caesarea today (an appropriately named location for someone to be assassinated by his own government), and the demonstrators will be following him there.
• It is possible that a foiled attempt on Netanyahu’s life today could lead to the Mass Arrests Psyop as early as tomorrow.
• There’s news on the “hydroxychloroquine cure” coming out of the US and Brazil. Are we approaching the announcement of the COVID cure?

Details will be added over the course of the day.

MORE ON NETANYAHU AND CAESAREA

Have a look at what I ran across last night in this Jerusalem Post article about the anti-Netanyahu protests…

Organizers of the demonstrations said their protests would escalate on Saturday night and that thousands more would attend a mass demonstration. There will also be demonstrations against Netanyahu over the weekend near his private residence in Caesarea…

Rozen called Thursday night’s demonstration “the quiet before the storm” when the demonstrations will escalate.

“We heard that Netanyahu will be going to his other home in Caesarea in order to have a quiet Shabbat,” a woman on the loudspeaker said at Thursday’s rally. “That is why we will be in Caesarea on Friday night and Saturday night.”

So Netanyahu will supposedly be in Caesarea for the Jewish sabbath. And if we look into the history of that city, we find various Wikipedia entries which say the following…

Caesarea, Keysariya or Qesarya, often simplified to Keisarya, and Qaysaria, is a town in north-central Israel, which inherits its name and much of its territory from the ancient city of Caesarea Maritima. [1]

The site, along with all of Judea, was awarded by Rome to Herod the Great in 30 BCE. The pagan city underwent vast changes under Herod, who renamed it Caesarea in honour of the Roman emperor, Caesar Augustus. [2]

After he was adopted by Julius Caesar, [Augustus] adopted Caesar’s name in accordance with Roman naming conventions. [3]

So the name of the town ultimately originates with Julius Caesar, who was famously assassinated by opponents in his own government (just like Netanyahu supposedly stands to be assassinated by the “Deep Staters” within the Israeli government).

Like I’ve said before, the globalists just LOVE scripting historical parallels, especially Roman ones, into their operations. As for the part of the JPost article that mentions “the quiet before the storm,” we’ll get to that in the next section.

MORE ON THE MASS ARRESTS PSYOP

A reader has pointed out something interesting about the storm that’s due to sweep across the US East Coast over the coming days, Hurricane Isaias. “Isaias” is the Spanish and Portuguese word for the biblical Isaiah. And if we look into Isaiah, we find a connection to the character Trump is playing in the Kabbalist End Times script (the “Moshiach ben Cyrus” / reincarnation of Cyrus the Great)…

Isaiah[a] was the 8th-century BC Israelite prophet after whom the Book of Isaiah is named.

Within the text of the Book of Isaiah, Isaiah himself is referred to as “the prophet”, but the exact relationship between the Book of Isaiah and any such historical Isaiah is complicated. The traditional view is that all 66 chapters of the book of Isaiah were written by one man, Isaiah, possibly in two periods between 740 BC and c. 686 BC, separated by approximately 15 years, and that the book includes dramatic prophetic declarations of Cyrus the Great in the Bible, acting to restore the nation of Israel from Babylonian captivity. – from Wikipedia

[On a related note, I recently noticed a known controlled alt-media site bashing the Babylonian Talmud, which is the basis of Rabbinic Judaism (a.k.a. the Pharisees / Synagogue of Satan, who supposedly were the enemies of Jesus). So will the Moshiach ben Cyrus (along with the Moshiach ben Yosef) save Israel from Babylonian captivity again — this time in the form of captivity to the Babylonian Talmud? Will they free Jews from the written Talmud so they can return to an oral Talmud the Moshiach ben David (Putin) will pass along?]

Getting back to Hurricane Isaias, if you’ve been keeping an eye on the Q-anon disinformation front and the controlled alt-media sites (including InfoWars), you’ve probably heard about “The Storm” that will bring down “The Cabal”…

Well look at the (possibly symbolic) picture that showed up on Drudge yesterday…


…Could the two flags in the Drudge photo also be a veiled reference to August 2?

Isn’t it funny that we’re seeing all these weird connections — high strangeness is characteristic of globalist operations — during a weekend when Netanyahu’s assassination is/was planned? Could Hurricane Isaias mark “the Final Storm” that will bring down “the Deep State”? Is the Mass Arrests Psyop going to hit us in the next few days?

Don’t count on it.

More tomorrow…

(31 July 2020) – During this morning’s infoscan, I ran across some interesting information. It appears that with the (likely phony) IDF report of a Hezbollah cross-border raid on Monday, and with the IDF’s planned false-flag missile attack on Israel during the four-day weekend, the Israelis are copying the lead-up to the 2006 Second Lebanon War in an attempt to start the Third.

Once Netanyahu is “dead” from the false-flag missile strike, Gantz will give the order to invade Lebanon in accordance with Netanyahu’s vow to hold both Hezbollah and Lebanon responsible for any attack (this vow would be extended to Iran too if an Iranian missile is supposedly used in the attack). And the script will have Trump being either tricked or pressured by the “Deep State” into supporting the invasion in the wake of his friend Netanyahu’s death.

~ MORE ~

Today’s fantabulous journey of discovery began when I visited Al Masdar News and saw this…

…Here is an excerpt…

According to the Kuwait-based Al-Rai newspaper, the situation along the Lebanese border is witnessing “the largest mobilization of the Israeli military on Lebanon border since 2006.”

The article said that the Israeli army kept its forces on high alert, and that the border forces were reinforced with advanced artillery, intelligence units, and special forces, adding that the reinforcements come with direct orders from Defense Minister Benny Gantz, to prevent “another attack” that may be carried out by Hezbollah against Israeli targets in light of the current state of tension…

Hezbollah has maintained that they have not yet responded to the killing of one of its members in Syria, as they denied the Israeli army’s previous claims about attempting to carry out a “sabotage operation” along the border.

So the takeaways from this article are as follows…

• Since the (likely faked) Monday border incursion by Hezbollah, an Israeli invasion force has been amassed on the Lebanese border.
• This military “reinforcement” was ordered by Gantz under the pretext of deterring and defending against another attack.
• Hezbollah has yet to respond to a recent killing of one of their members.
• Hezbollah denies carrying out the Monday incursion.

Upon seeing the reference to the 2006 War, I decided to look it up. This is what Wikipedia has to say about it…

The 2006 Lebanon War, also called the 2006 Israel–Hezbollah War and known in Lebanon as the July War and in Israel as the Second Lebanon War, was a 34-day military conflict in Lebanon, Northern Israel and the Golan Heights…

Due to unprecedented Iranian military support to Hezbollah before and during the war, some consider it the first round of the Iran–Israel proxy conflict, rather than a continuation of the Arab–Israeli conflict…

The conflict was precipitated by the 2006 Hezbollah cross-border raid. On 12 July 2006, Hezbollah fighters fired rockets at Israeli border towns as a diversion for an anti-tank missile attack on two armored Humvees patrolling the Israeli side of the border fence. The ambush left three soldiers dead. Two Israeli soldiers were abducted and taken by Hezbollah to Lebanon. Five more were killed in Lebanon, in a failed rescue attempt.

So the takeaways from this are…

• The 2006 War is considered the “first round” of a war between Israel and Iran’s proxy forces (so this weekend’s planned war would be the second round).
• It was triggered by a cross-border raid (like the one that supposedly happened on Monday) in which Hezbollah fired rockets at Israeli civilians and anti-tank missiles at Israeli vehicles near the Lebanese border.

After seeing the parallels between what’s happening now and what happened back in 2006, I did some further digging and ran across this article from Israel Hayom…

…Here is an excerpt…

The Israel Defense Forces reported on Monday noon that an incident has taken place on the Israel-Lebanon border near Har Dov, also known as Shebaa Farms, which has been contested by Hezbollah since 2000.

The incident appears to have been triggered by a Hezbollah terrorist squad that had attempted to stage a cross-border attack. IDF troops managed to thwart the attack and fired at the squad…

According to unconfirmed reports in the Arab media, the IDF managed to thwart an attack by a Hezbollah terrorist squad that had tried to breach the border and hit Israeli troops. The Hezbollah-affiliated TV outlet Al Mayadeen reported that the terrorist group fired an antitank missile on Israeli troops…

The incident comes amid heightened tension between the Iranian-backed Hezbollah terrorist group and the Jewish state after a senior Hezbollah official was killed in a strike that has been attributed to Israel in Syria…

Hezbollah warned Israel it might retaliate, but said that it would not give clues as to when and where. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu warned on Monday that the “IDF is ready for any scenario” and warned that Lebanon would pay the price for any provocation by Hezbollah.

So the takeaways from this are…

• It was the IDF who reported the Hezbollah incursion (so one wonders if it was real or something they merely fabricated to justify the buildup of an invasion force along the border).
• The supposed incursion involved a small-unit infiltration in which an anti-tank missile was fired at an Israeli vehicle, exactly mirroring the 2006 attack. But in this attack, no Israelis were injured and there was no rocket attack on Israeli civilians (yet). This meant there was no cause for an immediate counterstrike, but there WAS cause for a reinforcement of the border forces.
• The Hezbollah member who was recently killed in an Israeli strike was a senior official, so an appropriate payback would be a Hezbollah strike on an Israeli senior official (such as Netanyahu), wouldn’t it? This tit-for-tat setup will make it easy for Gantz to blame the Netanyahu strike on Hezbollah.

Now if we gather all of these takeaways together within the template of the NWO Narrative, we get the story the NWO historians will tell when describing how the “Israeli Deep State” finally killed (or incapacitated) Netanyahu and got their Middle East War…

“After being caught in a seemingly endless string of Israeli elections and repeatedly failing to unseat the Prime Minister, the Deep State decided to offer Netanyahu a deal: he could remain Prime Minister if their agent Gantz could get the Defense Minister post. Netanyahu accepted, and this set the stage for the trap to come.

Later, as Tisha B’Av approached, Deep State elements of the IDF faked a border incursion by Hezbollah. This provided them with an excuse to move an invasion army to the Lebanese border under the pretext of defending against another attack. Days later, they followed-up with the false-flag ‘Hezbollah’ missile attack that killed Netanyahu and scores of Israeli citizens. This finally removed Netanyahu as an obstacle to the Deep State’s plans and provided them the public outrage they needed to launch the invasion of Lebanon and the strike campaign against Iran. They got their Middle East War.”

I may enhance and expand this section through tomorrow morning.

ALERT
Eid al-Adha False-Flag Watch
[with a new (7/30) section in blue & a section on the Israeli false-flag tunnels into Lebanon in red]

(30 July 2020) – Be on the lookout for a “Hezbollah” missile strike on Israel from Lebanon. As I’ve previously written, the Israelis have tunneled under their border into Lebanon and built underground missile silos from which they can strike themselves, Europe, and other targets in false-flag attacks to be blamed on Iran and Hezbollah. I bring this up now because of a piece of preparatory propaganda that showed up on Zero Hedge early this morning…

…Note the timestamp.

“Iran” and “underground missiles” have been featured in lots of articles today and in recent weeks…

…from Google News

The globalist propaganda corps are doing this so the public will immediately suspect “Iran” if any “underground missiles” pop out of the Lebanese soil. They also staged a skirmish on the Israel/Lebanon border this week to set the stage for such an attack. But it won’t be Hezbollah that fires any underground missile(s) towards Israel or other places; it’ll be the “Israeli Deep State” (according to the NWO Narrative).

For details on Israel’s false-flag tunnels into Lebanon, scroll down to the section in red.

~ MORE ~

The Mainstream/”Deep State” Narrative would be that the strike was carried out with an “Iranian”…

• precision-guided ballistic missile with evasive capabilities, or
• precision-guided cruise missile or drone (or a swarm of such weapons, as was supposedly used in the “Iranian” attack on the Saudi oil facility).

And the most likely target of the strike would be the Prime Minister’s residence. By striking there, they can narrate the death or incapacitation of Netanyahu AND kill lots of leftist protesters outside the residence. This would unite the Israeli right and left in seeking vengeance against the supposed perpetrators: “Hezbollah and their sponsors (Lebanon and Iran).”

~ MORE ~

Now let’s look at the planned victims of the attack, starting with…

THE PROTESTERS

Protests outside of Netanyahu’s residence have been ongoing for weeks now, and beyond providing the illusion of “Deep State” political pressure against him, I’ve been wondering why else they’re being staged. “Surely they can’t be hoping to narrate that some protesters got past security and whacked Netanyahu,” I’ve thought. But in light of what seems to be planned for today, I now see the protesters for what they are: pawns put in the right place to pad the body count of the strike on Bibi’s house. And it would have been suspicious if they started the protests on the same day as the strike, so they’ve been establishing the protesters’ presence there for weeks.

Needless to say, they’ll be there this evening (for the end of Tisha B’Av)…

…from The Times of Israel

This provides what military men call a “target rich environment.” So let’s look at the other target that makes the environment really rich…

BENJAMIN NETANYAHU, THE KABBALISTS’ CHOSEN MOSHIACH BEN YOSEF

In yesterday’s update, we looked at Chabad’s official script for the “Redemption” and its “Moshiach ben Yosef” character, and it says this…

…Mashiach ben Yossef will be killed. This is described in the prophecy of Zechariah, who says of this tragedy that “they shall mourn him as one mourns for an only child.”

So what better day is there to script the death of the Moshiach ben Yosef than on Tisha B’Av, the most mournful day on the Jewish calendar — a day that commemorates great tragedies in Jewish history?

So, was the July 29 meal before the Tisha B’Av fast Netanyahu’s Last Supper?…

…from The Guardian

Remember that “the Last Supper is the final meal that, in the Gospel accounts, Jesus shared with his apostles in Jerusalem before his crucifixion.” So isn’t it a “funny coincidence” that this sculpture should suddenly appear right as we entered Tisha B’Av? It is, of course, intended to portray a death threat against Netanyahu by the “Deep State” before the strike.

But I wouldn’t bet on the strike happening now.

~ MORE ~

It is now July 31st in Israel, so we have pushed them out of Tisha B’Av…

…“Call me Fuzzy, Jerry.”

But it appears that they’re going to try again during the Muslim holiday of Eid al-Adha…

…from Zero Hedge [Note that the picture under the headline is of the Iron Dome system, which is a rocket interceptor.]

Eid al-Adha begins on the evening of July 30 (so it’s already underway in the Middle East), and it ends on the evening of Monday, August 3rd. So it covers the full four-day weekend. And the original Al Masdar News report states that the Israelis fear an attack in the next 48 hours, which extends into Saturday — the same Saturday that another large demonstration is expected outside of Netanyahu’s residence. So it’s a repeat attempt to do what was planned for today.

Now that they have us watching what might happen along the Lebanon border, though, we need to be wary of an attack from another direction. These are some possibilities…

• The strike could come from Iraq and be attributed to the Iran-supported Popular Mobilization Forces, whose de facto leader, Abu Mahdi al-Muhandis, was supposedly killed alongside Qasem Soleimani in January.
• The strike could come from the Gaza Strip and be attributed to Iran-supported Hamas.
• The strike could come from Yemen and be attributed to the Iran-supported Houthis.

Let’s also remember my past writings about Trump and Netanyahu’s fates being intertwined. So as we enter a long weekend when Netanyahu may be “killed,” Trump has just given cause for a cabinet coup or assassination attempt here in the US…

…from today’s Drudge Report. Note the religious symbolism of the picture; it looks kinda like the disciples saying goodbye to Jesus.

So will the “Moshiach ben Cyrus” fall alongside the Moshiach ben Yosef this weekend?

~ MORE ~

Here is what I previously wrote about the Israeli false-flag tunnels into Lebanon. It was part of an entry in which I was covering how Israel might false-flag a missile attack on the USS Stennis…

BEGIN EXCERPT>>>

(11 December 2018) – As for the other option of firing ground-launched ballistic missiles from Yemen, Iraq, Lebanon or Iran, that would be more problematic, but doable. A short-range ballistic missile could be smuggled into those nations in a cargo container (the Israelis have developed and currently sell such container-borne missiles). And a medium-range missile could conceivably be brought across Yemen and/or Iraq’s border with Saudi Arabia by the Saudi and US militaries. To get a medium-ranger into Iran, though, would be risky without inside help, and to get one into Lebanon would likely involve digging a tunnel from Israel into Lebanon and moving a Jericho II missile through it to an underground silo.

On the matter of Israeli tunnel-digging into Lebanon, have a look at what this article from The Times of Israel says…

…Here is an excerpt…

>>> As far back as 2014, residents of northern towns raised the alarm regarding the possibility of the Lebanon-based Hezbollah terror group tunneling below the border to carry out attacks…

Manelis told Army Radio that the tunnels identified by the IDF were not necessarily located in areas where residents had complained of noise.

“Hezbollah tunnels are not an immediate threat, and we have ruled out the existence of tunnels in places where residents reported digging noise — the location of the tunnels does not necessarily coincide with the complaints of the civilians,” he said.

The attack tunnels were long rumored to have been dug from southern Lebanon into Israeli territory by the Iran-backed terror group, but Israeli defense officials repeatedly either denied their existence or refused to discuss the matter.

MK Itzik Shmuli of the opposition Zionist Union faction tweeted Tuesday that “it is amazing that those who mocked the residents’ reports of excavation noise are now telling us with a straight face that it is a serious and concrete threat.”

In 2014, residents of the town of Zarit were so concerned by the noise and what they perceived to be inaction from the IDF after they submitted complaints that they announced their intention to start an independent digging operation, saying they would coordinate any finds with the IDF. <<<

As you can see, northern Israelis heard tunneling noises under their homes as far back as 2014, but the IDF “denied their existence,” “refused to discuss the matter,” and “mocked the residents’ report of excavation noise.” So why would the IDF respond in such a manner?…

BECAUSE THE IDF WERE THE ONES DIGGING THE TUNNELS, AND THEY WERE TRYING TO KEEP IT SECRET.

To maintain the coverup, the IDF are now putting on a show (Operation Northern Shield) of looking for Hezbollah tunnels in an area away from where people were hearing the excavation noises. They wouldn’t want to dig up their own tunnels, now, would they?

Here’s another article that unintentionally sheds light on the subject…

…from Israel Today

>>> The operation against Hezbollah was launched hours after Prime Minister and Defense Minister Benyamin Netanyahu met US Secretary of Defense Mike Pompeo in Brussels, Belgium where he discussed “a list of developments in the region” with the Secretary.

One of these developments is Iran’s increasing belligerent activity in Lebanon where it has built underground missile facilities which manufacture guided ballistic missiles…

The Americans are training and equipping 30.000 men of the Syrian Democratic Forces who will confront the Quds Force and Iranian-backed Shiite militias in northern and eastern Syria while the U.S. uses local Iraqi Sunni militias against the Iranian-backed Hashd al-Shaabi umbrella organization of predominantly Shiite militias in northern Iraq. <<<

So by saying that Iran and Hezbollah have built underground missile facilities in Lebanon, the media are preparing people to believe that any ballistic missiles fired from hidden underground silos there are Iran and Hezbollah’s. And an American / SDF attack on the Quds Force may be the trigger for the sinking of the Stennis. After all, the Quds Force is an official armed force of Iran, so the Americans using a proxy force to kill Iranian soldiers may supposedly anger the Iranians enough to kill American sailors with one of their own proxy forces.

Of course, building the tunnels and silos to make it look like Iran and Hezbollah were firing the missiles would be a more effective setup if people in Lebanon witnessed the launch. For this reason, the Israelis will position Arab sellouts in the right places to get cellphone videos of the missiles rising from the ground. They’ll be shouting “Allahu Akbar!” to cement the idea that it’s a Muslim launch. Afterwards, the Israelis will collapse the tunnels and hit the silos with “retaliatory” airstrikes to cover up the evidence.

<<<END EXCERPT

---

The Globalist Plan for Tisha B’Av and the 2020 Endgame

“MY proper-tay!”…

(27 July 2020) – I’ve found the setup for this Tisha B’Av, and it’s a repeat of last year’s setup: they’re planning a provocative event on that day involving an intrusion by “Jewish extremists” on Al Aqsa Mosque. This would enable the “Israeli Deep State” to strike Israel and/or Netanyahu and blame it on Iran’s proxies (Hezbollah, Hamas, and/or the Houthis).

~ MORE ~

The provocation chain leading to this year’s planned Tisha B’Av event started on the First of Av (July 22)…

…from Turkey’s Daily Sabah

And that raid has led to a predictable Islamist response…

…from the Middle East Monitor

So Sheikh Salah has “called on Palestinians in Jerusalem and inside Israel to defend Al-Aqsa and resume worship in it to counter the extremists’ calls.” And when can we expect the next “Jewish extremist raid to perform Talmudic rituals” to take place? On Tisha B’Av of course.

With another confrontation on the Temple Mount set to take place over the next few days and with growing Muslim anger over Israel’s attempts to strong-arm their way into sovereignty over the West Bank and the Temple Mount, the ingredients for a war-sparking event will be present this week. And it will come amidst a supposed battle between the Israeli “Deep State” (“who want to start the war”) and Netanyahu (“who is trying to prevent the war”), so the script may call for an assassination attempt on Netanyahu by “Jewish extremists” if he moves to block them from mumbling their silly nonsense on the Temple Mount.

So what we need to specifically watch for is…

• one or more Muslims being killed by Israeli police on the Temple Mount during either the “extremist raid” or Israel’s forcible shuttering of the Bab al-Rahma prayer house,
• an intrusion and desecration of the Al Aqsa Mosque building by the “Jewish extremists,” and
• an occupation of Al Aqsa Mosque and/or the prayer house by Islamists, thus setting up a “Muslim Masada” scenario.

More to come, including Sheikh Salah’s connection to Erdogan (the Dajjal / “Muslim Antichrist”), whose Jerusalem proxies might take part in the Temple Mount confrontation…

~ MORE – 28 July 2020 ~

Now if we take a closer look at Sheikh Raed Salah, we see that he is the leader of the Northern Branch of the Islamic Movement in Israel. And that organization has ties to the Muslim Brotherhood and Erdogan’s political party (the AKP)…

…from UniversiteitLeiden.nl. Take special note of the section in red; it shows where the Islamists who might occupy the Al Aqsa Mosque and Bab al-Rahma prayer house come from.

So if we step back and look at the current Middle East situation from the perspective of the NWO Narrative, Erdogan (“the Dajjal”) is looking to unite the Muslim World under his leadership so he can attack and destroy Israel. And right now, his military and proxy forces (including ISIS and the Muslim Brotherhood) are blocked from the borders of Israel by buffer zones held by Putin (“the Judeo-Christian Messiah” / “Isa”) and his Muslim allies.

On Israel’s northern border, Erdogan’s forces are being contained in northern Syria by Putin, Assad, and Iran. And on Israel’s southern border, Erdogan’s forces are being contained in western Libya by Putin, Haftar, and Egypt. [Israel’s eastern border is protected by Jordan, which will turn against Israel if its hardliners seize sovereignty over the West Bank and Temple Mount (Jordan currently has sovereignty over the Temple Mount).]

So should the Tisha B’Av “Outrage on the Temple Mount” occur, it would strengthen the hand of Erdogan and turn Jordan into an enemy. This could eventually lead to an attack on Israel from all sides (including the western maritime border by the combined navies of the Islamic nations).

With this in mind, we can take another step back and look at this situation through the lens of reality. And in reality, both sides of this seeming conflict are controlled by the globalist central banking / royal cartel (this is why everyone on both sides is currently playing along with the COVID hoax — only at a later, appointed time will the “good guys” go against it).

Since the direction and pace of this phony conflict are carefully stage-managed by the globalist scriptwriters, here’s what we can look forward to…

If the globalists want to schedule the triumph of the “good guys” this year (or early next), the buffer zones on Israel’s borders will hold and Putin & Pals will defeat Erdogan and his forces. The post-climax NWO Truth Tsunami will then tell the public how Vladimir Putin “brilliantly prevented” World War 3.

But if the globalists want to schedule the triumph of the “good guys” for sometime after next year (such as in 2023), Erdogan’s forces will gradually close in on Israel’s borders. And once they’re in position, the attack on Israel would begin (but be stopped within days by “friends of the good guys”).

Right now, it looks like the globalists might be aiming for the “good guy” counterattack to begin on December 21st, after the disastrous US presidential election takes us all into a steeper downward spiral. December 21st is the day of the Winter Solstice (“the darkest day of the year, when light begins to push back against the dark”), and it’s also the date in 2012 when everything was supposed to change. This year, they’ve been spreading the idea that “2020 is 2012,” and that “a miscalculation of the Mayan calendar led to them assigning the wrong date to the change,” so they can tie a “good guy” counterattack on the Winter Solstice to all the New Age mumbo jumbo they circulated about December 21, 2012. I’ll write more on this particular subject in an upcoming update.

~ MORE – 29 July 2020 ~

Speaking of the “good guys,” let’s have a look at some Russian propaganda about Bibi Netanyahu a reader passed along…

…from Sputnik. Here is an excerpt…

In a dramatic twist of fate, Benny Gantz, who repeatedly vowed to never join a government headed by the indicted Israeli prime minister, agreed to form a unity government with Benjamin Netanyahu last Thursday. The choice came at a price for Gantz as he broke with nearly half of his party while his coalition collapsed…

Israeli author, publicist and blogger Yuri Moor, explains that one should bear in mind that during the last three election campaigns the Israeli “post-Zionist media” were unanimously backing Gantz in order to unseat the incumbent prime minister, Benjamin Netanyahu…

Nelly Gutina, an Israeli author and political commentator agrees that the coronavirus pandemic was one of the reasons why Gantz decided to team up with Netanyahu.

The second reason, according to Gutina, is that the Kahol Lavan leader could have realised that his political allies are using him as “a tool against Bibi” while trying to oust the prime minister no matter what…

Benny Gantz’s sudden political maneouvre has seemingly caught his ally, Yisrael Beiteinu’s Avigdor Lieberman, off guard. Ahead of the March elections Lieberman predicted that the Kahol Lavan-led coalition would have “61 seats without Netanyahu”, adding that a “unity government” was no longer on the table.

“This is a knockdown for Lieberman”, says Eskin. “He is left outside with no real influence. This will be an electoral blow for him in the future”.

“From the point of view of those who created this politico-technological project for the purpose of ousting Bibi… Gantz failed to meet their expectations”, [Gutina] says.

As I’ve written before, the globalists have tasked the hardcore Zionists, Mossad/Chabad, and Chabad-connected Avigdor Lieberman (among others) to play the Israeli “Deep State” bad guys / scapegoats during the NWO transition. All the terrible things that Israel’s globalists did to help lay the groundwork for the NWO will be tied around their necks so they can be sacrificed, thus clearing the many globalist outrages from the public mind. The “good guy” globalist minions can then launch the real (multilateral/multipolar) NWO with a clean slate.

Now let’s look at a similar article from this month…

…from Sputnik. Here’s an excerpt…

Benjamin Netanyahu’s political antagonists have instrumentalised a whole set of tools to unseat the prime minister, including “anti-corruption” protests and banning him from receiving aid to pay for legal services during the trial, say Israeli observers, discussing whether the politician will manage to withstand the pressure…

On Tuesday, Israeli protesters took to the streets of Jerusalem, chanting “shame, shame” and “Bibi, go home”, according to The Times of Israel. For its part, Nir Hasson of Haaretz alleged that Tuesday’s demonstration “was a turning point in the evolution of protests against Netanyahu”, recognising the growing number of youths among the demonstrators. As the anti-Netanyahu protest turned violent, the police stepped in and arrested some 50 individuals. On Friday, hundreds of Israeli protesters demonstrated outside Netanyahu’s official residence in Jerusalem…

Israeli society is growing increasingly polarised, with one side believing that Netanyahu is being chased by the old established elites who have weaponised the Israeli court system against the prime minister, while the other claims that Bibi is a corrupt politician who “stole” Israeli democracy, notes Nelly Gutina, an Israeli author and political commentator…

…the prime minister was recently forbidden by Israeli Attorney General Avichai Mandelblit from receiving donations to fund his legal team. Mandelblit stated that a $2.9 million donation from American businessman Spencer Partrich to Netanyahu was tantamount to an “illicit gift”. As a result, Micha Fettman, one of Netanyahu’s top defence lawyers, was forced to quit over unpaid fees days before the second hearing…

In fact, one of the supposed motivations behind the ruling is to either financially bankrupt Netanyahu or to force him to leave office, the publicist suggests, citing the prime minister’s opponents as saying: “If he wants to pay for his defence, let him mortgage the house” and “If he wants to borrow money for lawyers, let him leave politics”.

In addition to this, Netanyahu was banned from naming police and judicial officials during his corruption trial. Following Mandelblit’s decision, the prime minister openly accused the attorney general of scheming to oust him.

Both the recent wave of violent “anti-corruption” protests and attempts to limit Netanyahu’s abilities to defend himself in court reflect the Israeli “deep state’s” frustration over its obvious inability to topple him, according to Nelly Gutina.

The fact that an official Russian government propaganda site (Sputnik) is featuring articles that portray the “Deep State bad guys” as desperately trying to unseat Netanyahu helps establish Bibi’s bona fides as a “good guy.” But Netanyahu is no ordinary “good guy” in the globalist script; he plays none other than the precursor Jewish Messiah himself, the Moshiach ben Yosef…

…from Breaking Israel News (a globalist/Kabbalist prophecy propaganda site). Here’s an excerpt…

Rabb Levi Sudri, an award-winning Bible expert, makes the case that Israel’s prime minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, is the reincarnation of the biblical figure Jonathan, the son of King Saul, who has returned in order to fulfill his promise of helping David bring in the Messiah…

The Shem M’Shmuel discusses the Jewish tradition of a two-stage process for Messiah. The first stage, referred to as Moshiach ben Yosef, is a practical, mundane process that includes the ingathering of the exiles and building up of the Land of Israel. The second stage is a miraculous process which includes the reestablishment of the Davidic Dynasty and the completion of the Third Temple.

“It is written in the Shem M’Shmuel that in the future, Jonathan will come in the reincarnation of Moshiach ben Yosef (Messiah from the house of Joseph), and it is in the end-of-days that he will serve as the second to the Moshiach Ben David (Messiah from the house of David), which will be the reincarnation of David. At that time, he will fulfill his promise to serve as David’s second in command.”

And if we have a look at the official Chabad script for Netanyahu’s Moshiach ben Yosef character, we see why his supposed enemies are trying so hard to cause his political death or physical assassination: the script calls for it…


…from Chabad.org

It should be noted that Chabad have been orchestrating the rise of Trump (the “Moshiach ben Cyrus”), Netanyahu (the Moshiach ben Yosef), and Putin (the Moshiach ben David) for decades. But exposure of their effort caused the globalists to assign them to Team Bad Guys and spread a false narrative that they’re really trying to install Jared Kushner as the Moshiach (which is laughable).

Over the course of the next 24 hours (during Tisha B’Av), I’ll show you how every underlined section of the Chabad script relates to what’s going on right now. It’ll be a hoot…

(26 July 2020) – Proxy Attack Week

Keep an eye out for attacks-by-proxy this week, and the first one could come tomorrow, July 27, in Korea (where it is already July 27). July 27 is the anniversary of the Korean Armistice Agreement that brought an end to the active combat phase of the Korean War. And given that Kim Jong Un just placed his nation on maximum alert (supposedly over a Coronavirus case), we might see a provocative event from North Korea on that day. The possibilities include a commando raid, a long-range ballistic missile launch (or an SLBM launch), and/or a nuclear explosion somewhere, and the event might be cast as a Chinese effort to hit back at Trump through their North Korean proxy.

(24 July 2020) – Today we need to watch for a potential sit-in protest by Chinese officials at the Houston consulate. By not leaving at 4 PM (Texas Time) as required, they could set in motion a siege and/or a forcible removal by US agents. And since Houston is a Democrat-run city, Antifa and BLM could be dispatched to guard the exterior of the building “in solidarity with China,” forcing a larger showdown. Such a scenario could be the lead-in to a war-starting event in the South China Sea in the coming days. As a reader noted, July 28 is the anniversary of the start of World War I (“the war to end all wars”), so that’s a day to be watched.

(22 July 2020) – So far today, the only big news is China’s announcement that retaliation is coming on account of the US shutdown of their Houston consulate (which is a good setup event for a naval false-flag in the South China Sea). Now I’m watching 8:46 PM Washington and Libya time to see if there is a Q-anon data dump and/or an airstrike on Turkish personnel in Libya.

8:46 PM Libya time will come at 1:46 PM Texas time (God’s time).
8:46 PM Washington time will come at 7:46 PM Texas time.

See the 18 July update below if you don’t know why that time is significant. 11:11 PM is also a possible target time. In Texas time, that’s 4:11 PM (Libya) and 10:11 PM (Washington).

(WARNING – 20 July 2020) – It looks like the July 22 scenario they’re aiming for is an Israeli drone strike against Turkish forces in the Battle of Sirte, Libya that will touch off a Turkey versus Israel confrontation. A second possible scenario is a “Financial Twin Towers” event that would involve the failure of Bank of America on this side of the Atlantic and Deutsche Bank on the other side.

~ MORE – 21 July 2020 ~

The EU pandemic recovery package negotiations, which they were dragging out to collapse on Tuesday in order to trigger a problem on Wednesday, have now ended with a deal. So we can take the “Financial Twin Towers” event off the board for the time being. Later today, we’ll look at the setup for the Battle of Sirte and at the Russian propaganda narrating a “Deep State” vs. Netanyahu battle that could result in an assassination attempt on Wednesday.

~ MORE – 21 July 2020 ~

I have limited time to write tonight, so here are the Cliffs Notes on the 22nd…

Watch for drone or manned airstrikes in Libya tomorrow that might kill Turks and be blamed on Israel (and possibly the US). Also watch for the outbreak of combat between the two opposing forces in Libya:

1. the UN-recognized Libyan government forces supported by Erdogan with Islamist mercenaries backed by Turkish officers, Turkish technicians, and the Turkish Navy, and
2. General Haftar’s opposition government forces supported by Putin with Wagner Group mercenaries backed by the Russian military, General Sisi and the Egyptian military, and covertly-applied Israeli (and possibly US) airpower.

If Turkey and Egypt get into a war over Libya and Egypt loses, Israel would have a well-armed hostile power (Turkey) on their southern border, so they will covertly intervene on behalf of Haftar. And if Turkey catches them in the act (or merely claims to catch them in the act) of killing Turkish military personnel with drone or F-35 strikes, things could escalate quickly. The globalists might even script that the Israeli “Deep State” was behind any such attack(s), and that they did it with the intention of getting the “End Times” War started.

So there are two ways this thing could go…

1. Turkey will get a bloody nose in Libya and back off both there and in Syria (this would be portrayed as another great victory for Putin), or
2. Turkey will eventually overcome Libya, Egypt, and Syria and move their forces to Israel’s northern and southern borders.

The bloody nose scenario would indicate that the globalists are taking the fast track towards launching the NWO this year. And the Turkish victory scenario would indicate that we’re moving towards a full Great Tribulation period that could last for a few years.

I’ll fill in the details tomorrow.

It should also be noted that Zerohedge is reporting that Twitter is purging accounts that support Q-anon. This is happening in advance of the potential Q-anon limited-hangout operation we looked at in the 18 July update directly below…

The Nine Days of Av Overwatch

(18 July 2020) – Starting today and extending through July 22-23 and on through July 29-30 (and as far as August 11), we’re in the danger zone. A fast outbreak of economic ruin and war followed by an equally fast outbreak of mass arrests of the “bad guys” by the “good guys” is in the offing. Keep your eyes open, listen to the “still, small voice” of your intuition, and let me know if something grabs your attention.

One thing readers brought up recently was a series of tweets purportedly from the still-living JFK Jr. and the Q-anon disinformation front. There is no way of knowing if the messages were official disinformation or just some idiot screwing with the Q-lemmings, but this is what they said…

…from Twitter (the account has changed since then)

Given the propaganda crescendo we’re reaching and the current “sign in the heavens” (the 22nd brings the closest approach to Earth by Comet Neowise), it is conceivable that the first breaking wave of the limited-hangout Truth Tsunami might arrive with the Comet. But be advised that if “John-John” really is alive, he has unquestionably sold out to the Kabbalists who killed his father, and that makes him a real piece of sh*t. Fu*k that pathetic worm and the garbage he’ll be feeding the sheep. It’s better to die as a man than live as a worm.

On another note, readers have also pointed out this little factoid about the September 11 attacks…

At 8:46 a.m., five hijackers crashed American Airlines Flight 11 into the northern facade of the World Trade Center’s North Tower (1 WTC). – from Wikipedia

So the 9/11 attacks began at 8:46 AM and the George Floyd Uprising began with 8 minutes and 46 seconds of one man’s knee on another man’s neck. So will the next round of trouble start with an 8:46?

~ MORE – 19 July 2020 ~

Saturday turned out to be a mundanarum dies rather than a dies ater. Now we look forward to July 22nd, which is Rosh Chodesh Av (the first day of the Hebrew month of Av). A big event on that day would be a precursor to either a tragedy or a triumph for the “good guys” on Tisha B’Av (the ninth day of Av). And if Tisha B’Av (July 29-30) brings a tragedy, August 11 might bring a triumph.

This is what the Orthodox Union says about Rosh Chodesh Av (note: “Beit HaMikdash” is the former Jewish temple(s) on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem)…

The mishna says: “As Av enters, we diminish joy”. Rosh Chodesh Av is the beginning of the stricter mourning period for the destruction of the Beit HaMikdash — First and Second… Notwithstanding the mournful nature of the first third of Av, we must keep in mind that after the 10th of the month, the consolation and promise for a brighter future takes over.

May we soon merit the coming of Moshiach and the rebuilding of the Beit HaMikdash — and everything that goes with it — and may our joy then become untarnished and complete.

So the timespan of July 22-30 is the most perilous period of the danger zone we’re in. If the globalists don’t move during this period, their chances of establishing the NWO in September will be significantly reduced. Are they willing to risk putting it off for yet another year?

Tomorrow, I’ll add some more notes on July 22 that readers have passed along.

---

“Nelson Mandela International Day” Weekend Overwatch

(16 July 2020) – A reader has alerted me that Saturday, July 18th (6+6+6 day) is Nelson Mandela International Day…


…from MandelaDay.com (top) and the UN (bottom). Behold the raised communist fist in the top graphic and the reference to ’67’ in the bottom one. Also note this little piece of Mandela’s personal history, which makes “Nelson Mandela International Day” a communist holiday…

Influenced by Marxism, he secretly joined the banned South African Communist Party (SACP). Although initially committed to non-violent protest, in association with the SACP he co-founded the militant Umkhonto we Sizwe in 1961 and led a sabotage campaign against the government. He was arrested and imprisoned in 1962, and subsequently sentenced to life imprisonment for conspiring to overthrow the state following the Rivonia Trial. – from Wikipedia

In the wake of the “communist/Deep State sabotage” of the USS Bonhomme Richard, keep an eye out for another act of “communist” sabotage on Mandela Day. Here are some specific things to watch for…

Watch for an attack featuring the number ’67’ — a number that is prominently referenced in the Mandela Day propaganda. This could mean another “communist” attack on a US Navy ship: the USS Cole (DDG-67) or the USS Shiloh (CG-67). And it could mean an attack involving Venezuela (Caracas sits near the 67th meridian west). ’67’ is also the registry number of the former USS John F. Kennedy (CV-67, an aircraft carrier); this could be significant for a reason I’ll explain later.

There’s also an outside chance of a nuclear explosion in the US that day on account of another thing brought up by the same reader…

…from the Arkansas Democrat Gazette

Upon seeing this, my first thought was, “Why would ‘Islam’ nuke Nashville of all places?”…

• Did Achy Breaky Heart finally make its way to the Middle East?
• Do they want to “make jihad against the painted whores called the Dixie Chicks”?
• Do they aspire to hold the First Annual Nashville Infidel Burning & Country Music Festival?

But I found my questions answered by reading further down into the article…

“We have made the case that the prediction for Nashville is based on its association with Greece,” according to a summary at July18.news. “Those that know Nashville know that it is called the ‘Athens of the South.’ It was in Athens, Greece, that the Parthenon temple was located, and its perfect scale model is in Nashville with a statue of the goddess Athena inside. Education, war, and the Greek games are all prophetically represented there.”

The summary also refers to “the influence of unsanctified music on the mind,” noting that Nashville is the nation’s country music capital and that country music was part of the stew that resulted in rock and roll.

‘False education, competition, humanism, war and unsanctified entertainment can be associated with Nashville, and this association comes from a city that resides in a part of the USA that is known as the Bible belt,” according to the summary.

Adding to the weirdness of this End Times cult’s prediction is that The Tennessean newspaper went ahead and printed it and then essentially said “we didn’t read it first” in making their apologies to the Outrage Brigade. Was there a hidden reason why they printed it? And then there’s the exact replica of the Greek Parthenon that stands in Nashville’s Centennial Park…

The Nashville Parthenon was reportedly the brainchild of Eugene Castner Lewis, a Freemason. Get a load of his grave marker…

…from Wikipedia

And the Parthenon was designed by another Freemason, William Crawford Smith, who was a Knight Templar and an architect. Here’s a note on one of his other notable projects…

In 1874, he designed the Main Building of Vanderbilt University, later known as Kirkland Hall, as two French Gothic towers. The building burnt down in a fire in 1905, and it was later rebuilt with only one tower. – from Wikipedia

Here is the new and old Kirkland Hall side-by-side…

Can you think of another, more recent circumstance in which two towers were burned down and then replaced with just one?

So Nashville lies at the confluence of End Times Cultism, Freemasonic Mythophilia, and the ongoing NWO transition, which means that it isn’t inconceivable that someone could pop off a nuke there for both occultic and practical reasons. It might therefore be prudent for Nashville residents to move their steel guitars to the nearest fallout shelter and set their air conditioners to max. The recent heat wave has been harsh, but Saturday could be a real scorcher.

Seriously, though, an act of conventional or nuclear destruction this weekend would fit the globalist script quite well. So tomorrow, we’ll look at the provocation setup for such an event and see how it would lead in to what might be planned for July 22nd.

~ MORE – 17 July 2020 ~

The globalists have set up a number of provocations over the past week(s) that can be used as backstory for why an attack on the US happened this weekend. Let’s have a look at some of them…

The Iranian Provocation Spiral

1) In Iran, they have been staging a series of explosions and fires in recent weeks that are rumored to be caused by US/Israeli cyberattacks, F-35 strikes, and commando operations. These preceded the fire aboard the USS Bonhomme Richard that broke out on the morning of Sunday, July 12.

2) On Tuesday, July 14, Iranian General Esmail Ghaani — who replaced the “assassinated” Qasem Soleimani as head of Iran’s covert foreign warfare force — publicly stated that the USS Bonhomme Richard fire was “divine punishment” for America’s “crimes.” “Zionist” propagandists then spun his words into meaning he was taking credit for the fire…

…from the Jewish News Syndicate

But if we look closely at what Ghaani actually said, he seemed to be hinting that the “communists/Deep State” elements within the US were actually responsible for the fire…

“What has happened in America today, especially the warship incident, is the result of the actions, behavior and crimes of the US government,” Ghaani said in a rare statement carried by the semi-official Fars news agency.

Ghaani stopped short of claiming responsibility for the fire, saying: “This incident is an answer to your crimes, which has come about at the hands of your own elements… God punishes you using your own hands.”

“It is a divine promise that oppressors and criminals will suffer divine punishment,” he said, adding that “difficult times” await both the US and Israel.

The Iranian commander said the US should not “waste time” looking for culprits, adding: “This is the fire that they have lit themselves.” – from Al Arabiya

So the “Zionists” are spinning Ghaani’s words, which means that any weekend attack on the US will be framed by the NWO Narrative as a Zionist false-flag to be blamed on Iran.

3) On Wednesday, July 15 — the day after Ghaani made his remarks about the Bonhomme Richard fire — Iranian ships were set on fire, presumably by US/Israeli commandos…

…from the Daily Mail

All this, then, sets the stage for a supposed “Iranian retaliatory attack” on the US tomorrow.

And here’s another interesting thing: I found this on the Wikipedia page for the USS Bonhomme Richard…

On 12 July 2020, an explosion occurred about 8:50 a.m. aboard Bonhomme Richard while in home port at Naval Base San Diego undergoing maintenance.

I find the timing of the explosion quite interesting in light of something a reader sent to me yesterday about the time/number 8:46. 8 minutes and 46 seconds was the amount of time the policeman’s knee was on George Floyd’s neck during his supposed death. So did the explosion on the Bonhomme Richard take place at 8:46? If so, that puts the fingerprints of the communists/BLM/Antifa on the fire.

The reader also found this about 8:46 and Nashville…

…from Chabad.org

Shabbat is the Jewish Sabbath — a day when they refrain from work. So the Kabbalists go back to work in Nashville at precisely 8:46 PM on Saturday. Is that the planned timing for a Nashville attack?

In the next section, we’ll look at the Chinese provocation spiral, then we’ll step back and look at the globalist chessboard to remember why they are moving their dark pieces (the “bad guys”) and light pieces (the “good guys”) in this way.

~ MORE – 17 July 2020 ~

My readers are kicking a$$ all over the place. One of them just found a Roman reference to July 18…

Quintilis (July) 18: a dies ater (“black day,” meaning a day of ill omen) marking the defeat of the Romans by the Gauls at the Battle of the Allia in 390 BC, leading to the sack of Rome by the Gauls. – from Wikipedia

So will America have a dies ater on Saturday that will lead to Trump’s fall and America’s sacking by the galling Leftists?

~ MORE – 17 July 2020 ~

I don’t know what time tomorrow I’ll be able to post the next section of the Weekend Overwatch entry, so let me give you a quick peek tonight…

The globalists have had the US poke China in the eye twice this week. First came a change in US policy that officially rejects China’s claims in the South China Sea. Second came a law that opens the door to sanctions that would block Chinese banks’ access to dollars (which could crash the current financial system). Provocation for “an aggressive Chinese response” has thus been established.

So when it comes to China, we need to watch for the potential sinking of an aircraft carrier in the South China Sea and/or the potential sinking of a US ship conducting a “freedom of navigation operation” near a Chinese base. The globalist-controlled mainstream media would point the finger of blame at China to get the East-West conflict started, and the US and Chinese governments would halt all economic and financial transactions between the countries, thus triggering a collapse of the current financial system. Later, the globalist-controlled alt-media would point the finger at Israel so the “End Times” attack on Israel that brings forth the “Jewish Messiah” can begin.

China can also be blamed if a “loose North Korean nuke” explodes in the US (“after having been smuggled in by Iran, Venezuela, and the Sinaloa Cartel”).

---

(13 July 2020) – Later, we’ll have a look at how the fire aboard the USS Bonhomme Richard (which is named after a founding father, Benjamin Franklin) will fit into the globalist disinfo narrative of “a battle within the military,” in which…

• “the bad guy communist officers installed by Obama are using the COVID-19 hoax and sabotage to lower American military readiness in advance of the Communist Attack on America,” and
• “the good guy patriot officers installed by Trump are fighting desperately to maintain readiness and stave off the attack.”

~ MORE – 15 July 2020 ~

Let me show you what I mean about the fake “battle within the military” by taking you on a guided tour of this Washington Times article…

Although the Washington Times is considered to be a conservative newspaper, it is owned by the Moonies (so it is tied into religious cultism/occultism), and this article was written by a reporter who previously followed Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaign and Obama’s White House. The piece is written in accordance with the mainstream media/”Deep State” narrative, and if you read between the lines, it portrays the phony conflict between the Pentagon’s supposed “Deep State” and “patriot” elements (in reality, all high level military officers bend the knee to the bankers and fight their wars, so the distinction between the two elements exists only within the psyop).

I’ll place my additions in [brackets], and after each excerpted section, I’ll post the controlled alt-media/NWO narrative‘s rebuttal for contrast…

A rash of resignations has left U.S. military leaders scrambling to fill vacancies in key positions throughout the Pentagon and has sparked a standoff with lawmakers [communist Democrats and Deep State Republicans] who are convinced that President Trump’s personal politics drive hirings, firings and promotions inside the Defense Department.

“The Communist Democrats and Deep Staters don’t like that Trump is filling key Pentagon positions with loyal patriots.”

The Pentagon over the past three weeks has been given at least four high-level resignations, including from top officials who had privately raised concerns with some of Mr. Trump’s foreign policy moves, most notably the decision last year to temporarily halt military aid to Ukraine.

“The Bush and Obama people who are pushing for World War 3 within the Pentagon are resigning in protest of Trump’s restraint of their efforts.”

Mr. Trump’s influence on personnel moves now is coming under an even harsher spotlight. Last week, Sen. Tammy Duckworth, Illinois Democrat, vowed to block the Senate confirmations of more than 1,100 senior military promotions until Mr. Esper confirmed the promotion of Army Lt. Col. Alexander Vindman, who offered testimony in the House’s impeachment inquiry against the president.

“The Democrats/Deep State are trying to preserve the position of their agents within the Pentagon, including Lt. Col. Vindman (who directly betrayed the President) and Captain Crozier (who sidelined his aircraft carrier using the COVID hoax).”

While deep concerns over political retribution exist inside the Pentagon, specialists say, the wave of resignations goes beyond that. They argue that a perfect storm of circumstances has come together: the usual exodus during the final months of any presidential term, frustration with Mr. Trump’s policies among top Pentagon officials, and a White House that increasingly feels it has to get genuine supporters of Mr. Trump’s agenda into key posts if the president’s often untraditional foreign and military policies are to be carried out.

“Bush and Obama Deep Staters within the Pentagon have been preventing Trump from ending the unnecessary wars, and he is finally moving to replace them en masse before they trigger World War 3 with their antics.”

For Pentagon leaders, the exits have come at a crucial time. The military is dealing with a long-term strategy shift to face a growing threat posed by China, is implementing an unexpected redeployment of troops from Germany ordered by Mr. Trump, and is managing a major drawdown of forces from Afghanistan. That list does not even include the COVID-19 pandemic, which has slowed training and deployments, sidelined aircraft carriers, and forced the Pentagon to direct huge amounts of time and resources toward domestic medical assistance and research into a coronavirus vaccine.

“The Democrats/Deep Staters have used the COVID-19 hoax and other acts of sabotage (like the aircraft carrier fire) to hamper military readiness while simultaneously provoking our enemies into launching an attack. By successfully inviting an attack on America, they can lock down the US population and have the war they need to launch their evil Orwellian NWO.”

The resignation trend, however, began even before those issues emerged. In December, at least five top Pentagon officials announced their departures. They included Randall G. Schriver, a key policy voice who served as assistant secretary of defense for Asian and Pacific security.

“Schriver resigned because he was spoiling for a war with China and Trump was blocking it, and the other resignations were from Bush (Deep State) people and those who directly betrayed Trump.”

So now you see the “he said, she said” (“Deep State bad guys” said, “NWO good guys” said) narratives of the supposed war within the Pentagon.

(13 July 2020) – A FESTIVUS MIRACLE… IN JULY!

“And I said unto them, LET MY PEOPLE GO to the branches!!!”…

“And it was SO!”…

A reader told me yesterday that the current generation of globalists were a bunch of beta-cucks who would definitely back off. And it looks like they have indeed lost something in their zeal to emulate Baphomet. So enjoy the fecal suppository, fellas…

…And I just LOVE the white outfit!

~ MORE ~

In my July 4th update, I wrote…

They might even be brewing up a new Lehman Moment over the weekend that will hit us on Monday.

Of course, they punted on their July 4th plans and no new Lehman Moment made the news on Monday the 6th, but they did make the following announcements that day…



…from WFLA 8 (top), KSNV 3 (middle), and the Orlando Business Journal (bottom)

So immediately after the July 4th weekend, they began moving towards the “Bank of America Moment” that was planned for today. And you may have noticed that on July 4th and after, the media dropped the constant drumbeat of Antifa/BLM news and refocused on COVID news, which provided the cover story for the B of A closures that took place during last week.

Now if we go back to July 4th, we’ll see that Trump did something that signaled the globalists were extending their timeframe for “setting the phoenix afire” (presumably because they were bailing on their July 4th plans)…

President Trump on Saturday signed legislation that extends the deadline for businesses to apply for aid under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP).

The bill extends the deadline for businesses to apply for PPP loans until Aug. 8. The program, set up to assist businesses impacted by closures related to the coronavirus pandemic, had expired on Tuesday night with roughly $130 billion left unused. – from The Hill

The PPP is one of the programs that are keeping the current economic order on life support, and it expired 4 days before July 4th. Now the extension is set to expire 3 days before August 11, which means something big may be planned for that day just like it was for the Fourth of July.

With this in mind, here are the dates to watch for the next month…

• Watch every weekend for a bank holiday/financial event/false-flag.
• Watch the 22nd for a big event.
• Watch the 29th and 30th (Tisha B’Av) for a big event.
• Watch August 11 for a big event.

I’ll go into detail on what to watch for as we approach each date. And if you see something that you think might be part of their plans, send me a comment or email. I probably wouldn’t have caught the Bank of America thing if a reader hadn’t contacted me. If we can get past August 11 without them “setting the phoenix afire,” their plans for launching the Real NWO in September are going to be in serious jeopardy.

(11 July 2020) – Bank of America Death Watch

Here’s another thing to watch for this weekend: the Next Lehman Moment / “Bank of America Moment” (which is something I thought might happen last weekend). A reader sent me some social media posts about Bank of America locations closing, and upon looking into it, this is what I found…

…from Google

The first Lehman Moment was organized over a weekend and then sprung on the public on a Monday. Is the same thing happening to Bank of America this weekend (under the cover story of “we’re closing branches to reduce the spread of COVID”)? If it is, they might blame the bank’s collapse on CLOs (but the real reason will be that it’s being collapsed on purpose).

This weekend, we’ll have to put B of A on suicide watch along with Ghislaine Maxwell. I’ll continue looking into how widespread the closings are. And if you notice anything where you live (closed branches, non-functioning ATMs), let me know.

~ MORE ~

WOW! I just did a location search on the Bank of America website, and it turned up two kinds of results: ATMs (which show to be open) and Financial Centers & ATMs (which all show to be “temporarily closed”)…

Do a search where you live and see the result.

~ MORE ~

I’ve done searches in a few other cities, and they show a mix of “temporarily closed” branches and branches that are open till noon today.

~ MORE ~

I decided to look at the one “hopeful looking” article in the search results — the one that includes “Bank of America to begin reopening branches“ in its title — to see what it says, and it’s worse than I thought…

…from ABC 7 (Los Angeles). Here is an excerpt…

Customers are finding doors locked at a number of Bank of America branches in Anaheim and Garden Grove.

“Nothing on a door except the, ‘temporary closed’ so don’t know if that’s because of the virus or,” said Steve Simon in Anaheim.

It’s not just closed to in-person banking.

“I just come into the ATM to take money, but I can’t right now,” said Eswinomar Pineda Hernandez in Anaheim.

The ATM’s are also not working at this branch…

Some customers tell Eyewitness News their bank branch has been closed for the past week. Another Anaheim branch that was open, had a long line outside…

Bank of America says it expects to begin reopening sites that were briefly closed starting later this week and into next week.

For at least one customer, that might not be soon enough.

“There’s a B of A where I live in Corona. I don’t know if that bank is open, but if it is, I’m gonna go and get all my money and I’m closing my accounts,” said Desiree Andreozzi, a resident of Corona…

Bank of America says customers also have access 24/7 through its mobile app and online banking. It also says its ATM network gets restocked regularly. Although as we heard from customers, some ATMs have been closed for days.

So…

• the supposed branch reopenings won’t happen till next week (the article was apparently written yesterday and posted at 12:05 AM),
• the article hints at a bank run (which would explain why only a limited number of branches are open today and only until noon or 1PM), and
• the article mentions that some ATMs aren’t working and haven’t for days (indicating a cash crunch at the bank), so
• the article appears to be a cover-up piece that was posted after midnight so it would attract the least attention.

If they do use Bank of America as the New Lehman this weekend, July 11 will be the last day they were open before the bankruptcy — 7/11 would be the financial 9/11. And they will have chosen B of A because it represents “the bankruptcy of America.”

~ MORE ~

An alternative explanation for the branch closings and ATM outages is that they’re part of the bankster campaign to make the use of physical currency increasingly difficult so people will be forced to use digital payment methods. Driving people into a cashless monetary system is a well-established goal of the “evil-version” NWO. The real NWO, on the other hand, will make a big show of “preserving people’s freedom to choose whatever form of payment they wish,” but both the coins and paper money will be discreetly embedded with RFID chips. In fact, they probably already are.

~ MORE – 12 July 2020 ~

As we wait to see if B of A declares bankruptcy on Monday, it should be noted that it is impossible for such a big bank to fail unless the Federal Reserve people wish it to. If they want to keep the doors open, the public version of the bank’s books can always be cooked and liquidity can always be provided by the Fed’s unlimited digital printing press. The only way a big bank can fail is if the Federal Reserve Note fails or the Fed deliberately turns off the bank’s Zombie Liquidity Facility life support.

So if B of A fails, it won’t be due to any of the reasons given in the press. It will be a strategic move by the central bankers to set the Bretton Woods World Order Phoenix aflame.

Speaking of the press, have you noticed how both the mainstream media and controlled alt-media are treating the mass closures of B of A branches nationwide as either a non-story or a local phenomenon. There hasn’t been a word about it on Zero Hedge. This press blackout is deliberate; it allows the globalists to maximize the shock value and provides cover for them to back out if they so choose. Since the operation was exposed on Saturday morning, let’s hope they have chosen to retreat.

Should the globalists proceed, the economic shock caused by B of A’s failure would serve nicely as a lead-in to another attempt at the “Communist Attack on America” psyop on July 22. July 22 is Rosh Chodesh Av (the first day of the Hebrew month of Av), and Av is the fifth month of the Hebrew ecclesiastical year. So July 22 is the Jewish equivalent of 5/1 (May Day). Thanks to a reader for pointing that out. And the First of Av also marks the death of Moses’s brother Aaron, so it would be a good day for an attempt on Netanyahu’s life.

~ MORE – 12 July 2020 ~

On a hunch, I decided to search Zero Hedge’s articles to see if they had mentioned anything about B of A in the last few days. While I found no mentions of the mass branch closures, I did find a remarkable piece of foreshadowing they reposted from the Sovereign Man blog…

…from Zero Hedge. Here is the relevant excerpt…

Now the Fed (and FDIC) are once again telling us that everything is fine.

Yes, everything is fine despite the fact that large sections of the economy have shut down, tens of millions of people are unemployed, countless businesses have failed and will never re-open, major cities across the United States have experienced extreme social unrest and continued economic disruption, and now a second wave of the pandemic is upon us.

But other than that, everything is just fine.

And, definitely, DEFINITELY, don’t worry about the banks. Don’t even think about the banks. Nevermind that some of the largest banks in the world failed in 2008. This time is different.

In fairness, they might be right. But who really knows?

This is one of the [many] big problems in banking: there’s practically zero transparency.

As an example, I was looking at Bank of America’s financial statements yesterday; their balance sheet shows $983 billion in loans.

And that’s about all the detail you get; even doing a deep dive into the footnotes and annual report shows little additional information.

What are the loan terms? What’s the duration risk? How valuable and marketable is the collateral? What legal security was taken over the collateral? Is there even any collateral at all?

Plus there’s extremely limited information on the bank’s exposure to riskier derivatives and collateralized loan obligations (CLOs– which are the toxic securities du jour).

In fact there’s far more information about Bank of America’s diversity and inclusion programs than disclosures about potential financial threats.

Again, it’s possible that there’s nothing to see here and everything is just fine. But given the lack of transparency, it’s impossible to independently verify.

The Fed and FDIC insist everything is OK. But the Fed and FDIC (along with the entire financial system) insisted that everything was OK back in 2008 right before everything collapsed.

Both the original article and the Zero Hedge copy were posted on Thursday the 9th, when the B of A closures were already underway. So it appears that we may have caught the banksters right in the middle of their B of A defecation; let’s hope it “crawls back up” on them. It’s a sensation I’m sure they’re quite used to.

~ MORE – 12 July 2020 ~

Now to get to some things brought up by multiple readers…

The controlled alt-media have presented Bank of America as a sinister “bad guy” organization. Not only are they known for their infamous Masonic murals…

…but they’re also known as a funding source for “Cabal” activities.

I remember hearing an alt-media interview some years back with a “whistleblower” / disinfo peddler who spoke of going to a special window at Bank of America when he required funds for the nefarious activities he conducted on behalf of the banksters. So once the globalists stage the mass arrests psyop, don’t be surprised if they narrate Bank of America as the funding source for the Antifa/BLM chaos that has afflicted the nation…

…from the World Tribune

It has been the New Age side of the controlled alt-media that has led the charge on establishing the narrative for the mass arrests psyop, and they have spoken of “taking down the Cabal economic system.” So also don’t be suprised if the “good guys” take credit for bringing down B of A once this is all over. “It was necessary to stop the chaos on the streets,” they’ll say.

Remember that within the “bad guys” versus “good guys” drama the globalists are staging…

…it is the job of the Left Hand Path “communist bad guys” to bring the chaos the public will be desperate to flee…

…(note the clenched left hand fist of the BLM logo)…

…and it is the job of the Right Hand Path “libertarian good guys” to bring the order to which the public will flock…

…(note the open right hand from the Messiah movie Dune).

This whole show is intended to make the public welcome the Real NWO when it’s unveiled. Don’t fall for it.

(10 July 2020) – The next window for mischief is 7/11 Weekend, which starts in a few hours. So over the next 48 hours, we need to watch for…

• a possible change in Bolsonaro’s health condition,
• a possible move against Netanyahu,
• a possible “Iranian” move against Israel, and
• a possible clash between the Turkish and Egyptian militaries in Libya.

The current globalist objective is to get the war escalations in motion so things can reach a head by Tisha B’Av.

Over the weekend, I’ll map out the mischief timeline for the next 30 days.

(9 July 2020) – Bolsonaro, Trump, and the COVID-19 Peak

Have you noticed how the COVID-19 press coverage seems to be building to a…

…from today’s Drudge Report

You’ve probably heard that Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro has supposedly caught COVID and is taking hydroxychloroquine to treat it, and you may have seen the preparatory hint that was dropped at the top of the July 4 Drudge Report (which suggests that Trump might catch COVID due to being surrounded by it)…

What the globalists are building towards with all this is a peak event, in which…

• Bolsonaro will supposedly be cured by the hydroxychloroquine regimen in advance of the big COVID cure announcement by the “good guy” world leaders, or
• Bolsonaro will “die” despite taking the hydroxychloroquine treatment regimen and Trump will contract COVID despite taking hydroxychloroquine as a prophylactic.

IN THE ANNOUNCEMENT SCENARIO, the militaries would start distributing the hydroxychloroquine treatments in the “good guy”-run nations and the scary epidemic will become nothing more than a treatable cold…

Bolsonaro was initially inspired by his political idol, U.S. President Donald Trump, who was an early advocate of hydroxychloroquine, a dozen sources said. But Bolsonaro has gone much further than his U.S. counterpart.

At his command, the Army has drastically ramped up production of chloroquine.

His new-look Health Ministry, now led by soldiers and Bolsonaro loyalists, has eagerly promoted the antimalarials as the best hope against COVID-19. – from Reuters

IN THE DEATH SCENARIO, it will be said that the “Deep States” dosed Bolsonaro and Trump with a bioweapon that mimics COVID symptoms but is untreatable by hydroxychloroquine. Their resulting incapacitations/deaths by “COVID-19” or “hydoxychloroquine side effects” would move them out of the way of the “Deep States” and discredit the hydroxychloroquine cure. And with the two of them out of the way, national lockdowns would be intitiated “to flatten the curve of the Second Wave,” thus moving us further into the “evil version” NWO.

If the globalists can’t complete their checklist to launch the multilateral / multipolar NWO this September, they will take us into the “evil version” NWO for as little as a year and as long as the timespan to September of 2023. So the announcement scenario would move us towards the September launch, and the death scenario would move us towards months or years more of this COVID bullsh*t. But it’s better to endure this bullsh*t than to let them move forward with their plan.

~ MORE ~

A reader has asked, “Ken, what’s so special about September of 2023? Why do you think they won’t extend this Covid psyop further than that?”

My longtime readers who have seen all the 2020 updates should know the answer to this, but new readers might have trouble piecing it all together. So I’ll write up a concise and comprehensive answer soon. The short answer is that if the globalists can’t get the Real NWO launched this year or next, they’ll modify their script to mark March of 2020 (when the worldwide COVID lockdowns began) as the beginning of the “Great Tribulation” period. This 3.5-year period would then end in September of 2023, bringing all its elements (including the COVID hoax) to a close.

~ MORE ~

On another note, if the globalists want to support the COVID hoax by causing a real-life surge to the “COVID” death rate, they’ll embed some sort of bioweapon on the tip swab of the Coronavirus tests…

In fact, they may have already done this. So be wary of the ongoing testing ramp-up. A Coronavirus test might end up being just as dangerous as a Coronavirus vaccine.

What took my mind in this direction was a conversation I had with my roommate. The daughter of a friend of hers is an intern at a hospital, and she related how people with COVID symptoms (which are the same as any cold, flu, or other respiratory illness) came to the hospital for testing, then went home and died. She specifically observed this with frightened Hispanic people who came to the ER in large numbers.

In the intern’s mind, this reflected the real danger posed by COVID. But in my mind, I couldn’t help but notice that scared people went to the hospital with cold symptoms, then died after getting a testing swab stuffed down their nasal cavities. Doctors are giving people these tests under the assumption that they’re safe and effective, just like they do when they give children dozens of vaccine shots. The reality is that both the tests and the vaccines may be neither safe nor effective — they may, in fact, be weaponized.

(8 July 2020) – The Seventeenth of Tammuz has begun in Israel and will continue until Thursday evening. This day commemorates…

“…the breach of the walls of Jerusalem before the destruction of the Second Temple… and marks the beginning of the three-week mourning period leading up to Tisha B’Av,” and

“also traditionally commemorates the destruction of the two tablets of the Ten Commandments and other historical calamities that befell the Jewish people on the same date.” – from Wikipedia

So keep an eye out for something disastrous coming out of Israel on Thursday. The most obvious globalist play would be to have Netanyahu announce the annexation plan for the West Bank, which would set in motion the war progression that would climax on Tisha B’Av. But we could also see an attack on Israel “by Iran” in retaliation for the rash of “mysterious” explosions happening there. An assassination attempt on Netanyahu is also a possibility.

(6 July 2020) – Over the course of the next 24 hours week, we’ll have a look at the “Illuminati game cards” the globalists are flourishing ahead of their next attempt to bring on the crisis climax. Their cards suggest…

> ANOTHER ATTEMPT at the Israeli false-flag attack on one or more US aircraft carriers (to be blamed on China, North Korea, and Venezuela),

> ANOTHER ATTEMPT at the naval blockade and invasion of Venezuela, and

> ANOTHER ATTEMPT at the “Communist Attack on America.”

We’ll also look at the timeline they’ll be following in instigating the trouble, which begins this Wednesday evening (the 17th of Tammuz) and now extends past Tisha B’Av to August 11 (the day in 3114 BC that the Mesoamerican Long Count Calendar began).

After that, we’ll look at how the NWO narrative will explain Trump’s stopping of the West Bank annexation (the “heroic” Trump and Netanyahu dangled annexation to attract the rank-and-file Ultra-Zionist support Netanyahu needed to maintain power, then paused it to prevent the evil Chabadniks from getting the war they want). [Or is it back on the table as of this morning?]

(5 July 2020) – PUNT!…

Instead of focusing their coverage on the protests yesterday, the press spent the day releasing preparatory propaganda for the next round of mischief. We’ll have a look at what’s in the pipeline later today or tomorrow morning. For now, let’s just take a breath of fresh air.

I love the smell of torched globalist oplans in the morning…

(4 July 2020) – What’s Planned for the Fourth of July…

Today is the Fourth of July, and by midnight tonight, we’ll see either a “leftist insurrection” or another globalist punt. So in case tonight’s fireworks bring with them real-life scenes from The Purge, I thought I’d write a quick summary of what’s going on so new readers can put things in their proper context.

The globalists have foisted the COVID hoax upon us in order to bankrupt the current world system and take us into the New World Order (NWO). And to ensure that people will welcome the NWO instead of resisting it, they divided their minions into two teams: Team Bad Guys and Team Good Guys. Team Bad Guys are the Communist Democrats and the “Left” (including the Clintons and Obamas) and Team Good Guys are the Libertarian Republicans and the “Right” (including the Pauls and the Trumps).

To open the way for the REAL NWO, they are having Team Bad Guys drive the world into a huge crisis in a purported attempt to start World War 3 and build an “evil” NWO in its aftermath. And they have scripted Team Good Guys to oppose this effort, which is why Trump is being portrayed as standing in the way of their many attempts to start the war and the Democrats are being portrayed as doing everything they can to get him out of the way.

With the arrest of Ghislaine Maxwell this week, the globalist scriptwriters have created an urgent motivation for Team Bad Guys to take down Trump before the election. According to the storyline, they need to remove him from office and suicide Maxwell before he can use her testimony to take them down, win the election, and stop the evil-version NWO. So by setting off a leftist insurrection that will leave America burning on the Fourth of July, they’ll have an excuse to remove him “before he tears the nation apart.”

So keep an eye on the demonstrations in Washington, DC today. They’ll probably use an outrage there to start the wildfire that will sweep through America. Also watch for either an EMP or cyberattack (the latter being more likely today) that will turn out the lights across the country after the shooting starts. They might even be brewing up a new Lehman Moment over the weekend that will hit us on Monday.

If you see all this, don’t worry too much; Team Good Guys is scripted to win the war. Their victory will happen as soon as this month or as late as September of 2023, and it will be followed by a few years of relative peace before things get ugly again.

Let’s hope for a punt.

---

Will July be the month the Bretton Woods World Order phoenix burns to ashes?
Will August be the month the New World Order phoenix gestates?
And will September be the month the New World Order phoenix rises and takes flight?…

…We’ll start finding out tomorrow, July 1.

(30 June 2020) – Tomorrow should give us a good indication how the rest of July will go. It is the day Netanyahu is supposed to announce Israel’s plan for annexing part of the West Bank. And if he opts for a quick grab of the maximum amount of territory under the rationale that “we’d better take everything we can while Trump is still in office,” we’ll see “fireworks” very quickly. In fact, we’ve already seen fireworks around Tehran that may play into what’s planned.

An aggressive annexation announcement paired with the revelation that Israel is behind the two explosions in Iran would provide motivation for Iran to attack Trump and Netanyahu under the rationale that “without Trump and Netanyahu, the Israeli attacks and the West Bank land grab will stop in their tracks.” And the “evil Deep States” would thus have cover for false-flag attacks on the two leaders to be blamed on Iran.

Watch for a July 3rd attempt on Trump at Mount Rushmore by “swarming Iranian drones / precision missiles smuggled into the US via Venezuela by the Sinaloa Drug Cartel” or by “a loose North Korean nuke” smuggled in the same way. Oppenheimer’s Firecracker would provide a strong close to the fireworks show, would it not? Netanyahu could face similar attacks.

In another scenario, a weak or delayed annexation announcement could lead to Netanyahu’s assassination by “a hardcore Zionist lone gunman,” thus making Bibi “the victim of his own boomeranging incitement”…

…from The Jerusalem Post

Trump’s assassination would then be blamed on the “Communist Attack on America.”

~ MORE – 1 July 2020 ~

Netanyahu has delayed the annexation announcement, which has led to the expected response from the Israeli hardliners…

…from The Times of Israel. Take note of the assassin-inciting claims being made by Chabad-allied Avigdor Lieberman.

According to The Jerusalem Post, the annexation announcement is now expected next week after Trump personally approves the plan. This means that if Trump and Netanyahu were to die between now and then, the annexation would die with them, since Gantz would replace Netanyahu following an assassination (and he’s been portrayed as trying to block the annexation).

So with the stage now set for false-flag assassinations by the “evil US/Israeli Deep States,” we wait for “Lee Harvey Oswaldstein” or “the Iranians” to make their move on Netanyahu and “the communists + the Iranians” to make their move on Trump.

Speaking of Lee Harvey Oswaldstein, have a look at the weird sh*t I ran across when I googled to check the spelling on “Harvey”…

…WTF is an “Armed force officer”??? Is it a Marxist who appoints himself an officer exercising armed force on behalf of “the people,” like the BLM/Antifa as*holes? As the globalists go to ever more ridiculous lengths to portray a Marxist revolution in America, has Lee Harvey Oswald — a Marxist who supposedly killed a US President — now become a Bizarro American hero?

(Note: There IS such a thing as an “armed forces officer,” which is an officer in the military. But Oswald never rose above the rank of private first class while he was in the Marines, so he was never an officer, either commissioned or non-commissioned.)

~ MORE – 2 July 2020 ~

A critical care facility with surgical capability for overflow COVID-19 patients, eh? Will they be cutting the COVID out of them one virus at a time?…

…from The Texas Tribune

In this past week’s leadup to July 4th weekend, we’ve seen a massive ramp-up in COVID-19 propaganda that seems to be leading to an imminent “Second Lockdown.” And just like we saw during the approach to the aborted May Day “Communist Attack on America,” we’re seeing elective surgeries being canceled to free up surgeons and hospital beds as well as overflow hospitals being staffed-up to provide even more. This is being done to prepare for casualties from the planned violence that might start this weekend (and run until Tisha B’Av).

Last week in Texas, our traitorous governor, Greg Abbott, ordered elective surgeries to be canceled in four Texas counties: Harris (which contains Houston), Travis (Austin), Bexar (San Antonio), and Dallas (Dallas). Clearly, these will be the Texas cities hit hardest by the planned suburban invasions. Both Houston and Dallas are run by black Democratic mayors [Sylvester Turner (Houston), and former investment banker Eric Johnson (Dallas)]. And both Austin and San Antonio are run by mayors of Jewish descent [Democrat Steve Adler (Austin) and “Progressive Independent” / closet Democrat Ron Nirenberg (San Antonio)]. As a reminder, the city in which the George Floyd PSYOP took place, Minneapolis, is also run by a Jewish mayor (Jacob Frey).

So check the news in your area to see where elective surgeries are being canceled and overflow hospitals are being activated. If it’s happening in your city, be ready for action by tomorrow night (and stay on alert for the rest of the month in case they delay the show till mid-month).

Oh, and there’s this…

On the night of July 4, the full moon will pass through part of Earth’s shadow, creating a lunar eclipse that will be visible across North America and South America…

The eclipse will be the perfect celestial event for those across the United States staying up late after Independence Day fireworks, as long as clouds don’t interfere.

The eclipse will get underway on July 4 at 11:07 p.m. EDT and continue until July 5 at 1:52 a.m. EDT, but the best time to look will be during the middle of the event. – from Accuweather

So on the night of July 4th, “the Moon will be covered in shadow and darkness will fall over the land” starting at 11:07 PM Eastern Time. Watch, then, for the “other fireworks show” to begin at 11:11 Eastern Time.

Back in my 23 June update, I mentioned a possible EMP component to the “communist attack.” Here’s more on that…

Less than two weeks ago, North Korea threatened a new round of the Korean War to end the US, specifically threatening to use their nuclear weapons against the United States in “a particularly sensational event.” Well guess what… North Korean satellite KMS-4, which globalist propagandists have suggested might be a nuclear EMP satellite, will pass over the geographical center of the contiguous United States at about 11:27 PM Central Time on July 3rd, the night of Trump’s fireworks display at Mount Rushmore…


…from N2YO and Wikipedia

Trump’s fireworks are scheduled to begin at 10:30-10:45 Central Time, so KMS-4 will be over the heart of America 42-57 minutes after the sensational display begins. That would be a nice time for Kim Jong Un to supposedly set off his own firework, would it not?

Keep in mind that the EMP threat is deliberately and cartoonishly overstated by the globalist think tanks, the press, and Hollywood (much like the Coronavirus threat is). The orbital explosion would be little more than a firework, with most of the supposed “EMP effects” being faked using globalist backdoor controls into the microprocessors that run the power grid and most everything else. You can read more about the Fake EMP Attack in the 3 May 2020 update further down this page (just copy and paste the bolded date in your browser’s FIND feature).

Now here’s an interesting (and timely) development…

…from today’s Drudge Report. Take note of the part highlighted in red.

There are two directions the globalist scriptwriters can go with this:

1) Into “the Storm”: Maxwell’s arrest could mark the point in the script when the “bad guys” get so frightened that they unleash everything they’ve got to take down the “good guys” and save their evil unilateral NWO. If they move in this direction, it’ll be a helluva weekend.

2) Into “the Eye”: Maxwell’s arrest could be an attempt to change the music and delay the “communist attack” act of the play. If they move in this direction, the Q-anon disinfo narrative will say that her arrest was a successful White Hat move to block the July 4th attacks by pressuring the “bad guys” on the pedophilia front. They might also say that they arrested her on the 2nd because the US financial markets are closed on the 3rd, thus preventing any market-crashing retaliation until after the weekend.

The mass arrests (of the “bad guys”) scenario is possible this weekend, but I’m not expecting it till the month’s end.

~ MORE – 3 July 2020 ~

Tomorrow in Washington, DC, there will be leftist protests all over the city that will begin in the morning and span into nightfall. There will also be hardcore patriots (those who are unafraid of COVID and leftist violence) in town to attend Trump’s July 4th “Salute to America.” The mixture of aggressive leftists and hardcore patriots will be a rather volatile one to say the least. If you add to that a potential “blue flu” or deliberate stand-down of police by the black Democrat mayor of DC, Muriel Bowser (who is opposed to the “Salute to America” celebration), it’s easy to see how Washington could explode along with the fireworks.

The sun will set in DC at 8:37 PM, and the 35-minute firework display will start at 9:07 PM (precisely two hours before the lunar eclipse begins at 11:07 PM). The 35 minutes of explosions and crackles in the dark will provide excellent cover for paid thugs in both the leftist and patriot groups to “whip out their gats” and start slaughtering opposing protesters.

The mainstream media will, of course, report that “Trump-loving, far-right white supremacists” started the fighting by trying to “massacre peaceful protesters and people of color.” And as this news propagates through the population, paid Antifa/BLM thugs throughout the country will mobilize in the 11 o’clock hour (after the eclipse begins) to hit their preselected neighborhoods. Opportunistic local thugs mobilized via social messaging will join in the mayhem.

As bad as this scenario sounds, this is only the “go small” version. In the “go big” version, the Antifa/BLM/street thug army will be joined by “jihadis, foreign government terror cells, foreign special operations teams, and drug cartel armies” attacking predetermined targets throughout the country. This “go big” version would be the full “Communist Attack on America.”

Of course, things will go differently on July 4th if Trump is assassinated tonight by “Iranian drones,” a “North Korean nuke,” or a combination EMP/Indian militant attack (in which Trump’s security detail loses comms and security gear due to the EMP and is overwhelmed by “Native American protesters“). Trump could go down like Custer in that scenario, so I’m sure the globalist scriptwriters have considered it.

One thing I should mention at this point is that any of the scenarios we face will be made-for-TV events. Although the attacks would be portrayed as ubiquitous and overwhelming by the media’s narrow and obsessive focus, they would only scratch the surface of our nation. Even if the globalists scrounge up a million man misfit army for this operation, there are 3,141 counties in the US, which would come out to 318 revolutionaries per county. Obviously, they can’t attack everywhere, so the odds are that you won’t see any action in your neighborhood and I won’t see any in mine. But I’m choosing to be ready in case my neighborhood has been pre-targeted or stray street thugs come in and try to take advantage of the situation.

With this in mind, I’ll now post the first-ever ad on my website…

July 4th Weekend is BOGO Weekend at Ken’s Place!

And customers are busting through the door!

This July 3rd, 4th, and 5th, rampaging home invaders will receive…

ONE FREE BULLET TO THE FOREHEAD

with every bullet to the heart you earn this weekend only!

(while supplies last)

+++ PLUS, you’ll receive a FREE carbon-neutral 100% hemp bag for storing your ashes if you bleed out without staining our carpet. It’s our little way of saying “thanks for coming to stay with us… forever… and ever… and ever.” +++

Now that I’ve paid the bills, more updates will come as developments warrant…

ALERT: July 3/4 “Communist Attack on America”

(23 June 2020) – I’m seeing strong indicators that the globalists may make a second attempt at the “Communist Attack on America” on the Fourth of July Weekend (utilizing the sound of fireworks as cover for the sneak attack). If you live in an area that has been experiencing a recent rash of nighttime fireworks and has seen an Antifa or Black Lives Matter presence (my peaceful corner of Fort Worth has seen both), you may considering prepping for an attack that could include armed home invading/burning thugs in your neighborhood and a simulated regional or nationwide “EMP” attack.

Common sense preparations for those living in areas that have seen such warning indicators would include arming up, obtaining door security bars and extra fire extinguishers, and readying a bugout bag with necessary supplies and essential valuables. And if I lived in New York City, Chicago, or DC, I would make plans to be out of town by Thursday, July 2. Major metropolitan areas run by Democrats will get the worst of it.

We also need to watch Thursday, June 25 (the 70th anniversary of the start of the Korean War) for a preliminary attack or nuclear demonstration “by North Korea.”

I’ll begin full coverage in the morning.

~ MORE – 24 June 2020 ~

During one of my infoscans yesterday, I ran across an article from a known faux-truther disinformation site. Since the particular site is notorious for breathlessly promoting fear porn, I disregard the vast majority of its posts. But this one caught my attention…

…from the Hal Turner Radio Show. Here is an excerpt…

The real eye-opener is from a Controlled Unclassified Law Enforcement Bulletin issued as “Law Enforcement Sensitive – For Official Use Only” to Police and Fire Departments about ANTIFA already using fireworks to acclimate suburbia with sounds of explosions, so they can use those to cover for gun fire when they attack white, suburban, neighborhoods the same day.

According to Controlled Unclassified Information (CUI) in a Bulletin issued to Police and Fire Departments, ANTIFA has been taking deliveries of very large shipments of professional-grade fireworks. They have been sending teams out to various areas throughout America to detonate those fireworks for the past two weeks…

The reason this particular scenario stood out is because I myself have heard unexplained fireworks recently, and when I first heard them, I thought of how much they sounded like explosions and gunfire. Also, my mother recently told me of strong-arm panhandling by big, threatening Black Lives Matter thugs at an intersection about a mile from my home. They slapped hard on the window of her car and presented cans that simply said “give money.” Fortunately, my mother shares my intense disgust for predators, so she ignored them. But the nearby fireworks and BLM activity now have my spidey-sense tingling.

After seeing the Hal Turner article, I started looking into how widespread the “unexplained fireworks” problem is, and I found plenty of stories from cities both large and small:

Here’s a June 23 article from The New York Times…

New York City residents have reported booms and crackles in skyrocketing numbers in recent days. The city received more than 12,500 calls to its 911 system for illegal fireworks this month, according to the police. That is roughly 12 times the number of comparable calls received by the city in the first six months of 2019, the police said.

Here’s a June 23 article from the Chicago Sun Times…

You’re not just hearing things. A lot more fireworks are being set off in Chicago neighborhoods this year – and the Fourth of July is still more than a week away.

Here’s a June 22 article from The Washington Post…

“It’s happening across New York City. It’s happening in California. It’s happening in Illinois. It’s happening in North Carolina, in D.C.,” he says. It “could be a strange coincidence, but I need an explanation.”

And here’s a June 22 article from WKTV in the small city of Utica, NY…

A mundane explanation for this nationwide outbreak of fireworks is that it’s a leftist attempt to deny people sleep in a “no justice, no peace” annoyance operation. Unfortunately, we are not living in mundane times, and we know that the globalists want to simulate a civil war / communist attack in America as part of the transition to the post-American NWO. So by acclimatizing people to the nightly sounds of simulated explosions and gunfire, the sounds of an actual attack on white neighborhoods would be ignored by most people (who would assume it’s just more fireworks, especially on the Fourth of July). And the flood of complaints to 911 over all the recent fireworks will provide a reason for why the police won’t respond to such calls on the 4th. Another reason they won’t respond is the growing outbreak of “blue flu,” which may expand to a nationwide police sickout by July 4th.

~ MORE – 28 June 2020 ~

Behold the Antifa commander casing your suburban neighborhood…

…What are you going to do when he shows up at your door (besides laugh)?

I’ve spent the last few days gathering my home defense tools and getting some rest. Preparing for the planned July 4 mischief is much like prepping for a flood or a tornado: even though the odds are that it won’t hit my particular neighborhood, it is prudent to prepare in case it does. Some nasty surprises await the street thugs and their soy-boy familiars should they attempt to kick in our door.

My personal prepping has revolved around four areas…

1) Denying home invaders dynamic entry (making sure the thugs can’t easily kick in my door and bum-rush into our house): To ensure they can’t, I’m taking the following measures…

> I’m placing one of these door security bars on each external door…

This alone might be sufficient to keep out opportunistic and irresolute invaders, and in the case of determined invaders, it will slow their entry long enough to give me time to ready myself.

> I’m placing my son’s old power wheelchair very near the main door. It’s very heavy and will prevent the door from opening completely if the the security bar is defeated. Any body parts they stick in the cracked door will get blasted.

> I’m keeping large jars full of clear, round marbles near the doors. If they attempt to make entry, I’ll pour out a jar on the floor in front of the door. So if they use extreme force and get past the security bar and wheelchair, they’ll run in, slip on the marbles, and take a hard fall, or they’ll drag their feet, which will slow them down. Anyone who falls or shuffles into the house will get a bullet in the brain.

2) Preparing the battle space: I’m making sure to deny any cover or concealment near the doors. In our house, there is an entrance to the front bedrooms near the main door. I’ll be blocking it off with heavy objects to ensure they can’t duck in there for cover. So if they come in any of the external doors, they’ll be fully exposed to fire from my fighting position (which affords me some degree of cover). Also, I’ll have all the inside lights off and my tactical flashlight ready to dazzle them as they attempt entry.

3) Preparing fire suppression: I’ve doubled the number of fire extinguishers in the house, I’m attaching the garden hoses to the spigots, and I’ll have the ladder fully extended and ready in case I need to get on the roof to fight a fire.

4) Preparing for escape: In case the house catches fire in a way I cannot stop, we’ll have our bugout bags ready and an escape plan in place. I’ll also be checking all the escape windows to make sure they open fully. When you’re running for your life from a fire, it’s a bad time to discover your windows are stuck. There are how-to videos on YouTube on how to unstick them.

On top of all this, I’m getting my roommate / battle buddy ready. Her duties will be to document the home invasion on video (to avoid court hassles), fight fires, reload magazines, and (if necessary) bash skulls with her aluminum bat. I’ll be handling the primary combat duties and providing cover fire for her firefighting efforts.

Hopefully, Spirit will make it unnecessary for me to employ these measures. It is not my wish to harm anyone. But as they say, “God helps those who help themselves,” so I’ll do my part by exposing the globalists’ objectives and making all reasonable preparations to defend my family. Spirit can then do its part, and Universe can sort out the result.

Speaking of exposing the globalists’ objectives, overwatch coverage of the July 1 through July 4 event window will start tomorrow soon.

(28 June 2020) – Be on the lookout for a fresh racial outrage they might use to fan the flames of hate going into the July 4th weekend — watching especially for a “white supremacist” or suburban murder/massacre of “po’, innocent black folk” that would “justify” the planned violence. This fresh outrage might happen as soon as the start of this week’s news cycle (Sunday night / Monday) or as late as July 3rd night / July 4th day.

---

[Edit Point]

---

Here are the most recent updates (from newest to oldest)>>>

Juneteenth Weekend Watch

(17 June 2020) – One of my main goals in writing this blog is “to expose and hopefully block any quick advances towards [the globalists’] goals — to prevent the next 9/11-style big leap forward.” Clearly, I’ve partially failed in this mission (if it was ever possible to begin with); the globalists have made their big leap towards the NWO with the COVID-19 psyop. But as they say, it ain’t over till it’s over, and there are two parts to every leap: 1) the part when you commit to the jump and hop into the air and 2) the part where you land (hopefully in the spot you were aiming for).

As of this moment, the globalists have started their leap but are trapped midair looking for a welcoming place to land. They are keeping themselves aloft by swinging from vines much like Tarzan, only the vines they’re using are trillion-dollar bailouts from the federal government and the Federal Reserve Bank. If they want their NWO this year, though, they’re going to have to land sometime soon. So our mission now it to plant punji sticks in every landing zone we can spot.

Towards that end, keep an eye out for a new racial outrage between now and Saturday. It would be used as an excuse to get Antifa and the useful idiots out on the streets for a violent Juneteenth weekend. Watch Tulsa in particular, since Trump is holding a rally there on Saturday. A situation might be staged in which some “peaceful” protesters who are harassing/assaulting Trump rally attendees get shot by “far-right white supremacists,” and the mainstream media will claim that Trump is responsible for inciting the violence. Then John Bolton’s ABC interview will be aired on Sunday, and he’ll suggest that Trump has committed “multiple impeachable offenses.”

According to the script, this weekend’s combination of events “will convince Trump’s cabinet members and many Republican Senators that Trump’s continued presence in the White House will bring disaster to both the Republican Party and the nation.” A move against Trump might then be made as soon as Monday the 22nd or as late as July 4th. The Fourth of July provides the globalists with another opportunity to stage the “Communist Attack on America” that was originally scheduled for May Day.

~ MORE – 18 June 2020 ~

It’s June 18 (6+6+6 Day), and they’re laying it on thick for this weekend…

…from the Daily Star

In order to formally launch the multilateral / multipolar NWO this September, the globalists need time to stage the economic collapse / war climax and the reform process of the United Nations that will follow the climax. So they’ll have to take us to war in July if they want to have August for UN reform. That’s why you see all the regional conflicts heating up right now.

A good way to kick off the July Wars would be to have Israel launch their West Bank annexation effort on July 1st. This would provide a timely provocation to trigger the “Communist Attack on America” on July 4th. The globalist script would then have China, Turkey, and North Korea seize the opportunity to launch regional war operations while America is supposedly focused on its own defense. With America “distracted” by attacks from within and without, Israel would come under attack from within (the Palestinians) and without (all their Muslim neighbors plus Turkey), and the whole war would climax in the Battle of Jerusalem on Tisha B’Av (the end of July).

If we can successfully deter the July Wars, it’s hard to see how the globalists can get to the NWO in September. They’d most likely reschedule its launch for next September at the earliest. We will have won the year, but it would be a bitter victory. We’d have to suffer through a (fraudulent) Democratic/communist sweep in the November elections and endure the Second Wave (of COVID) Psyop all winter. It would be a most depressing display of human stupidity.

Getting back to what I wrote about yesterday, we’re seeing a replay of the setup for the 6/6 Massacre in Tulsa: unarmed National Guardsmen are being sent in (to attract leftist bullets), and a Juneteenth rally and anti-Trump demonstrations are being planned not far from the Trump rally (to attract rightist bullets). On top of this, the media are already hyping the Bolton allegations…

…from today’s Drudge Report

~ MORE – 18 June 2020 ~

…and now for the occultic bullsh*t…

As it turns out, Juneteenth weekend holds some significance according to occultic symbolism, numerology and prophecy…

1) The summer solstice, which is the longest day of the year and the day after which “darkness begins to overtake the light” (the days become progressively shorter), falls on June 20th at 4:44 PM (CDT), the day of the Trump rally in Tulsa (which is in the CDT time zone). So if the “Deep State-planned” violence at the rally & demonstrations goes forward, “the Forces of Darkness would begin their great assault on the Forces of Light.” Such symbolism is of particular note lately due to Archbishop Carlo Vigano’s letter to President Trump, which speaks of the battle between “the children of light and the children of darkness.”

2) According to a “recalculation of the Mayan calendar” currently circulating on the internet (including on Zero Hedge today), this June 21st is actually December 21, 2012, which is the supposed day of the Mayan Apocalypse. Although the word “apocalypse” has taken on a destructive meaning in modern parlance, its Greek root word means “uncover/reveal.”

3) According to a reader, Donald Trump will be 888 months and 8 days old (8888) on June 22nd (Trump’s birthday is June 14, 1946, so 2020 – 1946 = 74 years and 74 years x 12 months/year = 888 months and June 22 – June 14 = 8 days). Eight is actually a lucky number according to Asian numerology, so 4 eights (8888) represent a double-edge sword given that 4 is the number of death in Asian numerology. Four eights could represent the “death of Trump’s good luck” or “Trump’s deadly good luck” against his enemies.

So this weekend’s planned events could be the beginning of “the darkness overtaking the light” or it could be the weekend the “patriot / constitutionalist / good guy Deep State” stage their counterattack against the rampaging “zionist / nazi / neocon / neolib / bad guy Deep State.” A “three days of darkness” counterattack by the “good guys” this weekend would lead to victory over the “evil Deep State(s)” by June 24th, the day of Putin’s Victory Day Parade in Moscow.

~ MORE – 20 June 2020 ~

A dead President lying face-down on the ground — what a lovely Juneteenth Weekend omen…

…from yesterday’s Drudge Report

As we enter the day of the summer solstice, it’s important to review the globalist objectives for the immediate time frame, and chief among those objectives is to feature a “last-ditch” worldwide regime change effort by the “bad guys.” Here are the major regime change efforts the globalists have planned…

In the United States, they have scripted the removal of Trump so the war operations can go forward and Rand Paul & Tulsi Gabbard can be brought in after the climax in a “national unity” presidency. Trump’s removal will take the form of a 25th Amendment cabinet coup, a fast impeachment and conviction, an assassination, a suiciding, or a forced resignation if conducted this weekend or over the Fourth of July Weekend. Failing that, he’ll be removed in a November election defeat that will feature clear signs of “Deep State” / Democrat fraud. This would be followed by a short and scary Democratic (Obama/Clinton) presidency that will precede Paul & Gabbard’s installation by the military.

In the UK, they have scripted the removal of the “British Trump,” Boris Johnson, first by a “COVID-19” infection and now by political scandals. Following the planned events of this weekend, BoJo may be driven from office over his support for Trump.

In China, they may script another attempt to remove/assassinate Xi Jinping by the anti-Xi factions led by the Jiang Faction. This is why we’re seeing a new “COVID” lockdown in China’s capital city, Beijing.

In Russia, they may script an attempt to remove/assassinate Putin by the “Atlantic Integrationist” / Medvedev Faction between now and early July. This could take place at the June 24th Victory Day Parade or around the time of the July 1 national referendum to extend Putin’s presidency.

In Brazil, they will script an attempt to remove/assassinate Bolsonaro by the COVID-pushing “Leftist Deep State.”

In India, they may script an attempt to remove/assassinate Modi by the “National Security Deep State” so that a border war between India and China can go forward, thereby breaking India and China’s cooperation in the BRICS. This is why Modi was reluctant to condemn China over the recent border incident; the script has both Xi and him attempting to forestall the conflict. The attempt on Modi may include a Muslim element to also elicit war between India and Pakistan.

In North Korea, they have scripted an apparently-completed “shadow coup” against Kim Jong Un by his sister and the communist hardliners led by Kim Yong Chol. This is why Kim Jong Un’s sister is pushing towards war with South Korea right now. (Perhaps she is doing it in return for the hardliners sparing her brother’s life?)

These scripted removals/assassinations are intended to depict the worldwide alliance of no-goodnik “Deep States” making an attempt to remove resistance to their “evil Western-version unilateral / unipolar NWO” and defeat the BRICS effort to build their competing “good Eastern-version multilateral / multipolar NWO.” And during or after the war operations take place, other, successful regime change efforts will ensue, including…

The scripted fall of the French and UK political establishments so the UK and France’s UN Security Council votes can fall into pro-Putin hands (thereby enabling the reform of the UN into the multilateral / multipolar NWO). The fall of the two establishments will be achieved by blockbuster revelations, outrageous suppressive actions towards the public, and a resulting rightist “people’s revolution.” In France, Marine Le Pen will take power, with BoJo, Nigel Farage, or a Farage-like figure taking power in the UK.

Besides the regime change effort, other immediate globalist objectives are to…

• complete the crash of the global financial system (during the war operations) so the NWO Financial System (NWOFS) can be installed (the NWOFS will feature “sound” commodity-backed currencies, a global reserve currency run by the “reformed” UN/NWO, and an Austrian economic system of free enterprise overseen by UN/NWO policymakers), and
• destroy Al Aqsa Mosque on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem (during the war operations) so the Third Temple can be built in its place (the Third Temple will be a multi-faith center where Vladimir Putin will reveal himself as “the final Antichrist” halfway through the 7-year NWO).

It should also be noted that both Vice President Pence and President Trump will be speaking at the Tulsa rallies today, though it appears that the Secret Service is keeping them at separate locations through the day. This raises the possibility of a two-fer assassination that would clear the way for Nancy Pelosi to become President. The easiest way to achieve the two-fer would be to narrate both of them becoming infected with Coronavirus. Trump and Pence might then test positive on Monday the 22nd and become “incapacitated” by July 4.

(21 June 2020) – Yesterday’s Trump rally was delightfully anticlimactic, but they did go forward with one element of the setup: in the afternoon, they broke news that six Trump staffers tested positive for Coronavirus…

…from CNBC

Here is an excerpt…

Six members of President Donald Trump’s advance team preparing for his Tulsa rally that kicks off Saturday evening have tested positive for coronavirus, according to his re-election campaign…

A source familiar with the matter tells NBC News the staffers have been on the ground for about a week, have not been wearing masks and have been going out to restaurants…

Of the six members of the Trump advance team who tested positive for coronavirus ahead of the Tulsa rally, at least two of them are United States Secret Service agents, a law enforcement official told NBC News.

Since the six staffers interacted with the other staffers, who in turn interacted with Trump and Pence on Saturday, the door has been opened for the “Trump and Pence caught COVID in Tulsa” scenario. Now let’s get out the popcorn and see what Bolton has to say tonight.

Now have a look at this…

…from the Catholic News Agency

So Pope Emeritus Benedict is allowed to take a final trip to visit his brother, his family’s graves, and his former home, and now he is returning to the Vatican on the 22nd? I can’t decide what his trip reminds me of more: a final meal given to a death row inmate before his execution or a plot device that keeps a protagonist away from his house when it’s attacked.

So what’s the plan? Will the returning Papa Rat get whacked by “ISIS jihadis” on a street outside the Vatican, or will the Vatican get whacked by a “space rock” before he gets back? Perhaps he’ll just die of “natural causes” during travel so they can gather the “Kings of the Earth” in Rome for his funeral (and their destruction).

---

June 11 Overwatch & The Communist Insurrection Kicks Off

(8 June 2020) – I was checking June 11 for historical parallels and came across one that really stood out: it was the date in 2018 that Trump and Kim Jong Un had their first summit in Singapore. They met and shook hands at 9:04 PM on June 11 (Washington time) / 9:04 AM on June 12 (Singapore time).

So watch Thursday the 11th for a show of force from North Korea or a “Deep State” false-flag attributed to North Korea. It may be related to their new ballistic missile submarine and SLBM, but it could also be related to these helicopters that showed up in the press yesterday…

…from The National Interest. Here is an excerpt…

Thus, it seems that North Korea likely acquired the MD 500s so it could use them to infiltrate across the demilitarized zone with South Korean markings, conducting surprise raids and inserting spies and saboteurs. North Korea maintains more than two hundred thousand commandos in its Special Operations Forces, more than any other country in the world. In the event of a conflict with its southern neighbor, Pyongyang would deploy thousands of operatives behind South Korean lines via tunnels, submarines, stealthy motor boats and helicopters to disrupt communication and supply lines and spread panic. Indeed, upon learning of the MD 500 caper, South Korean president Chun Doo-hwan angrily upbraided Washington for inadvertently making infiltration easier.

Notably, this article on the helicopters surfaced right before this occurred…


…from the BBC

Here are more stories (1,2) on what a big deal this leaflet confrontation supposedly is. But given that such propaganda leafleting has been going on for decades (the video in the article is from 6 years ago), one wonders why they’re making a big deal out of it at this particular time.

We could be looking at a covert operation on Thursday involving “a North Korean Special Forces incursion across the Demilitarized Zone to attack dissidents who are sending balloon-borne propaganda leaflets across the border.” The attack would initially be blamed on Kim Jong Un of course, but the NWO Narrative would later reveal that “it was set up by North Korean hardliners and/or the US-South Korean ‘Deep States’ who were intent on unseating Kim Jong Un.”

~ MORE – 9 June 2020 ~

Another thing to watch for on the 11th (or the 22nd) is Vladimir Putin’s public announcement of the COVID cure (the hydroxychloroquine + antibiotic + zinc regimen). According to Wikipedia, June 11 was the day in the year 980 that the coronation of Vladimir the Great took place, and it was also the day in the year 1938 that the Battle of Wuhan began in the Second Sino-Japanese War. The Battle marked the point in the war when the invading Japanese (the “bad guys”) lost their strategic momentum. So with tie-ins to Wuhan, stopping rampaging evil forces, and glory for Vladimir the Great, it would be a good day for “Saint” Putin to defeat the COVID dragon. In fact, Moscow is “inexplicably” being freed from COVID restrictions in advance of the planned announcement…

…from The Moscow Times

As I mentioned in a previous update, the Victory Day Parade in Moscow was rescheduled to June 24 because the globalists missed a previous target date. And the Parade is meant to represent more than just victory in World War 2; it is meant to celebrate Putin’s victory over the COVID PSYOP and possibly over the “Satanic Forces” in World War 3. And a week after the jubilant victory parade, Russia will hold the July 1 referendum on allowing Putin to extend his presidency to 2036. Convenient timing, that.

So here is my gift for Putin’s victory announcement…

…(Now I know why God made me such a tool.)

On another note, a reader has brought a self-proclaimed “real” King of England to my attention as a possible replacement for the royal family when they take their planned drubbing during the NWO transition. Here is what I wrote back…

It’s possible they might bring in some dark horse from another “noble line” to take on the public face of the British Monarchy. But it’s also possible they might bring back Prince Harry to play that role (son of the “beloved” Diana and her lover James Hewitt, not Prince Charles). The supposed break between the Queen and Harry may have been an effort to “put him on a lifeboat way off in America” before the planned sinking of the “Royal Titanic” during the NWO transition.

I may look deeper into this in a future update.

~ MORE – 10 June 2020 ~

In the run-up to June 11, it appears that the overt “communist revolution” has been kicked off here in the US, and it has seized its first territory: the “Seattle Autonomous Zone”…

…from Zero Hedge

What’s happening in Seattle is a textbook example of an insurrection, so according to the script, Trump now has justification to apply the Insurrection Act at a time of his choosing.

Also to be noted is what’s happening in Chicago now…

…from the Daily Mail

The mention of rioters running around with commie assault rifles is being narrated as follows in a known fear-porn disinformation site…

The United States of America is in the early stages of an actual Insurrection.

Riots and looting taking place in many major US cities are NOT a spontaneous, grass-roots, outpouring of anger over the death of George Floyd at the hands of Minneapolis Police, but rather a carefully scripted, race-based incitement, to attack our Constitutional Republic.

These events are being fomented, enabled, and coordinated, by certain elected officials, certain political party leaders in various states and counties. Enabling of the property damage and destruction is being funded by the “usual suspects,” with coordination of the entire effort allegedly being handled through a SCIF (Segregated, Compartmentalized, Information Facility) located in a former US President’s home…

At the meeting yesterday, communications intercepts were played/displayed showing that weapons of war are being deployed inside the USA, to be given to the Communists presently rioting.

AK-47 fully automatic machine guns, belts and boxes full of ammunition. Hand grenades. Anti-personnel explosives. Outright bombs.

Guess where they’re coming from? CHINA. Yes, our “friend” Xi Jinping, whose fingerprints can’t be on the weapons, has allegedly been using middle men to move vast quantities of weapons INTO the United States. He’s allegedly been doing it for more than 18 months! – from The Hal Turner Radio Show

So who might this former President be — the one who is supposedly coordinating the entire effort from a SCIF in his home? Well, “Barack Obama traveled with a SCIF tent during his presidency that could be set up on short notice inside, say, a hotel room [or his home].” Perhaps this means that Obama will still get to play the Western decoy antichrist. Time will tell, and it won’t take too long to start talking because this thing could be driven to a climax by June 22 or Tisha B’Av (July 29-30). If they do the mass arrests by the 22nd, Putin’s Victory Day Parade on the 24th will have historic import, as would the impromptu Victory Day Parade in Washington DC on July 4th.

We therefore need to watch this weekend and the next very carefully — this weekend for a potential takedown of Trump and the next for the mass arrests psyop. The three days of June 20, 21, and 22 mark the anniversary of the Detroit Race Riot of 1943, which was put down by 6,000 federal troops. So will federal troops be putting down the “communist insurrection” on those three days (of darkness)?

(11 June 2020) – This situation with Seattle’s “Capitol Hill Autonomous Zone” (CHAZ) may be an effort to retry the “Trump Massacres Peaceful Protesters” show they had planned for 6/6. Here are the scripted steps…

1. Have “peaceful” armed protesters take over part of an American city.
2. Have Trump invoke the Insurrection Act and send in the military to take back the area.
3. Have the press and the nationwide protests explode after protesters are killed in the resulting firefights.
4. Stage the 25th Amendment removal to “save the country from Trump’s horrific leadership.”

And given how much the barricaded streets remind me of Mogadishu, we might even be treated to a Blackhawk Down-type scenario as well…

A military disaster amidst the operation would add to the overall narrative that it was a catastrophically bad decision by Trump.

The attack might come at night after power is cut off to the area. It would give the night vision-equipped military troops an advantage.

(12 June 2020) – This weekend will likely be quiet, as Trump is staying at his golf club in Bedminster, New Jersey. He will give a commencement speech at West Point on Saturday, then celebrate his birthday at the club on Sunday. Barring any breaking developments, I’ll take the weekend off too. See you Monday.

---

ALERT: The 6/6 Massacre

(5 June 2020) – From this evening through tomorrow morning, I’ll lay out the puzzle pieces that point to a 6/6 massacre of protesters in Washington D.C. It is scripted to be a “Deep State” operation that will lead to a suiciding or removal (through a cabinet coup or second impeachment) of Trump.

~ MORE ~

Here are the key puzzle pieces that have been spread around the media…

#1 – A huge George Floyd demonstration is planned for Washington, D.C. on Saturday, 6/6.

#2 – This demonstration is occurring amidst a media campaign that paints Trump as a man who is “inciting violence and threatening to use military force on peaceful civilian protesters exercising their constitutional rights”…

#3 – Antifa and other Soros goons will no doubt show up to make trouble from the protesters’ side, but the mainstream media are pretending they aren’t factors in the violence, instead pointing the finger at “far-right groups,” “white supremacists,” and armed citizens guarding their neighborhoods and businesses…

#4 – On the law enforcement side, there is a confused array of local police, national guardsmen from various states, and federal goons from various departments, including many that are poorly uniformed and display no identification. Look at this pack of grabasstic gorillas…

…Note the wide variations in their uniforms. This lack of uniform standards and identification will make the law enforcement side easier to infiltrate.

#5 – A heavily armed civilian was arrested while trying to infiltrate a Guard unit at a George Floyd demonstration this week. He was identified because his uniform was incorrect. With the hodgepodge of law enforcement and military units in D.C. tomorrow, along with the lax uniform standards among the civilian agencies, identifying infiltrators amidst the chaos of the demonstration will be much harder. This leaves room for the government to sneak in some uniformed “white supremacist” gunmen to start shooting (and possibly grenading/bombing) the protesters.

#6 – It is being reported that Defense Secretary Esper has ordered active duty troops to leave Washington and National Guard troops there to disarm WITHOUT CONSULTING WITH TRUMP…

…from the Daily Mail

There are two ways the globalist scriptwriters can play this…

1. They can have Trump reverse Esper’s orders, then have “Deep State” agents and/or MK Ultra drones within the rearmed units fire on the protesters. In this way, they can have Trump fully own the massacre.
2. They can have Esper’s orders stand and have the controlled alt-media narrate that it was a move by the “Deep State” to isolate Trump from military support when the coup goes down. They can also narrate that it was a move to block Trump from using the military to make mass arrests on the “Deep State” over the weekend.

The 6/6 Massacre will, of course, be blamed on Trump. And it would be the straw that broke the camel’s back. A 25th Amendment Cabinet Coup or second impeachment would quickly follow, unless the scripted patriot/constitutionalist counterattack occurs immediately before or after the massacre.

~ MORE – 6 June 2020 ~

Let’s continue on with the next puzzle piece…

#7 – A (probably induced) lightning strike hit the Washington Monument as the propaganda buildup for the 6/6 protest hit the media…

…from the Drudge Report

The last time the globalists used an induced lightning strike to signal something was the day the news of Pope Benedict’s resignation hit the media…

…from YouTube

17 days after the lightning strike, Benedict left office. And 13 days after that, Pope Francis took the throne.

Within the globalist script, Benedict represents the “Bishop of God” and Francis represents the “Bishop of Satan.” So the lightning strike represented regime change from the Forces of Light to the Forces of Darkness, and it struck on the day the reason for the regime change was revealed. At the Vatican city-state, the regime change reason was Pope Benedict’s decision to resign at the end of February (supposedly made under duress); at the Washington D.C. city-state, the regime change reason will be the 6/6 march and massacre.

But when the “President of Satan” takes the throne from the supposed “President of God” (Trump), who will it be?

Mike Pence has been groomed to play the role of the “Grey Champion” (a decoy antichrist figure), so he could be the one who takes the presidency and leads us to war. But given that the globalists are going with the “communist revolution” theme this year, Pence might get skipped-over in favor of Nancy Pelosi. It would go down like this…

After the massacre of black protesters by “white supremacists,” “a panicked Congress will gather for an emergency session to figure out a way to stop a black-white race war.” In the meeting, they’ll decide to do an overnight impeachment of both Trump and Pence, citing the fact that Pence backed Trump’s calls for force against the protests…

…from The Hill

(And also because “a stern-looking white man is not the leader the country needs during this emergency.”)

The overnight impeachment and removal of both the President and Vice President would be of questionable legality, but they’d proceed anyway, and Nancy Pelosi would take the oath of office. Immediately afterwards, she’d nominate Michelle Obama as her Vice President, and after Congress swiftly approves the nomination, she’d resign so Obama can be President. President Obama would then nominate Hillary Clinton as her VP. Of course, a 25th Amendment cabinet coup that skips over Pence would be the alternative play to impeachment. In fact, Pence might resign the vice presidency to aid the scenario.

~ MORE – 6 June 2020 ~

Given that this demonstration is happening on 6/6, the obvious time to kick off violence and a massacre would be the 6 o’clock hour; that would put a nice “Satanic” signature on the whole thing. But if exposure of their plans causes the globalist stage managers to back off from advancing the play to the Trump removal act, their fallback option would be to use the protest to continue pushing the population to the political right…

…from Infowars

So the fallback plan would be to direct the law enforcement side to “take a knee” while the Antifa/Soros guys and opportunistic criminals turn the protest into an orgy of violence, arson, vandalism and looting throughout the D.C. Metro Area. They might even arrange to have some of the disarmed National Guard guys get injured or killed in the mayhem. That would drive the “Trump is Right” point home with a flourish.

~ MORE – 7 June 2020 ~

Yesterday’s D.C. protest was delightfully anticlimactic. After having the current and former defense secretaries, the former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the former White House Chief of Staff, and all four ex-Presidents come out and pillory Trump in advance of this weekend, the globalists bailed on both their primary and secondary plans. Of course, we’ll still need to watch today (Eastern Pentecost), the 11th and the 22nd for another attempt at scripting Trump’s exit. Tisha B’Av is just around the corner.

---

Watch The Three-Day Weekend Very Carefully (June 5 – 7)

(3 June 2020) – It looks like a cabinet coup is brewing around Trump over the Floyd Riots PSYOP. Given that the bankster boot-licking council of my own city, Fort Worth, is voting tomorrow to extend a completely unnecessary curfew through the 9th, the 5th through the 11th are danger days. Watch for any coup to be announced overnight (which will allow for the curfew to be extended into a lockdown the next morning).

~ MORE – 4 June 2020 ~

A potential cabinet coup isn’t the only thing we might be facing tomorrow. A number of media outlets have laid the propaganda groundwork for what could be either a nuclear decapitation of the US or the “Mass Arrests of the Deep State” PSYOP…


…from The Drive (top) and Sputnik (bottom)

This massive deployment of security assets to Washington D.C. could be narrated as…

1) “a frantic effort to locate and apprehend a Venezuela-allied narcoterror cell and their North Korean nuke that intelligence indicates may be in the Washington area,” or

2) “a final staging of forces to conduct the mass arrest of the Deep State before they tear the country apart.”

As I mentioned in a previous update, globalist disinformation agents on the New Age side have told of “three days of darkness” during which the mass arrests of the “bad guys” would take place. And June 5, 6, and 7 are three days — three days that end on Orthodox Pentecost. So will an attempted cabinet coup as early as tonight lead to mass arrests tomorrow and over the weekend?

As for the nuclear decapitation option, Trump might be joined in supposed death by Netanyahu…

…from The Jerusalem Post. Here is an excerpt…

“A few days ago, I filed a complaint with the police about a series of threats to murder me and my family,” Netanyahu tweeted Monday. “Today, unfortunately, I had to file another complaint against a vile man who detailed how he intended to murder me and my family.”

The tweet included a screenshot of one of the threats, which called for Netanyahu, his wife and two sons to be beheaded, and then have their bodies hung from the balcony of the prime minister’s residence on Balfour Street in Jerusalem.

“When will the media and the Left, who do not stop for a moment trying to topple a right-wing prime minister, finally condemn the unruly and incessant incitement against me and against my family?” he also tweeted.

The “Deep States” / communists may move on Bolsonaro also, so watch all the NWO heroes over the weekend.

~ later ~

In a bit of good news, the Fort Worth City Council withdrew their effort to extend the curfew. It seems the people here, including me (I contacted my councilman for the first time yesterday), were clear in their demand that it be stopped.

---

Watch for a Potential Escalation of Violence in the US Tomorrow (June 2)

(1 June 2020) – A reader has brought up some interesting points…

On tomorrow, June 2, George Floyd’s family will be marching to Houston City Hall and the Illuminati Uncle Toms in the music industry will be staging their “Blackout Tuesday.” Both of these event will add fuel to the fire on a day of historical import: the anniversary of the June 2 anarchist bombings…

The 1919 United States anarchist bombings were a series of bombings and attempted bombings carried out by the Italian anarchist followers of Luigi Galleani from April through June 1919.

These bombings led to the Red Scare of 1919–1920…

On the evening of June 2, 1919, the Galleanists managed to detonate nine large bombs nearly simultaneously in eight cities. These bombs were much larger than those sent in April, using up to 25 pounds (11 kg) of dynamite and all were wrapped or packaged with heavy metal slugs designed to act as shrapnel. – from Wikipedia

So keep an eye out for bombings tomorrow and in the days to come. The blasts may be attributed to Antifa or to “white supremacists” depending on how the globalists want to play it. And if they opt to blame whites, they’ll target the protesters, which could raise the violence to an entirely new level. Ultimately, the bombings will be blamed on Antifa, George Soros, and the communists.

The 1919 Bombings’ connection to the Red Scare is also notable…

The First Red Scare was a period during the early 20th-century history of the United States marked by a widespread fear of Bolshevism and anarchism, due to real and imagined events; real events included the Russian Revolution and anarchist bombings. At its height in 1919–1920, concerns over the effects of radical political agitation in American society and the alleged spread of communism and anarchism in the American labor movement fueled a general sense of concern. – from Wikipedia

What the globalists are doing with the current Floyd Riots is inducing another Red Scare in America. They’re frightening Americans with a communist “Tet Offensive” from within and without the country. This is intended to drive people to the political right and make them all the more receptive when the “saviors” step in and restore order.

The reader also brought up two additional historical parallels for tomorrow…

1. June 2, 455 was the day the Vandals entered Rome and plundered the city for two weeks. We certainly have a lot of thieving vandals running around the US now, don’t we?
2. Between 1972 and 1980, there was an anarchist group in Germany known as the 2 June Movement. They conducted bombings, shootings, and kidnappings. So don’t be shocked if shootings and kidnappings start happening in connection to the Floyd Riots. There’s a good chance that the globalists will go for broke with this made-for-TV uprising just like they have with the Coronavirus hoax.

---

The Target Guam Scenario

(30 May 2020) – Imagine that a missile suddenly emerges from the Western Pacific Ocean in the next 24 hours. Infrared satellites immediately alert to the fiery plume of the rising death phallus and tracking radars project its trajectory terminating in Guam. Minutes later, one of two things happens: 1) the death phallus is destroyed when it “crosses swords” with an American anti-ballistic missile death phallus, or 2) it explodes in an atomic orgasm directly above Andersen Air Force Base, destroying a vital strategic asset that is key to any US defense of Taiwan.

The event would raise an immediate and urgent question: Who fired the missile?

Radar records will show that the missile’s flight profile matches that of the two-stage North Korean Pukguksong 2/3 SLBMs — China’s JL-2 SLBM is a three-stage design — so all eyes will initially turn to North Korea. Suspicion of North Korea’s guilt will be further bolstered by the intelligence and news reports that preceded the missile’s launch…



…from NHK (top), Navy Recognition (middle), and Yonhap (bottom). Here is an excerpt from the Yonhap article (note how it hints that the new sub may not be in port anymore)…

The Yonhap story quoted a military source as saying that the new 3,000-ton submarine, capable of carrying three submarine-launched ballistic missiles, appears almost ready to be deployed, with South Korean intelligence authorities watching closely for a launching ceremony.

38 North said “no notable activity” has been observed at the construction and finishing halls or their associated parts yard.

“While the awning at the secure boat basin obscures whether or not a submarine is berthed there, the submersible barge is partially visible,” it added.

~ MORE – 31 May 2020 ~

Citing “leaks” from “government sources,” many media talking heads will take the “Kim Jong Un did it” explanation and run with it, demanding immediate retaliation against North Korea. But other talking heads will urge caution…

“We shouldn’t rush to judgment in assigning blame for this attack to North Korea. The North Koreans have absolutely nothing to gain and everything to lose from a nuclear attack on Guam. There has been no great American provocation to trigger such an attack from them, so striking Guam out of the blue would be an irrational and suicidal move on their part.

In discovering the true culprit behind this attack, we must ask ourselves who benefits. And it is not the North Koreans who benefit from striking Guam; it is the Chinese and their ambition to invade Taiwan. Xi Jinping did this.”

The “Kim Jong Un did it” talking heads (the Kimmers) will make a weak attempt to counter the argument of the “Xi Jinping did it” talking heads (the Xiers) by saying that Kim Jong Un may be suffering from postperfusion syndrome (pumphead) after his rumored recent heart surgery. “He may be suffering from confusion and be prone to making irrational decisions,” the Kimmers will opine, “and the communist hardliners may have taken advantage of his diminished capacity to talk him into approving the attack.” The Xiers will respond by pointing out that Kim’s sister is there to watch her brother’s back, so it’s unlikely the hardliners could take advantage of any temporary weakness, especially on something as big as a nuclear attack on America.

The Xiers will go on to point out that…

“Even if the North Koreans were the ones who physically carried out the attack, they would never do such a thing without the approval and support of their Chinese benefactors. So China is behind this attack either way. Either they did it themselves by programming one of their JL-2s to jettison the second stage with the first stage to make it look like a two-stage missile did the attack, or they had the North Koreans do the attack for them. Regardless of which way it went, China and North Korea must be treated as one unit and dealt with at the same time. If you attack just one of them, the other will respond anyway.”

And with that, the evil “Deep State” will have an excuse to take out their supposed enemies, Xi Jinping and Kim Jong Un, and start World War III to “bring in the evil-version New World Order.”

~ MORE – 1 June 2020 ~

At a certain point before or after war actions commence between the US and China, indisputable “intelligence” will be leaked that shows Israel was behind the Guam attack. The submarine used will be identified as a Dolphin 2 that has been refitted with nuclear batteries or a compact nuclear reactor to enable global operations. And the missile used will be identified as a naval variant of Israel’s Sparrow ballistic missile.

The Sparrow family of target missiles were designed to mimic the flight characteristics of various Iranian ballistic missiles and are used in live-fire tests of Israel’s missile defense systems…

There are three known versions of the Sparrow: the Black Sparrow, Blue Sparrow, and Silver Sparrow. Here is a Space News article that offers details on the now-operational Silver Sparrow…

Israel is developing an air-launched target missile to simulate the type of longer-range, evasive ballistic missile threats that its future two-tier Arrow active defense network is designed to intercept.

The two-stage missile, dubbed Silver Sparrow, is a much larger and faster version of the Black Sparrow and Blue Sparrow maneuvering target missiles developed and produced by state-owned Rafael Ltd.

Under a previously unpublicized Ministry of Defense (MoD) contract awarded in recent weeks, Rafael is slated to deliver the first Silver Sparrows by the end of 2012 for testing of Israel’s Arrow-3 upper-tier interceptor now in development.

“We need a new target to simulate as realistically as possible the speeds, ranges and [radar cross-section and infrared] signatures of threats likely to be encountered in the future by Arrow-3,” a senior MoD official said. “We should have that capability at the end of next year with Silver Sparrow, the newest in the family of Rafael target missiles.”

Unlike Israel’s F-15-launched single-stage Black and Blue Sparrows used to test existing Arrow-2 interceptors, the larger Silver Sparrow is planned for launch from C-130 military transport aircraft. But like the 1.2-ton Black Sparrow — designed to mimic Scud-type missiles — and the 1.9-ton Blue Sparrow resembling the Iranian Shahab series of missiles, Silver Sparrow will feature modular warheads to simulate conventional and nonconventionally tipped missiles and will be designed to replicate multiple types of re-entry trajectories.

This modular warhead capability also includes the ability to carry live warheads, which makes the Silver Sparrow ideal for false-flag operations. Any target that gets hit by a Sparrow would assume, based on the flight characteristics of the missile observed on radar and other sensors, that it was hit by an Iranian (or North Korean) missile.

Depending on the size of the naval variant (which I’ll dub the “Gold Sparrow”), it would be fired from the outsized 650 mm torpedo tubes of the Dolphin 2 or released from a canister mounted on the outer hull (modern subs have docking stations on their hulls for the minisubs used by naval commandos). And since it would be a two-stage missile that flies like and looks like (on sensors) a North Korean SLBM, people would assume that’s what it was.

~ MORE – 2 June 2020 ~

Last night, my mother called and told me that Fox News was going after Jared Kushner and blaming him for leading Trump astray, showing sinister pictures of him lurking behind the President. I’d previously told her about Kushner being positioned to play the false Moshiach / decoy Antichrist, so she found it rather amusing. And that brings us to the reason that the Guam attack (or whatever war-starting false-flag they do instead) will ultimately be pinned on Israel: this whole grand drama is about bringing in the Jewish Messiah (the Moshiach), and the globalists need the world to attack Israel so the Moshiach (Putin) can step in and save both Israel and the world from annihilation. So watch for the revelation of Israel’s guilt to come soon before or soon after World War 3 begins. And watch for the final battle to be in Jerusalem.

As for the details of the scripting, the NWO Narrative will claim that the religious Zionists, the Chabad-Lubavitchers, and all their allies and minions unleashed COVID-19 and the war-starting false-flag upon us in order to create a manufactured crisis to which the solution would be Jared Kushner’s elevation as savior and the rise of the evil unilateral / unipolar New World Order. This is bullsh*t of course, because those groups have been grooming Vladimir Putin for the savior role all along. They’re just propping up Kushner as an evil-looking foil that Putin can vanquish, making it look like the “forces of good” have defeated the “forces of evil.”

The globalists have never had any intention of making Jared Kushner the King of the World. “King Jared the Twink” would inspire little awe in his head-scratching subjects…

And as I mentioned yesterday, any war-starting false-flag the globalists attempt will follow the same basic template as the Target Guam Scenario…

1. Hit the US with what appears to be an attack from Russia, Iran, Venezuela, North Korea, and/or China.
2. Bring the world to the brink (or a little past the brink) of World War 3.
3. Reveal that Israel was behind the hit on the US.
4. Have the whole world turn on Israel and attack.
5. Have Israel ready its nukes for retaliation, perhaps even firing them.
6. Have lights in the sky and Vladimir Putin save Israel and the world from destruction.

OTHER 2020 ENTRIES
(from FEB 26 thru APR 2, in chronological order)

(26 February 2020) – Look for a Potential Assassination of Netanyahu Next Week

[I’ve edited this entry to reflect that “Putin has opted to sidestep Erdogan’s trap in Istanbul.”]

On March 2, exactly a week after the joint US-Israel mapping committee began the process of defining the West Bank territories that Israel will annex once Netanyahu forms a government, the Israelis will have their legislative election. This opens the possibility of the globalists staging a fake Mossad/Chabad assassination of Netanyahu to be initially blamed on the Palestinians and “their desperation to stop Netanyahu and the annexations.” The likely method of assassination would be a strike on a polling place or public gathering where Netanyahu is present using a precision-guided “Iranian” drone or missile — a scenario that has been previously foreshadowed…


…from JNS (top) and The Times of Israel (bottom)

According to the scripting, such an assassination would allow Mossad/Chabad…

• to remove “Avatar” Netanyahu (who has supposedly been restraining them from starting their “End Times War to bring in a false Jewish Messiah”),
• to provide a pretext for pushing Trump into attacking the Iranians (“who provided the missile used to kill Netanyahu”), and
• to create a casus belli for an immediate outbreak of hostilities in the West Bank and Gaza (and possibly in Lebanon and Syria also) under Israel’s Chabad-aligned Defense Minister Naftali Bennett…
  
  …from CBN

Of course, Al Aqsa Mosque would be destroyed in the crossfire between the Israelis and Palestinians, thus allowing the Israelis to construct the Third Temple in the aftermath of the conflict.

(27 February 2020) – Putin versus Erdogan & The Destruction of the Vatican

It looks like there may be either an imminent conflict or an imminent emergency summit between the “Dajjal” (Erdogan) and “Moshiach” (Putin)…

…from Zero Hedge

I’ve been waiting for the “still-active Dajjal’s” scripted betrayal of Putin for a long time now, but we should also watch for a potential takedown of Erdogan by the Turkish military or an assassin in accordance with the “defeated Dajjal” scenario I covered in my 21 March 2019 update (from The 2019 Archive)…

…This change in Turkey’s portrayal of ISIS happened after Erdogan did his big U-turn towards Russia, and I’ve previously noted that the change in policy meant that Erdogan will be scripted as either being cornered and defeated by Putin and Soleimani or being switched to a different character in the End Times drama. So seeing the passage in the Zero Hedge article got me looking around for more narrative support propaganda. This is what I found…

…from Ahval. Here is an excerpt…

>>> Turkish politics demonstrates the immense influence of Eurasianist deep-state elements which control the Turkish military while temporarily tolerating and supporting President Recep Tayyip Erdogan…

These deep-state elements are using the power of Erdogan to convince Islamist-conservative grassroots groups in Turkish politics of the necessity of the current political course…

…Erdogan and his inner circle had to “abandon the successful negotiation process with Kurdish separatists for a political solution to the problem and give up their pro-Western foreign policy orientation, including its democratisation side effects,”…

This lead to a criminalising of all former allies of Erdogan, including liberals, Kurds and Gulenists.

“The anti-Western faction in the Turkish military maximized its power and dismissed large numbers of military personnel of all ranks – almost 50 percent of all generals and admirals of Turkish forces and about 18,000 high, middle and low-ranking officers – after the 2016 coup attempt. Currently, the reactivated deep-state military personnel are in key positions in the Turkish armed forces,”…

Erdogan and his inner circle do not reflect the real power constellation in Turkey.

In looking for answers to questions such as “can Erdogan alone control the powerful Turkish military? Why did Erdogan terminate the “Solution Process” with the Kurds? It was his greatest project and the biggest risk of his entire political career. Why did he change course in Syria and in Turkey’s general foreign policy orientation? Why did he decide to develop a strategic partnership with Russia? Why did he purge so many soldiers in the Turkish military and bureaucracy?’’ one is forced to consider Erdogan’s new deep-state partners… <<<

So as you can see, the Ahval article suggests that Erdogan was politically outmaneuvered and is essentially a captive president to the now pro-Russian Turkish military. In other words, the article hints at how the “Dajjal” (Erdogan) was defeated by the “Moshiach” (Putin) and “Mahdi” (Soleimani). The NWO narrative of how it all went down will probably sound something like this…

>>> As the defeat of Damascus grew close, the Mahdi reached out to the Moshiach to intervene with the power of the air. The Moshiach did this. And while he was stopping and reversing the Satanist victory in Syria, he was also reaching out to friendly elements in the Turkish military in order to topple the Dajjal’s kingdom from within.

On June 27, 2016, the Dajjal was defeated by a secret military coup, choosing to surrender and cooperate rather than be toppled. The Turkish military then simulated a public coup 20 days later, after which the Dajjal followed the orders he was given to arrest the Satanic West-leaning elements of the Turkish government and military, thus helping facilitate the victory of the Moshiach and Mahdi. <<<

This, then, is the globalist story of how the “Dajjal” was peacefully defeated.

And I was wondering why the narrative took the Coronavirus to Italy of all places, but now I see…

…from Zero Hedge

Last year, they were planning to destroy the Vatican during its late-February sex abuse conclave; this year, it might happen during a conclave to replace a deceased Pope Francis…

>>> …the “kings of the earth” gather in Rome, possibly during a papal conclave, and are killed by fiery stones or missiles from the sky. <<<

~ MORE ~

Let’s see how Trump responds to Turkey’s calls for aid (Patriot missile batteries and US air patrols or a no-fly zone over Idlib). If he denies US support and instead calls for Turkish forces to “withdraw to the safety of Turkish territory,” it’ll indicate that he’s on the “good Trump” trajectory.

~ later ~

ALERT – Turkey has reportedly launched the long-expected migrant invasion of Europe and appears to be attacking areas where Russian troops are present. It looks like it’s on. Watch for a potential cabinet coup against Trump if he doesn’t back Erdogan. Also watch for a potential assassination play on Putin.

9:44 PM (Texas Time) – Let’s also not forget the US nukes supposedly based at Incirlik Air Base in Turkey. Should Trump refuse assistance to Turkey, Erdogan may seize the US part of the base, its military personnel, and its nukes.

(29 February 2020) – I spent yesterday laying-in supplies for what looks to be a turbulent March. Previously, I’d made elaborate plans to prepare for the transition period, but my strategy proved to have one fatal flaw: I made elaborate plans.

Whenever faced with a daunting task, I’ve always liked to break it down into achievable steps — “baby steps” if you will. But usually by the time I’m done listing out all the steps, I find myself daunted by their sheer number, so I end up doing nothing.

I achieve little if I don’t plan, and when I do plan, I achieve nothing…

So how did I resolve this conundrum? I made a goal that was itself a single baby step: “Go to Costco and buy some canned sh*t.”

Now I have some canned sh*t. So when the end comes, I’ll be eating Wolf Brand Chili.

(1 March 2020) – March Begins: Who will rise and who will fall?

Given the current trajectory of the Coronavirus narrative and Turkey’s launch of the migrant invasion of Europe last week, there is a strong chance that the globalists will finally pull the trigger this month. So starting today and continuing through the Ides of March, we may witness a number of coup removals and/or assassinations of major world leaders as armed conflicts erupt around the world. The key leader to watch, though, is Vladimir Putin.

If you see Putin making “masterful geopolitical moves” in dealing with conflicts in Syria, Israel, and other places, it means we’re on track to see the end of the “Great Tribulation” this month. But if Putin is assassinated, removed, or isolated on the world stage, the “Great Tribulation” is just getting started.

Here are some other things worth noting…

• The Next Lehman Moment is imminent, and it will bring the global economic system to a standstill, but economic activity will be restarted relatively quickly.
• Don’t stress over the Coronavirus (unless you are elderly or have a weakened immune system); it’s only moderately worse than the common flu. But DO stress over any Western or Israeli vaccines for it.
• Watch the skies; the “mysterious triangular objects” that are being seen in space near the International Space Station and orbiting Earth may appear in the air and in numbers by the end of this month. Their arrival would signal the end of the armed conflicts, the Coronavirus “pandemic,” and the global economic collapse.

More points and a comprehensive entry on the Coronavirus Psyop are coming…

(2 March 2020) – The COVID-19 Hype Train: The Catalyst for the NWO Transition

You don’t have to be a medical expert to realize that the hype surrounding COVID-19 (the Wuhan Coronavirus) is ridiculously overblown; you need only look at the numbers, do a little basic math, and apply common sense.

Here are the numbers you start with…

…from the CDC

As you can see, a severe flu season can cause around 61,000 deaths in a single year here in the US. So just imagine if the globalists gave such a year’s dominant flu strain an exotic name like “FLUVID -19” and had the press start breathlessly covering every single infection and death like the plague was upon us. You would see headlines like this…

Well you don’t have to just imagine such shenanigans, because it’s happening right now with COVID-19. To see that this is true, let’s crunch a few numbers…

China has roughly four times the population of the US, and it’s safe to assume that their yearly flu death rates are roughly comparable to ours, so China can have around 244,000 flu deaths in a bad year (61,000 x 4 = 244,000). And those deaths occur during the typical 13-week flu season which stretches from January through early April (remember that COVID-19 infections in China began appearing in numbers in January, right in sync with flu season). So now that we’re 2/3 of the way through flu season, let’s look at how many Chinese have died of COVID-19 so far…

• The official number of dead is currently 2,912, which is only 1.2% of yearly flu deaths in a bad year.
• The alt-media narrative that deaths are actually 10 times higher than what’s being reported would put the number of dead at 29,120, which is only 12% of yearly flu deaths in a bad year.
• The highest alt-media number I’ve seen is that deaths are actually 52 times higher than what’s being reported, which would put the number of dead at 151,424, which is only 62% of yearly flu deaths in a bad year.

So as you can see, the lethality of COVID-19 is somewhere in the same ballpark as that of the common flu.

Now when is the last time you remember governments locking down their cities for flu season? Never, right? So why are they doing it this time?

Clearly, the progressing lockdown of the world has nothing to do with the actual threat posed by COVID-19. It’s about something else, and I’ve already written about it (in the 26 January update)…

On another note, don’t let the Coronavirus hype scare you. The virus is merely an excuse to lock down the population prior to the financial system collapse. People won’t want to attend mass demonstrations if they think they’ll get a deadly virus from doing so.

(3 March 2020) – From the looks of the COVID-19 propaganda coming out today on 3/3, we may see a nationwide/worldwide lockdown of the major cities as early as next week…



…from Zero Hedge (top, middle) and Infowars (bottom)

This lockdown is the final sign that will precede the controlled demolition of the current financial system. Their rationale in using fear of COVID-19 to compel people to “shelter in place” is “we don’t want the terrified monkeys running wild and burning down the zoo when we take the banana dispensing system down for a reboot.”

Under previous versions of the script, they were going to use a cutoff of food stamps and a widespread domestic terror campaign as an excuse to lock down the cities under martial law. But this pandemic approach is much more clever and effective: in people’s minds, they’re unleashing trillions of unseen viral terrorists to threaten a bronchial invasion and pulmonary jihad against anyone who ventures out of their homes during the lockdown. Fear of this invisible enemy will be very effective in motivating people to stay in their homes, and the mega-hyped COVID-19 outbreak will make the government lockdown look justifiable.

(4 March 2020) – Beyond the most obvious reasons for the COVID-19 Psyop…

• to serve as the excuse to lock down the population prior to the economic collapse, and
• to serve as the black swan event that supposedly triggers the collapse,

…there is another key reason…

• to aid the globalists in artificially fulfilling Biblical prophecy.

Specifically, there are two prophecy passages in the Bible that the COVID-19 sham aims to fulfill:

Luke 21:10-11 – Then He continued by saying to them, “Nation will rise against nation and kingdom against kingdom, and there will be great earthquakes, and in various places plagues and famines; and there will be terrors and great signs from heaven.

COVID-19 helps fulfill the “plagues in various places” part, and we’ll explore the other aspects of this passage later in this entry.

Revelation 13:16-17 – And the second beast required all people small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark on their right hand or on their forehead, so that no one could buy or sell unless he had the mark — the name of the beast or the number of its name.

This infamous “Mark of the Beast” passage may be fulfilled by the COVID-19 vaccination program.

The Western version of the vaccine may require that an identification chip be injected into the hand at the time of the shot. This chip would be used to determine if someone has been vaccinated or not, and under the quarantine rules, those who have not been vaccinated may be banned from public places like stores (just like school children who have not had childhood vaccinations have been banned from schools). If the entry scanner at a public place does not detect a vaccination chip in someone, that person would be turned away or carted-off to a “quarantine center.”

If March turns out to be the gateway to the Great Tribulation, you will see this Mark of the Beast system implemented. But if March is the end of the Great Tribulation, Putin and Pals will be narrated as having “saved the world from this terrible fate.” The globalists may do this by having the Russians and Chinese provide a “clean” vaccine or by having Trump provide sequestered healing technology held by the Secret Space Program / US Space Force.

The Trump option has been previously hinted-at by CIA disinfo stooge Robert David Steele…

“As a side note, I am certain that ‘free’ energy, anti-gravity propulsion, and other technologies including healing and anti-aging technologies that have been secret and held back from the public are on the verge of release, perhaps during President Donald Trump’s second term. This will have massive positive political, socio-economic, and techno-demographic implications…” – from the Russian International Affairs Council

On a related note, a couple of readers have contacted me about something I too have noticed: the bifurcation of the COVID-19 narrative in the controlled alt-media — with most sites hyping COVID-19 as a serious pandemic, but other sites blasting the hype or presenting both pro-hype and anti-hype messages. This is actually a fairly common practice in the controlled alt-media, and there is a very practical strategy behind it.

If all of the controlled alt-media (CAM) were to present the same exact message, the percentage of the population that would reject the message would be alienated from the entire CAM and might go off and start thinking for themselves. The globalists can’t have that. So what they do is have the MAJORITY of the CAM present the message they wish to promote at the moment, and have a MINORITY of the CAM act as controlled opposition to that message. That way, those who reject the message will be drawn to the controlled opposition and remain under the sway of the CAM.

At the current moment, the globalists want the public to see COVID-19 as a serious threat, so the majority of the CAM are hyping it up. At the same time, they’re having the controlled opposition minority of the CAM reject the hype and promote Trump, who is also taking a public stance against the COVID-19 hysteria. A prime example of a controlled opposition message can be found in a disinfo piece sent to me by reader Glen-Glenda…

…from Veterans Today. Here are some key parts of the article…

The Americans cannot be trusted — the President has the right idea but the CIA and CDC are fearmongering, the first from ignorance the second from a malicious interest in budget building and Deep State undermining of President Trump’s re-election prospects…

President Trump CAN be trusted…

…the prospects of an untested vaccine possibly including digital ID and in the worst case sterilization elements to advance the depopulation agenda…

As you can see, disinfo stooge Steele is acting as controlled opposition to capture the attention of those who are rejecting the COVID-19 hype. And what is he selling those people? The NWO narrative of course…

• “The evil Deep State is behind the fake pandemic, and they want to chip you and sterilize you.”
• “President Trump is a good guy who is fighting against the dastardly villains, and they are trying to remove him from office.”

With articles like the Veterans Today piece, the controlled opposition CAM are providing the narrative for the potential end of the Great Tribulation.

(6 March 2020) – Getting back to the reasons for the COVID-19 bioweapon release — and moving beyond the global reasons of locking down the population, triggering the financial system collapse, and artificially fulfilling Biblical prophecy — there are specific reasons that China was chosen as the release point.

Reason 1 – To help ameliorate the graying of the Chinese population. Due to the former one-child policy of the Chinese Communist Party, China’s population has become unbalanced, with too many old people and too few young. By killing off the elderly and leaving children untouched, Wuhan Coronavirus aids in the rebalancing.

Reason 2 – To help reorient the Chinese economy away from an export-driven model and towards a domestic consumption-driven model. By stopping the very heart of the China-centered global supply chain network with the COVID-19 outbreak, the globalists are providing a reason for companies all over the world to diversify and localize their supply chains.

Reason 3 – To provide narrative support for the Chinese part of the prophecy fulfillment program:

Under a “Xi as a First Tribulation Avatar / Second Tribulation Antichrist” scripting, the bioweapon release…

• provides a First Tribulation “Zionist/Western race-based bioweapon attack” narrative to aid in Xi’s rise to Avatar (hero) status, and
• provides a Second Tribulation “Xi actually ordered the bioweapon attack to provide cover for killing-off his opponents” narrative to aid in Xi’s revelation as an antichrist.

Under a “Xi as a First Tribulation Antichrist” scripting, the bioweapon release…

• provides cause for Xi’s fall this year.

You can read more about Reason 3 in the 8 February update further down this page. And you can read more about the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment program in Ken’s Collected Writings on the Globalist Prophecy Fulfillment Deception, as well as in various updates further down this page.

Here are some other things worth noting today…

Note 1 – A reader has reminded me that March 11 is Qasem Soleimani’s birthday, so it would be the perfect day for a false-flag attack to be pinned on the “vengeful Iranians.” And since the globalists are eager to stage a short war between the Palestinians and Israelis so they can knock down Al Aqsa Mosque in the crossfire, an attack that would trigger that war tops the list of false-flag possibilities.

As was noted in the 26 February update (a little further down this page), an assassination attempt on Benjamin Netanyahu using a precision-guided “Iranian” missile or drone “fired by Hamas” would do nicely to start the war. And since the Mossad will know better than anyone the exact location of Netanyahu at the time of the attack, they will be the ones who actually launch the missile/drone.

The globalists will most likely narrate the attack either killing or injuring Netanyahu. That way, the door will be opened for Israel’s Chabad-connected Defense Minister Naftali Bennett to take the initiative in starting the war. And once Al Aqsa Mosque has been taken out, the war will be stopped by a resurrected/recovered Netanyahu with the help of Donald Trump and Vladimir Putin — that’s the most likely form of the script at least.

Note 2 – In the leadup to yesterday’s emergency summit between Putin and Erdogan, some interesting headlines surfaced in the controlled alt-media…



…from Zero Hedge (top, middle) and Infowhores (bottom)

These articles hint at an imminent fall for “Erdogan the Dajjal” (the Muslim Antichrist figure of the First Tribulation). Here are some excerpts from the articles along with my comments:

Let’s start with snippets from the Zero Hedge article on top…

It looks like Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan is headed for the political gallows a lot quicker than I ever thought.

His offensive in Idlib has bogged down. And a day before he’s scheduled to meet with Russian President Vladimir Putin in Moscow Erdogan Turkish parliament degrades quickly as opposition speaks out against his Syria campaign…

It’s clear Erdogan’s support at home is deteriorating quickly. And his push into Syria is a grave miscalculation as I’ve noted in other posts…

Remember, Russia holds a lot of sway over the Turkish economy and, as such, controls a fair amount of Erdogan’s political capital hostage. No matter how he tries to spin this, he’s the aggressor here and Putin knows he’s an unreliable partner.

The Russian Ministry of Defense isn’t playing games. In the same way that they systematically revealed the real narrative of U.S. support of the Syrian Civil War during the early stages of their military intervention it is now doing the same thing to Erdogan’s betrayal of the 2018 Sochi agreement.

So the narrative is that Erdogan may fall because he has alienated all of Turkey’s old friends (the US and EU) and new friends (the Russians), and he has put Turkey on course for a war against most all of their neighbors and other regional powers — a multi-front war that cannot possibly end well for the Turkish nation.

Now let’s continue on with snippets from the Zero Hedge article in the middle…

Starting Tuesday Turkey’s parliament began a closed session on the situation in Idlib province, where Erdogan’s military adventurism to protect al-Qaeda linked factions coming under Russian-Syrian air power is resulting in mounting Turkish troop casualties and the potential for escalation with the Russians, not to mention a new ‘state of war’ footing with Damascus.

Near daily new dead and wounded have been reported after 34 Turkish soldiers were killed on Feb. 27 in an airstrike blamed by Ankara on Syria — but widely believed to have been carried out by Russia.

Underscoring the mounting domestic anger and divide over Erdogan’s getting the Turkish Army more deeply bogged down in northwest Syria — after he days ago declared a large military offensive against pro-Assad forces — a large brawl erupted in parliament Wednesday after an MP lashed out at President Erdogan over his reckless Syria policy…

“Are you looking for Satan? You are the Satan cutting deals with the U.S. (for Idlib) You sent our soldiers to die for this,” the opposition MP said.

It’s notable that the Turkish MP called Erdogan “the Satan” since Erdogan is tasked with playing a Satanic figure in the globalist prophecy fulfillment program. What’s also notable was the section on the “airstrike blamed by Ankara on Syria — but widely believed to have been carried out by Russia.” The Russians have actually denied that they carried out the strike, instead pointing the finger at Syrian forces, but I’ve come across no admissions by the Syrians that they did it. This raises an obvious question…

Was the airstrike that put Erdogan and Putin at each other’s throats actually carried out by an Israeli F-35? If it was, it will be narrated that Israeli Defense Minister Naftali Bennett secretly arranged the strike, and he may arrange another to break the ceasefire agreement Erdogan and Putin made at the March 5 summit in Moscow. Might that second strike come on the 11th?

Finally, here are snippets from the Infowars article on bottom…

Rather than submit to this latest mass invasion, Greeks rose up against their own government and fought off their own police to stop new refugee centers from being built on their once pristine islands…

The Greek government quickly caved and threw their support behind their own people demanding an end to the invasion.

Seeing Erdogan’s transparent ploy for what it was, the EU for once decided to do the right thing and stand with Greece against weaponized migration.

So the narrative is that a populist uprising in Greece is responsible for the Greek government attempting to block the migrant invasion, and the NWO narrative will say that it was the “Satanic” Western leaders’ fear of an EU-wide popular uprising that forced them to come to Greece’s aid. Since the NWO narrative holds that the “Satanic” Western leaders have been working together all along with the “radical Islamist” Erdogan to invade and destroy “Christian civilization,” the Western Satanists are effectively leaving their Islamist partner hanging in the wind.

Since Erdogan’s fall would be indicative of the ending of the First Tribulation, seeing it happen this month would be good news for all of us… at least for a time.

(7 March 2020) – It looks like the Ides of March removal attempt on Trump will be related to the Coronavirus. Should he be scripted as resisting recommendations to lock down the country “to reduce the spread of COVID-19,” his attempted removal will come as a cabinet coup “initiated in response to his disastrous handling of an imminent threat to millions of American lives”…


…from The Guardian and Banned.Video

Take note of the fact that Alex Jones profits from the COVID-19 hysteria through sales of storable food and health supplements. And the man he’s interviewing, Mike Adams, is also making a killing selling various health potions and snake oils to scared people. Other controlled alt-media sites profit from the hysteria through sales of survival supplies and precious metals, and through advertising revenues, memberships, and donations generated by their clickbait fear porn. So not only do they get paid by the globalists to lie to us, but they also set up additional ways of profiting from the propaganda they push.

Getting back to Trump, the globalists could also script him as becoming incapacitated or dying from COVID-19 “that he contracted during a domestic trip.” The NWO narrative would later claim that he was deliberately infected during his visit to the VRC or CDC. Here he is standing right next to a researcher who works with COVID-19 at the VRC…

Should the nationwide lockdown be initiated next week, it will look different than that of China. It is doubtful that they’ll try to force people to remain in their homes (propaganda-generated fear will take care of that), but they WILL lock down domestic travel and food distribution points. It’s no wonder that the Walmart down the street installed gates at the doors just recently.

If you’re a dissident type, you might not want to be caught traveling or visiting a big store after the lockdown. In China, security forces disguised in medical garb have been going door-to-door with rigged thermometers to carry off dissidents and regime opponents; in the West, the guys with the rigged thermometers will wait for you to get stir-crazy or hungry and come to them. Have a friend go instead.

All that being said, if the globalists are going to make their big move this month, they’ll have to get started next week. And given their predisposition towards numerological and historical tie-ins, there are some key dates to watch in the weeks ahead:

• the 11th, which is a favored date for false-flag operations
• Friday the 13th, which is tied-in to the concept of disastrous bad luck
• the 15th, the Ides of March, which is tied-in to the betrayal and death of Julius Caesar
• the 19th, which is the Spring Equinox, when “light returns to equality with darkness and begins to push it back”
• the 22nd, which is a favored date for big revelations and earth-changing events
• the 23rd, which is a holy number in Kabbalism

With these dates and their meanings set before us, we begin to see a shape to how the globalists might schedule events this month…

A false-flag attack next Wednesday the 11th could get a war crisis started, which would be followed by an attempted leadership shuffle from Friday the 13th through Sunday the 15th. Resolution would be reached between the 19th and 23rd. So on the 22nd, we might see the Avatars left standing or the Antichrists. Watch for the one who shows up in Jerusalem to stand in the holy place.

(8 March 2020) – I’m off today, but a reader reminded me that the USS Harry Truman (an aircraft carrier) is near Iran in the Arabian Sea. Upon doing a quick check on things, I discovered that the captain of the Truman is an Iranian (and thus a prime target for “Iranian revenge”), and I remembered that the Iranians are attributing their COVID-19 outbreak to an American bioweapon (WMD) attack. This creates a scripted motivation for the Iranians to launch a WMD attack of their own, which will serve nicely as cover for an Israeli false-flag. I also remembered the fact that if the globalists opt to end the Great Tribulation this month, we’re due for a nuclear war scare before the heroes show up to save the day. So watch for the Truman to get nuked — supposedly by Iran, but actually by Israel — this week.

For more general information about the possible attack, read the entry titled The Israeli False-Flag Sinking of a US Aircraft Carrier in the Persian Gulf, which is further down this page.

ALERT (9 March 2020) – The announcement of Pope Francis’s death by Coronavirus is imminent, and it will most likely occur between March 11-15, with Friday the 13th being the most likely day (it is the exact 7-year mark of his “Antichrist” papacy)…

…from Wikipedia

BE ADVISED THAT THE GLOBALISTS HAVE PLANNED A LARGE-SCALE ATTACK ON ROME THAT WILL COME WHEN ALMOST ALL THE CARDINALS HAVE GATHERED TO ELECT A NEW POPE, SO IT IS INADVISABLE TO STAY IN THE CITY AFTER THE ANNOUNCEMENT.

Considering the possibility that Rome could face a Coronavirus lockdown prior to the announcement, if I were in Rome now, I’d be packing my bags and going to stay with friends or family in the countryside by tomorrow at the latest.

~ MORE ~

It didn’t take them long to react — a little over 2 and a half hours after I posted this Alert, they locked down all of Italy. IF I WERE IN ROME, I WOULD LEAVE IMMEDIATELY, EVEN IF I HAD TO WALK BY FOOT THROUGH THE COUNTRYSIDE. More details have been added to the Alert below.

~ MORE ~

On Tuesday, March 3rd, a report was widely circulated in the media that claimed the Pope had been tested for COVID-19 and the test came back negative. As it turns out, that report may have been misleading. I discovered this a couple of days ago when I ran across the following report from a Catholic news site…

…from Crux. Here is an excerpt…

A mini-panic broke out in Rome Tuesday following an article in the Roman newspaper Il Messaggero by veteran Vatican reporter Franca Giansoldati, who reported that Pope Francis has undergone a test for the coronavirus and the results were negative…

What drove Vatican-watchers batty is not so much the idea that Francis’s medical team would have carried out a test for the coronavirus – which, since he’s sick and the disease has a large footprint in Italy, seems an entirely reasonable precaution. In fact, given the circumstances, the real story probably would have been why the pope hadn’t been tested for the disease.

Instead, the thing driving some people crazy is that the Vatican didn’t provide any comment on Giansoldati’s story, so that journalists have been left to traffic in second-hand reports and conjecture rather than officially confirmed information…

There’s a grand history of such refusals. On August 19, 1914, for example, L’Osservatore Romano, the official Vatican newspaper, published a stinging editorial denouncing unnamed commentators who had suggested the previous day that Pope Pius X had a cold.

Less than twenty-four hours later, Pius X was dead.

When I saw this report — and its blatant foreshadowing — a couple of days ago, I knew the “Pope’s death by Coronavirus” side story was still in play, so I’ve been watching the news for more signs. This morning, a sign came…

…from Yahoo News / AFP. Here is an excerpt…

The Argentine-born pope has been out with a cold for more than a week, cancelling many of his public appearances.

Although he had a part of a lung removed when he was young, the pope has enjoyed a life of good health and follows a rigorous schedule.

His unusual absence during the coronavirus scare prompted immediate speculation that he had contacted COVID-19.

A newspaper reported last week that the pope had been tested for the virus and came out clean, although the Vatican never confirmed it.

When I saw that the mainstream media were mentioning the Vatican’s failure to confirm the Pope’s Coronavirus-free status, alarm bells started going off. They were preparing people for something. It was then that I decided to remind myself of the Pope’s exact inauguration date and saw that its 7th anniversary fell on Friday the 13th.

Now here’s the thing: it’s likely that the Pope isn’t sick at all, but that won’t stop the Vatican from announcing his death by Coronavirus this week. He’ll just go into seclusion in a special bunker in the Vatican catacombs while his globalist pals play out the planned drama above ground — and the drama that’s planned for Rome is a doozy.

There is a Kabbalist prophecy that calls for Rome’s destruction by fiery stones or missiles from the sky during a Vatican conclave. And since the Kabbalists are the ones running the show, you can be certain that they’ve gone to great pains to assure that all their prophecies are fulfilled.

Many of the Kabbalists come from families that were impacted by the Spanish Inquisition, so they’ve been looking forward to the day they can destroy Rome for a very long time. First, they infiltrated it, then they corrupted it, now they control it, and soon they’ll destroy it. After that, I guess they’ll celebrate it…

In yesterday’s update, I mentioned that if the globalists intend this month to be the end of the Great Tribulation, we’ll see a nuclear war scare come upon us. This nuclear scare may begin by one or more nukes popping off, since that would make the threat of a full nuclear exchange between the US and Russia all the more real and all the more terrifying. Rome could be one of the nuke targets, as could the USS Truman. Another option is that they’ll have a “desperate” Erdogan seize the US nukes supposedly at Incirlik Air Base and hold them hostage. We’ll just have to wait and see which nuclear scare option(s) they’ll choose.

~ MORE ~

Get a load of this…

…from the Drudge Report at 7:07 PM Texas Time

Is it just a coincidence that the Dow closed down by 2,013 points today? And is it just a coincidence that the Drudge headline left out the comma so the points read like a year? If we are seeing the end of the First Tribulation, then its beginning was 7 years ago in March of 2013. So the globalists could be signalling that today’s stock market crash was the beginning of the end of the First Tribulation. You can read about what happened in March of 2013 further down this page in the 15 February update, which is in an article titled Globalist Scripting Possibilities for March of 2020.

(10 March 2020) – Back in the 7 March update, I wrote this…

Getting back to Trump, the globalists could also script him as becoming incapacitated or dying from COVID-19 “that he contracted during a domestic trip.” The NWO narrative would later claim that he was deliberately infected during his visit to the VRC or CDC.

Well have a look at what showed up on Drudge this morning…

…Note the picture of Trump and Pence at the top.

Also take a gander at one of headlines on Infowars this morning…

…Here is an excerpt…

Rep. Doug Collins (R-Ga.) announced Monday he will become the third GOP lawmaker to “self-quarantine” themselves after coming into contact with an individual during CPAC who later tested positive for Wuhan Coronavirus.

In addition to this revelation, a picture on AP Images shows President Trump shaking hands with Collins at Dobbins Air Reserve Base in Marietta, Ga. on Friday, March 6…

Ironically, President Trump met Collins in Georgia to attend a tour and briefing of CDC Atlanta focusing on how to best respond to coronavirus.

So if you put the two headlines together, Trump was potentially exposed to COVID-19 on the 6th, and he might start showing symptoms 5 days later on the 11th. If he does, watch for his supposed infection to take him out of commission by the 15th, which brings us to the guy with whom he’s pictured above the Drudge headlines, Mike Pence.

Back in August of 2017, I wrote an article titled Globalist Prophecy Watch: Update 8 – Apocalyptic propaganda and the “Grey Champion.” The article spoke of the potential that the Pope would give rise to an antichrist figure the prophecy propagandists called “the Grey Champion”…

…from SkyWatch TV

Here is an excerpt from my article…

Upon reading through the World Net Daily article to which the SkyWatch article pointed, I took away three things…

1) It describes the “Grey Champion” in a way that allows Vladimir Putin to fulfill the role.

2) It lays the foundation for a “decoy Grey Champion” who will come first — a role to be fulfilled by either Mike Pence or “Zombie Trump” (a Trump that cuts a deal with the “deep state” for border wall funding or for killing NAFTA and lets them have their way on Russia).

3) It suggests that Vladimir Putin’s initial leadership role in the New World Order / “reformed” UN will be that of an “eminence grise”: a powerful decision-maker or adviser who operates “behind the scenes” or in a non-public or unofficial capacity. The Secretary-General will not make a move unless Putin okays it first.

So with this “Grey Champion” bullsh*t in mind, let’s look at how it may have been fulfilled earlier this year (the following excerpt is from one of the 25 January updates, which is further down this page)…

Getting back to the subject of watching Mike Pence this week, look at how the Jesuit-run America Magazine covered yesterday’s meeting between Pence and the Pope…

…Here is an excerpt…

>>> U.S. Vice President Mike Pence met Pope Francis in the Vatican at noon on Jan. 24, and the two spoke together in private for an hour, a surprisingly long time for an audience with someone who is not a head of state. It was their first meeting.

Pope Francis welcomed the vice president, who was raised Catholic, and then led him into the private library where he receives heads of state and distinguished guests and where he received President Trump on May 24, 2017…

Before the two leaders met, one Vatican official told America the meeting was a “courtesy” visit, as Mr. Pence was also visiting Italy and was scheduled to meet with the country’s president, Sergio Mattarella, who also attended the Holocaust Forum, and Prime Minister Giuseppe Conte. But given the length of the meeting it could have been much more. The Vatican did not issue a press statement, since the vice president is not a head of state…

Mr. Pence’s audience with Pope Francis took place as the U.S. Senate is holding the impeachment trial of President Trump. <<<

So now that Pence has kissed the asses of Israel and the Vatican this week, let’s see if some new impeachment-impacting bombshell about Trump explodes at the beginning of the weekly news cycle on Monday. Pence’s nose is now brown-enough to be President.

Of course, the globalists backed off from transitioning to Pence via impeachment, but this week will provide another opportunity to bring him in via Trump’s incapacitation, death, or 25th Amendment removal.

~ MORE ~

Did the globalists get cold feet overnight? Some unexpected things happened today…

1. Xi Jinping visited Wuhan to take a victory lap, which could be an indication that the COVID-19 hype in China is about to be wound down.
2. The Russian Duma made their opening move towards allowing Vladimir Putin to extend his presidency, which could be an indication that the globalists are anticipating a delay in implementing the NWO (so they need to extend his term to keep him in position to play the savior in another prophecy fulfillment timetable).
3. The stock market slide was halted.

It’s too early to know if they’re bailing on their March plans or not, but if we get to the 16th without a serious event, it will be a very good sign. In case they’re not bailing, though, the fireworks could begin as soon as tomorrow the 11th.

(11 March 2020) – While we wait to see if the March agenda will go ahead or not, I thought I’d share something I saw when I visited Mike Adams’s Coronavirus-hyping disinfo site on Monday…

…from Natural News

He calls the clear-headed people who don’t buy the Coronavirus hype “pandemic DENIERS“! I laughed my as* off when I saw that. What a fu*king tool.

So after spending decades doing faux-truthing about the need to stop a martial law lockdown in America, why is it that the controlled alt-media are the ones hysterically overhyping the wimpy Coronavirus and demanding that Trump lock down the country? – Here are a couple of reasons:

• To aid the globalists in their all-hands (both mainstream media and controlled alt-media) effort to scare the public with the virus, lock down the world, then implode the current financial system, and
• To provide “right wing” political cover for Trump to do the lockdown and pretend he’s not aiding the globalists, but somehow stopping them: “To stop the Deep State from killing millions of Americans, Trump must act now to halt the spread of the virus!!!” Then later, when it turns out that few actually died from COVID-19, they’ll say the lockdown was what saved us.

Of course, all this is moot if the globalists have bailed on their March agenda. If that turns out to be the case, the COVID-19 hype in the West will continue through this month without a total lockdown, then wind down in April when they claim “the warmer weather has halted the spread of the virus.” The central banks would then put the global economy back on zombie life support until another September or March comes along.

On another note, it has occurred to me that we’ve got the Kabbalists by the balls when it comes to the Kabbalist prophecies they’re obligated to fulfill. If, for instance, they go ahead and narrate the Pope’s death and destroy Rome in accordance with the Zohar prophecy, they’ll draw a great deal of attention to this blog’s narrative of their activities. So by the time they get to their resolution phase over March 19-23, their own narrative would be in serious jeopardy. And if they try to go ahead without destroying Rome, they’d be letting down all their ancestors and showing the Zohar for the useless fraud that it is.

Basically, they’re caught between a rock and a hard place. And we’re going to keep them there. So if you run across any more prophecies that are supposedly derived from the primary texts of the Kabbalah, send me the info and I’ll take care of the rest.

Later, we’ll look at the truth about the make-believe COVID-19 mortality statistics.

(11 March 2020) – A partial (or total) US lockdown may be announced later today. You can see the propaganda they’re using to set it up in this CNBC article…

Here is an excerpt…

A top U.S. health official said the worst is yet to come with a new coronavirus outbreak that has already infected more than 1,000 people across the nation, prompting state officials from New York to Washington to close schools and even mobilize troops outside of Manhattan.

“I can say we will see more cases and things will get worse than they are right now,” Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, told the House Oversight and Reform Committee at a hearing on the nation’s preparedness for the outbreak Wednesday.

How much worse depends on two things, he said: containing the influx of infected people coming from other countries and containing local outbreaks within the U.S.…

Fauci said the total number of U.S. infections and deaths will be “totally dependent upon how we respond to it.”

“I can’t give you a number,” he said. “I can’t give you a realistic number until we put into the factor of how we respond. If we’re complacent and don’t do really aggressive containment and mitigation, the number could go way up and be involved in many many millions“…

President Donald Trump summoned the panel of witnesses to an emergency meeting at the White House later Wednesday, cutting the hearing short, Committee Chairwoman Rep. Carolyn Maloney said at the top of the hearing.

“This morning we were informed that President Trump and Vice President Pence have called our witnesses to an emergency meeting at the White House. We don’t know the details, just that it’s extremely urgent,” Maloney, D-NY, said.

So here is a (Catholic) government doctor calling for “aggressive containment” just like the controlled alt-media. And given the “emergency meeting at the White House” and the fact that this is the 11th, look for the possible lockdown of cities that have reported COVID-19 cases (if not a total US lockdown). If it’s the latter, the Next Lehman Moment is coming quite soon.

Looking again at the CNBC article, there is one critical matter that needs to be pointed out: it states that 1,000 people in the US have been infected with COVID-19 and 31 have died. And very dishonest doctors and disinformation agents are doing the math and stating that this represents a 3.1% fatality rate. This is laughable bullsh*t, and I’ll tell you why…

It is easy to count those who have died from COVID-19, so the 31 number is probably accurate.

BUT NO ONE KNOWS HOW MANY AMERICANS HAVE BEEN INFECTED WITH COVID-19 BECAUSE THERE HAS BEEN INADEQUATE TESTING OF THE GENERAL POPULATION.

So if there are actually…

• 10,000 AMERICANS WHO HAVE BEEN INFECTED — WITH 9,000 OF THOSE HAVING NOT BEEN TESTED AND COUNTED — THEN THE FATALITY RATE FALLS TO 0.31%
• 20,000 AMERICANS WHO HAVE BEEN INFECTED — WITH 19,000 OF THOSE HAVING NOT BEEN TESTED AND COUNTED — THEN THE FATALITY RATE FALLS TO 0.16%
• AND SO ON

IN OTHER WORDS, THEY ARE DELIBERATELY INFLATING THE MORTALITY RATE BY DELIBERATELY UNDERCOUNTING THE NUMBER OF INFECTIONS. Haven’t you seen the news reports on the lack of testing kits and the denial of tests to those who have requested them?

There is, however, one place where infections and deaths have been accurately counted: in the cruise ship that was stranded off Japan…

…from the Daily Mail

(Expansion 1) – The fact that all of the cruise passenger deaths were in those over 70 years of age is of particular note, because the numbers DO suggest that COVID-19 hits the elderly much harder than anyone else — perhaps as much as 10 times harder. Here is another mainstream article that covers how it impacts different age groups…

…from Stat. Here is a key section…

The death toll skews old even more strongly. Overall, China CDC found, 2.3% of confirmed cases died. But the fatality rate was 14.8% in people 80 or older, likely reflecting the presence of other diseases, a weaker immune system, or simply worse overall health. By contrast, the fatality rate was 1.3% in 50-somethings, 0.4% in 40-somethings, and 0.2% in people 10 to 39.

Mind you, the actual mortality rates offered in the article are overstated for the same reason ours are: the Chinese government had a vested interest in undercounting the infections and inflating the mortality rate to justify their lockdown. But the proportions of the death rates are likely accurate since it’s easy to account for the ages of those who actually died. And the proportions show that COVID-19 is an engineered tool of social Darwinism: it kills off the elderly and the weak. The actual death rates in other age groups aren’t sufficiently different from the common flu that special precautions are necessary. This means there is no need to lock down the general population; we need only protect the elderly. So just like in China, the US lockdown will be done to serve certain purposes of the government, not to “protect the citizens” (it will do quite the opposite in fact).

(Note – Upon going back to the CNBC article for excerpts, I found they’d changed it. We might look at what changed and why later on.)

(Expansion 2) – So here’s how things are likely to go after today’s lockdown decision…

If Trump refuses to issue a lockdown or authorizes only a partial lockdown, the media will come after him for failing to take adequate action to prevent the deaths of millions of Americans. And this will give the person in charge of the government’s Coronavirus response, Vice President Mike Pence, political cover to stage a cabinet coup against Trump in the March 13-15 timeframe (either that or Trump will come become incapacitated with a COVID-19 infection).

What happens after that will be determined by whether the globalists intend this month to be the start of the “Great Tribulation” or its end…

IF MARCH IS THE START OF THE GREAT TRIBULATION, one of the following will happen…

• Trump will fall and Mike Pence will become President, likely selecting Jared Kushner as his VP, or
• Trump will survive and replace Mike Pence with Jared Kushner — he’ll do this “because he is under siege and needs a VP he can totally trust and because Nancy Pelosi wouldn’t dare block the confirmation of such a powerful Jew.” Trump might then “die” on or about March 22.

IF IT IS THE END OF THE GREAT TRIBULATION, Trump will survive and appoint either Tulsi Gabbard or Rand Paul as his VP. Since Tulsi’s nomination would be such a political masterstroke, she’s the odds-on favorite. Gabbard and Paul are the globalists’ choice to lead the post-Crisis Democratic Party and Republican Party (respectively).

(11 March 2020) – I’ve been trying to pin down the details of the supposed emergency meeting at the White House, and it turns out that it might be “fake news”: White House Says There Is No Emergency Meeting on Coronavirus. But then again, there’s this: “In the United States, where there are now more than 1,000 cases, the White House is considering moving all of Europe to a Level 3 travel advisory, discouraging all nonessential travel to those regions. President Trump said he will address the nation at 9 p.m.“ – from The Washington Post

So if Trump does address the nation and issues no lockdown, the scenarios mentioned in the second alert expansion below could be triggered.

Note: Just in time for the 11th and a possible US lockdown…

…from Zero Hedge

(12 March 2020) – I’ve noticed all the controlled alt-media sites trying desperately to prop up the Coronavirus scare by talking of mortality rates as high as 6%, so tomorrow morning, we’ll take an even harder look at the ongoing mortality rate fraud. And we’ll see why even Dr. Fauci’s 1% figure is a major overstatement. It’s time for a reality check.

~ MORE ~

Tomorrow will be Friday the 13th, so be on alert for three events that could happen that day…

1. President Trump could fall ill to COVID-19,
2. the Vatican could announce the death of Pope Francis by COVID-19, and/or
3. the stock market could plunge by 20% and be closed for the day.

One or more of these events could “light a fire under Vice President Pence to lead a 25th Amendment removal of President Trump due to his ‘incapacity’ to properly handle the COVID-19 Crisis”…


…from NBC News (top) and Business Insider (bottom)

ALERT (12 March 2020) – The seeds for a potential Friday the 13th stock market panic have already been sown. New York City has declared a state of emergency over COVID-19, and then there’s this…

…from Business Insider. Here is one of the article’s bullet points…

The NYSE’s contingency plan would replace its human/electronic-broker hybrid with a backup system that hasn’t yet been used during a real-world trading session, The Wall Street Journal reported.

So Friday the 13th could be the last trading day before they lock down the New York Stock Exchange and go to their under-tested backup system on Monday. And if the backup system breaks down on Monday — which it almost certainly will under the current chaotic trading conditions — people would be unable to sell their stocks while all the COVID-19 chaos unfolds around them. This creates a strong motivation for investors to liquidate their positions on Friday, so there is a strong possibility we’ll see a 20% drop followed by a closure for the day.

There’s also this: a breakdown of the computerized backup system on Monday could easily be blamed on foreign hackers — perhaps Iran? This would provide an excuse to start a war.

~ MORE ~

I’ve run across a couple of articles that offer some foreshadowing:

The first is from The Wall Street Journal…

And the second is from the International Business Times…

…Here is an excerpt…

Wall Street Journal reported that floor traders handle critical processes, especially during the 4 p.m. closing auctions which determine end-of-day prices for thousands of stocks. These closing prices are used as benchmarks by innumerable index funds and exchange-traded funds as well as futures and options contracts.

“The closing auction is arguably the most important moment of the trading day,” said Greg Tusar, a former global head of electronic trading at Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (GS). “Anything that happens to it that hasn’t been tested is a risk that is material in nature.”

Cunningham added: “There are more stocks that we actually want to apply that human judgment to because they open with less volatility and investors get better prices.”

(13 March 2020) – In the 11 March Alert (a little further down this page), I mentioned that they changed the CNBC article I referenced, and I said that we might have a look at what changed later on. Well, now is later…

…And as you can see, what changed is that they highlighted the 1% death rate claimed by Dr. Fauci — a figure that was then plastered across all the mainstream media.

As was also noted in the 11 March Alert, two things are needed to calculate an ACCURATE American death rate for COVID-19:

1) An ACCURATE count of the Americans who have died from COVID-19, which we probably have — the figure was a measly 38 as of yesterday, and

2) An ACCURATE count of the number of Americans who are infected with COVID-19, WHICH WE ARE NOWHERE NEAR TO HAVING. Even the mainstream media have admitted as much…

Nearly two weeks after the new coronavirus was first found to be spreading among Americans, the United States remains dangerously limited in its capacity to test people for the illness, an ongoing investigation from The Atlantic has found.

After surveying local data from across the country, we can only verify that 4,384 people have been tested for the coronavirus nationwide, as of Monday at 4 p.m. eastern time. These data are as comprehensive a compilation of official statistics as currently possible.

The lack of testing means that it is almost impossible to know how many Americans are infected with the coronavirus and suffering from COVID-19, the disease it causes. While our analysis has tracked state and local announcements that more than 570 people in 36 states are infected, experts say that number is almost certainly too small to reflect the full extent of the disease’s spread in the U.S. Not enough Americans have been tested for officials to know how many people are ill, they say. – from The Atlantic

And the dearth of testing spoken of in the Atlantic article continues to this day (and quite on purpose, since undercounting the infected inflates the calculated death rate)…

…from Yahoo News. Here is an excerpt…

Despite insistent promises from the Trump administration, coronavirus testing in the United States appears to be proceeding with a marked lack of urgency. An examination of state and federal records by Yahoo News finds that American states are, on average, testing fewer than 100 people per day — while the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention had tested fewer than 100 people total in the first two days of this week.

Since there is so little data from which to draw an even halfway accurate conclusion — or even an honest estimate — on the American COVID-19 death rate figure, any figure offered from the US data is a mere guesstimate that reflects the bias of the guesstimator. And where did Dr. Fauci get the “number of infected” figure he plugged into the equation to come out with a 1% death rate? I can tell you exactly where he got it: he pulled it straight out of his as*. And given that he’s a Catholic, I’m guessing that his priest was the one who stuck it up there. Basically, he chose a 1% death rate because the narrative of a higher death rate isn’t flying with the awakening elements of the public, and they wanted to scare people with a nice, round number: “COVID-19’s 1% mortality rate is 10 times higher than that of the common flu!”

In the next section, we’ll look at the death rate in a relatively honest country that is good with math and has done MUCH more testing of their population than has the US: South Korea. We’ll also take a second look at the Diamond Princess death rate. Then we’ll go on to look at the bullsh*t 6% figure that is coming from the Vatican-allied mafia greaseballs in the Italian government.

Check back every few hours or so over the course of the day and the weekend. I’m just getting started with these motherfu*kers.

“Dr. Fauci, Health Ranger, Kabbalists, Italian mafia goombahs… we come for you! We come for you!”…

…thus spaketh the Human Collective Consciousness.

(13 March 2020) – In the afternoon, I’ll jump ahead and show you the cheap counting trick they’re using to justify statements like this: “The number of new infections in Europe has been doubling, on average, every 72 hours.”

~ MORE ~

My, what a difference a day makes! Trump issues a national emergency declaration over COVID-19, and Wall Street rewards him with a market rally…

…from Barrons

This looks a lot like “Trump as a Good Guy / Hero / Avatar” scripting, and this is how the NWO narrative will describe what happened from the 11th through the 13th…

“The Deep State pressured Trump to declare a Coronavirus lockdown on March 11, but Trump refused, offering only a European travel ban instead. To punish him for this move, Wall Street delivered a crushing stock market decline on Thursday, and they threatened to crash the market limit-down on Friday. Still unwilling to betray the American people by locking them down over a hoax, the master negotiator Trump offered the Deep State a deal: ‘If you’ll spare the markets and the economy, I’ll give you a national emergency declaration.’ The Deep State accepted his offer.”

It looks like the globalists have backed off from making any huge moves over the weekend, but we must remain vigilant till the Ides of March have passed. We’ll see them make another attempt at huge moves in the March 19-23 time window.

Getting back to the cheap counting tricks the globalists are using to feed the Coronavirus hysteria, I spent hours figuring out a way of explaining them that everyone should be able to understand; I’ll do the write-up in the morning when my mind is fresh.

~ MORE 2 ~

For the readers who have been contacting me over the “Messiah Trump mass arrests the Deep State” scenario, I assure you that coverage of that angle is in the pipeline. Here is a little preview…

According to globalists’ “Trump as Avatar” scripting, when Trump finally gives the Deep State what they’re seeking — a lockdown of the American people over the Coronavirus hoax — he will actually turn the tables on them by ordering their mass arrest (with a little help “from above”). He’ll allow the hoax to persist until the arrests are over so people will stay safely in their homes and not be hurt in the crossfire. This is the same thing “Avatar Xi” has done in China in his roundup of the “Deep State-allied” Shanghai (Jiang) Faction. And once all the American “black hats” are locked-up in FEMA camps, the “white hats” will explode the Coronavirus hoax (and many other hoaxes and false-flags) by telling the public everything that has been going on behind the scenes.

I’m actually quite heartened to see readers thinking ahead on their own and anticipating the globalists’ moves. It is one of the things I’ve been working towards. I can’t do this forever you know.

(13 March 2020) – Here is something I wrote in the 3 March update…

From the looks of the COVID-19 propaganda coming out today on 3/3, we may see a nationwide/worldwide lockdown of the major cities as early as next week. This lockdown is the final sign that will precede the controlled demolition of the current financial system. Their rationale in using fear of COVID-19 to compel people to “shelter in place” is “we don’t want the terrified monkeys running wild and burning down the zoo when we take the banana dispensing system down for a reboot.”

Well, “next week” is this week, and the lockdown is clearly underway, albeit in an incremental fashion…


…from Politico (top) and AFP (bottom)

They’ll wait till the last moment to issue the “self-quarantine at home” order and shut down domestic travel, then POP goes the “Everything Bubble.” This will almost certainly happen within the next ten days.

We’ve now reached the time in the battle when the guy who was out on ambush crashes into your hole and tells you, “They ain’t stopping for sh*t!” So when the big moment comes, sit tight in your hole and enjoy the show. Our false saviors will put on quite a good one.

(14 March 2020) – Here is an overlooked fact that a reader pointed out this morning…

…from Wikipedia

Won’t it be funny when the “White Hats” reveal to everyone that the massive “Deep State” Coronavirus scare campaign was based on the common cold? So all the “IT’S NOT THE FLU!” screaming the hysterical mainstream and controlled alt-media have been doing is correct. It’s not the flu; it’s the common cold.

Remember that the “Truth Tsunami” that will be unleashed after Trump mass arrests the “Deep State” is going to be a limited hangout campaign. Read Understanding the NWO Strategy if you haven’t already. It contains a section that explains the purpose behind the coming “revelations.”

(14 March 2020) – The Counting Tricks the Governments Use to Support the COVID-19 Fear Campaign

Here is the core of the article I promised yesterday. I’ll be adding more to it over the coming hours. The numbers I use in this hypothetical exercise are, of course, hypothetical. It’s not about the numbers; it’s about showing how the tricks work.

Imagine for a moment that you are God and can look down at the USA and count the exact number of people who have COVID-19 infections…

• on Day 0, you count a total of 2,000, and
• on Day 3, you count a total of 2,000 again, seeing that some who contracted it well before Day 0 have healed from it and others have newly contracted it, with the net number of infected remaining the same.

During that same time period, the US government also conducted a count — a profoundly less thorough one…

1. on Day 0, they did 33 tests and counted 11 infections,
2. on Day 1, they did 44 tests and counted 14 infections,
3. on Day 2, they did 55 tests and counted 19 infections, and
4. on Day 3, they did 66 tests and counted 22 infections.

So between Day 0 and Day 3, they counted a grand total of 66 infections. They also counted 2 deaths from COVID-19 during that timeframe.

With these pitifully inadequate numbers in hand, they do the math and hand three COVID-19 talking points to the media:

Headline 1: Because they counted 11 new infections on Day 0 and 22 new infections on Day 3, they release this headline…

NEW COVID-19 INFECTIONS HAVE DOUBLED IN ONLY 72 HOURS!

This misleads the public into thinking that the number of people getting infected has doubled in only 72 hours, which is very alarming. But from your God’s-eye view, you know this isn’t so. The only thing that doubled was the number of tests the government administered.

Headline 2: Because the grand total of counted infections was 11 on Day 0 and 66 on Day 3, they release this headline…

TOTAL NUMBER OF COVID-19 INFECTED INCREASES SIX-FOLD OVER 72 HOURS!

From your God’s-eye view, you know this isn’t so — total infections in the population haven’t changed over that period. The only thing that has increased six-fold is the government’s running count of infections.

Headline 3: Because there were a total of 2 dead and 66 infected on Day 3, they release this headline…

COVID-19 DEATH RATE IS 3% — 30 TIMES THAT OF THE FLU!

But from your God’s-eye view, you know that there were actually 2 dead and 2,000 infected on Day 3, which yields a mortality rate of 0.1% — exactly the same as the flu.

Now imagine that the government gives 1,000 tests on Day 4. Can you imagine the headline they could make from that? – COVID-19 INFECTIONS GO EXPONENTIAL! With the opening of the new drive-thru testing stations, that’s about to happen. And an “exponential explosion” of COVID-19 infections would provide an excellent excuse for a total national lockdown, would it not?

(14 March 2020) – Tomorrow is the Ides of March, so watch for potential drama surrounding the Pope, Trump, Putin, Xi, and Erdogan. And if we are on track for the globalists to script the end of the First Great Tribulation between the 19th and 23rd — and it appears that we probably are — watch for us to come to the brink of nuclear war (or a little past the brink) in the Middle East by that time. Two aircraft carriers are now in position there. Tomorrow, I’ll start coverage on What To Watch For This Week.

~ MORE ~

Today, Putin signed the constitutional amendments that will allow him to stay on indefinitely as President of Russia, and a reader commented that by this action “Putin is asking for a revolution.” Not quite. He’s asking for an assassination. So watch for a possible attempt on Putin’s life by the “Western Deep States” and their “Russian Deep State” allies. The attempt may come tomorrow on the Ides of March, or it may come on the 19th. His “death” on the 19th would set up the potential for his “Christ-like resurrection on the 3rd day,” Sunday the 22nd.

And is it just me, or does Pope Francis look a little weak? His “death by Coronavirus” is still in play tomorrow and through the end of the Month, as is Trump’s by the looks of it…

…from Infowars

Also, if we’re on track for the end of the First Tribulation, Erdogan will be gone by the 23rd, by either coup or assassination. And Xi’s death/removal is also in play, but I haven’t yet identified any specific scenario pointing to it.

~ MORE 2 ~

A reader reminded me that I’ve already written about a scenario that would lead to Xi’s imminent assassination or removal: Xi’s rescripting as a First Tribulation “Antichrist” along with the “Xi did it” narrative of the Coronavirus release. Like Pope Francis, this month marks Xi’s 7th year in power.

Here’s another scenario: the “Deep State-allied” Shanghai (Jiang) Faction joining with other Xi-wary factions to blame “Avatar Xi” for the Coronavirus release so they can attempt to take him out.

(15 March 2020) – Well, well, well, who would have expected this?…

…from The Washington Times

So COVID-19 supposedly spread person-to-person out of China as early as December 2019 and has killed this many Americans as of today…

…from Zero Hedge

During the same timeframe, the common flu spread person-to-person out of China and has now killed this many Americans as of March 7…

…from the CDC. And 2,000 of those deaths came in a single week (from February 29 to March 7). How many people did COVID-19 kill in that week? 10 maybe?

This raises an obvious question…

If COVID-19 spreads so much quicker than the flu,
and it is “ten times deadlier,”
why has it killed only 0.26% of the number the flu has killed?

Putting it another way, this is the question that needs to be asked to Dr. Fauci, Mike Adams, and all the other COVID-19 doomsayers…

Where’s the beef, bitch?

Here’s the thing, though: They know they’re lying, but their job is to prop up the COVID-19 hoax just long enough for the globalists to lock down all the countries they want to lock down before they implode the financial system. After that, the whole COVID-19 illusion will start crashing down (assuming we’re on “the Avatars win” scripting).

My reason in hitting the hoax so hard is to do what I can to deny them “the Antichrists win” scripting, which would require the hoax to continue over a much longer term, and to help people avoid unnecessary worry over the pandemic part of the Big Show.

It’s just a show, folks, so I hope you picked up some popcorn along with your toilet paper.

~ MORE ~

Now let’s add one more counting trick the globalists will use to increase the number of COVID-19 deaths on cue: use Coronavirus tests that are rigged to generate false positives on people who are dying of other conditions…

…from the Drudge Report

(15 March 2020) – The first thing to watch for is a two-week shutdown of the United States, which could be announced as soon as Monday the 16th and as late as next weekend. It will probably happen sooner rather than later, but if it doesn’t happen by the 23rd, it probably won’t happen at all.

This shutdown will afford the globalists two paths. One leads to the New World Order, and the other leads to further delay. If we’re headed into the NWO, the Fed and the government will launch a package of financial interventions that are designed to fail, but will make it appear that they tried to stop the collapse. But if we’re headed for further delay, they’ll launch a package that will hold off a collapse until they can narrate a stalling of the Coronavirus outbreak due to the April heat. I wrote this about the path to further delay back in the 1 January update…

If the globalists set off their grenades early this year, we might see some rather earthshaking events by the end of March. But if I and others do our jobs correctly, we may see the grenades go back in their holsters for a while. Such a delay would take the form of massive QE from the central banks (to hold off the climax till September or next March) or a G20 agreement on across-the-board debt reduction (to hold off for a couple of years).

And look at what’s happened in the last few days…


…from Zero Hedge and The Guardian

Now that the globalists are within arm’s reach of the NWO, it’s hard to imagine them not going forward with their plans. But one should never underestimate the innate compulsion that drives cockroaches to scatter when enough light is cast upon them. If the lighting is sufficient, the G20 meeting will make arrangements to kick the can further down the road, but if the roaches are really hungry, it will be the first step towards reforming the UN into the NWO by this September.

(16 March 2020) – TWO POPES FOR TWO PROPHECIES

Pope Francis got out and took a walk yesterday to show that he has recovered from his “cold”…

…from the AP

This doesn’t mean his imminent “death by Coronavirus” is off the table, though, because the COVID-19 fear campaign has already established that people who recover can become reinfected and suddenly drop dead from heart failure. But seeing “the Bishop in White” outside taking a stroll reminded me of a second papal prophecy the globalists are obligated to fulfill: the “Third Secret of Fatima.” Here is what the infamous globalist prophecy propagandist Tom Horn has said about the prophecy…

“Well now you’ve got the Pope saying that it could be that now Fatima, the Third Secret of Fatima, is gonna be fulfilled. What’s the third secret of Fatima? It describes the Pope, the bishop in white, walking in a great city — most people believe this to be the Vatican, right? And something has happened. Dead people are everywhere, and the Pope is walking along – there’s dead Christians, dead bishops, dead people all over the city — and as he’s making his way towards a cross, these ISIS-like people run into the city and shoot him and kill him.” – from an interview with Jim Bakker (Horn starts talking about the Pope at the 13:15 mark and goes on to say this at the 15:13 mark).

The part that talks about the Pope “making his way towards a cross” really stands out in light of something the AP article mentioned…

After that, the 83-year-old pope left the basilica, near Rome’s central train station, and headed toward central Piazza Venezia, strolling along a brief stretch of Via del Corso, a noted shopping street for Romans. He then ducked into a church that most tourists pass by, St. Marcel on the Corso.

The church keeps a “miraculous crucifix that in 1522 was carried in procession through the neighborhoods of the city so that the Great Plague of Rome ended,″ Bruni said.

Will this be the cross the Pope will approach when he is gunned down by “jihadists” in a staged scene? And if so, which Pope will be killed, Benedict or Francis?

Let’s also remember the Kabbalist Zohar prophecy the globalists must fulfill. Here is how Horn describes it…

…the “kings of the earth” gather in Rome, possibly during a papal conclave, and are killed by fiery stones or missiles from the sky.

The prophecy in the Zohar, given by Jews hundreds of years separate from the divination of “the last pope,” is amazing when compared with the Catholic prediction. The final pope, “Peter the Roman,” whose reign ends in the destruction of Rome, will assume authority during a time of great tribulation, and then “the city of seven hills will be destroyed, and the terrible and fearsome Judge will judge his people.” – from NewsWithViews.com

So with the “Third Secret of Fatima” and the “Destruction of Rome” prophecies, we have two prophecies of papal death. And quite conveniently, we have two living Popes. That being the case, here is how the globalists might script the fulfillment of both prophecies…

1. Pope Francis drops dead of a Coronavirus reinfection and sudden heart failure. “In shock,” the Church moves the “miraculous crucifix” onto the Vatican grounds.
2. His death causes the “Kings of the Earth” (the Roman cardinals and perhaps world leaders and royals) to gather in Rome for his funeral and a papal conclave.
3. Rome is destroyed by “fiery stones.”
4. Pope Emeritus Benedict, having survived the stones, wanders out among the dead, approaches the “miraculous crucifix,” and is gunned down.

I may expand and enhance this section over the course of the day.

(16 March 2020) – Once they announce the final elements of the lockdown (the travel ban and the self-quarantine-at-home order), the following days will feel like this…

But you won’t have to wait long to know how the rest of the year is gonna go. By next Monday the 23rd, it will be quite clear that we’ve either just started the Great Tribulation or just ended it. And ironically, the events might be even scarier if it’s ending.

If Trump, Putin, and Xi are seen to come out on top, things will start looking up for a while. But if the “Deep State” is seen to triumph over one or more of them, the road ahead will look quite dark — at least until September of this year, and at most until September of 2023.

On another note, have a look at this…

…from Reuters

The article says that Moscow is undertaking the same lockdown measures that major US cities are implementing, and the measures are even more ridiculous there given this passage from the article: “The number of confirmed cases of coronavirus in Russia rose to 93 on Monday, up from 63 the previous day, but no deaths have yet been reported.”

So in a nation of 144 million people spread out over a vast landmass, 93 have caught a COVID-cold and no one has died. What an unimaginable threat to Russian national security!!! 🙂 There are probably more people hospitalized in Russia for tripping and falling than for Coronavirus. They’d better lock down the country and cordon-off all the steps and wet floors too.

It’s never been about the virus, though. It’s about the transition to the New World Order financial system. And Russia is a key party to that.

(17 March 2020) – “Cyrus the Great” to the Rescue!…

Tomorrow is “Devil’s Day,” the 18th (6+6+6 = 18). It’s also the day before the March 19 Spring Equinox, when “light regains equality with darkness and begins to overcome it.” So if the globalists opt to go through with this absurd stage play, Wednesday is a high probability day for the announcement of the quarantine order and travel ban, after which all hell will break loose. And “all hell breaking loose” would including some or all of the following events…

• the collapse or shutdown of the current financial system,
• the papal death scenarios featured in the Two Popes for Two Prophecies update (below),
• the fall of Turkey’s Erdogan,
• a short, sharp battle in the Middle East that will leave Al Aqsa Mosque in ruins, and
• a nuclear war scare. (The short, sharp battle and nuclear war scare may be scripted as being prevented by Putin & Pals).

Since we seem to be trending towards “the end of the Great Tribulation and the victory of the Avatars,” the globalists will likely script “good guy” Trump’s mass arrest of the “evil Deep State” this weekend (Netanyahu would do a similar mass arrest in Israel). It would then take the following six months to do the “Truth Tsunami,” conduct the military tribunal show trials of the arrestees, and complete the paperwork to “reform” the UN into the multilateral / multipolar New World Order. The NWO would launch on Jewish New Year, give or take a few days.

Of course, this is just the most likely and straightforward version of how thing might be scripted. I’ve covered many potential variations in other entries on this page. It is recommended that you take the time to read this entire page if you haven’t already. You’ll need something to do during the lockdown, right?

~ MORE ~

The globalists have a lot to do this week and they’re running out of time to do it. So if they want to finish the lockdown in the next day or two, they’ll need a precipitating event to justify it. Here are two candidates: 1) the announcement of “an exponential rise in new Coronavirus cases and deaths” (faked by the means outlined in the updates below), or 2) the death of Pope Francis by a Coronavirus reinfection. When the latter happens, watch for Trump to send Jared and Ivanka to the funeral in his place. Their presence would provide “God’s reason for destroying the Vatican.”

(17 March 2020) – I was talking to my Korean roommate / former wife about the Coronavirus situation and an interesting thought came to mind: The name of the church that served as ground zero for the South Korean outbreak, Shincheonji, translates to “New World.” And it is presumed that they spread it in Korea after contracting it during meetings they held in Wuhan. But given the fact that the church is “apocalyptic and messianic in character, and has been described as a doomsday cult,” one has to ask…

Will it turn out that the Shincheonji cult were the ones who released COVID-19 in both Wuhan and Korea on behalf of the “Satanic Western New World Order” guys and their allies in the Chinese “Deep State” (the anti-Xi factions)? (A WMD release by an Asian cult is not without precedent: do you remember what happened with the Aum Shinrikyo doomsday cult and the nerve gas in Japan? And get this: Aum Shinrikyo now call themselves “Aleph,” which is the first letter in the Hebrew alphabet.)

And are the “Deep State” elements of the Chinese government working with their counterparts in America to start a war between America and China based on the “false rumor” that the US Army were the ones who spread it?

I’ve got a hunch that the (multilateral/multipolar) NWO narrative might be heading there, so I’ll ponder this further.

~ MORE – 18 March 2020 ~

This Shincheonji origin story for the COVID-19 outbreak would go nicely with the false narrative Alex Jones and Mike Adams have been spreading (you can go to the 7:24 mark of this video to hear it).This is the gist of it…

“President Trump was set up by the Chinese and the Deep State. The Chinese lied to him by telling him the Wuhan Coronavirus outbreak was no big deal, and the Deep State CDC sabotaged testing in the US to hide the outbreak in America until it had grown into a major national threat. This was done to make it look like Trump didn’t take the threat seriously and was negligently slow in responding, thus causing grave danger to American life and great damage to the national economy when a total national lockdown became necessary. The Chinese/Deep State aim in doing this was to politically weaken Trump for an early removal or a loss in the presidential election.”

Later on, this same narrative will be extended to Xi…

“Since the region in and around Wuhan was controlled by the Shanghai (Jiang) Faction and other anti-Xi communist factions, the regional officials withheld information and downplayed the Coronavirus outbreak to President Xi. This caused Xi to tell Trump that the outbreak was not a big problem. It was only when the outbreak became a major threat that Xi found out the truth and was compelled to do a hard lockdown to stop it. The rival factions did all this to make Xi look both negligent and brutally dictatorial so he would be politically weakened and vulnerable to a coup.”

~ MORE 2 – 18 March 2020 ~

The false narrative being spun by Jones and Adams is the (multilateral/multipolar) NWO narrative, which will ultimately depict Trump and Xi (and especially Putin) as “good guys / heroes / Avatars who were under unrelenting attack by the Satanic Deep States.” And indirect narrative support for this started showing up yesterday in mainstream propaganda reports from Democrat-allied media outlets. Here is an excerpt from such a report by The Washington Post…

Every time Vice President Pence appears for a coronavirus briefing, it is a reminder what the votes of just 20 Republican senators for impeachment might have accomplished for the republic…

The vice president is a sycophant but not an incompetent. He possesses the type of qualities one might find in an effective governor facing a hurricane…

Never has the phrase “President Pence” had a better ring to it. Never have Republican votes against impeachment seemed more shortsighted and damaging to the country…

Trump just doesn’t have a very good mind — or at least one capable of absorbing and repeating essential facts. He can’t come to grips with a problem that has large dimensions — as displayed by his habitual lateness and indecision…

The point here is not simply to condemn Trump, which has limited usefulness in the midst of a national crisis. At this point it is perhaps better to ignore him, which is precisely what governors and mayors across the country are doing to good effect. But Americans do need to recall this moment the next time they enter a voting booth.

So these are the takeaways from the article…

• It suggests that Republicans will face defeat in the November election if they don’t remove Trump and replace him with someone “competent” and “effective,” Pence. This provides cover for a coup attempt, which if successful, would split the Republican Party and ensure a November defeat (the Trump loyalists would stay home on election day).
• It points out that state and local officials, especially Democratic ones, are locking down their fiefdoms without waiting for a national lockdown order. The officials’ scripted motivation in doing this is to pressure Trump into announcing a national lockdown and force his hand on providing a bailout to Wall Street and all the people and businesses the state and local officials are bankrupting with their actions. Once he does this, he will be positioned as “the incompetent fascist” to be blamed for the entire mess, since “his lockdown was too severe and too late and his bailout was too little, too late.”
• It brings up Trump’s “habitual lateness and indecision,” which are the talking points the “Deep State” is supposed to use in attacking Trump after having set him up.

Here is an excerpt from a similar article from NPR…

With the number of cases continuing to climb, Americans appear to be losing confidence in the federal government’s handling of the crisis. An NPR/PBS NewsHour/Marist poll released on Tuesday found that only 46% of Americans feel the government is doing enough to prevent the spread of the coronavirus, down from 61% in February.

And at a time when confidence in public officials is considered critical to coordinating a response to the outbreak, the poll found majorities of Americans lacking trust in President Trump. Sixty percent of Americans said they had not very much or no trust at all in what they are hearing from the president. Only 37% said they had a good amount or a great deal of trust.

That mistrust has been driven, at least in part, by comments by the president seeming to downplay the severity of the coronavirus. He has compared the virus to the flu, even though the administration’s own experts have called it “10 times more lethal than regular seasonal flu”; he said in February “One day — it’s like a miracle — it will disappear”; and as recently as March 7 said he was “not concerned at all” when asked about the virus spreading closer to Washington and the White House.

The president’s tone has since shifted. On Monday, he described the coronavirus as “an invisible enemy” and conceded that it’s “not under control for any place in the world.”

So this article indirectly supports the “Trump was set up” narrative by pointing out that Trump first downplayed COVID-19, then changed his tune after it was hyped into a huge national problem.

(19 March 2020) – Tonight at 10:49 PM Texas Time — the exact time of the Spring Equinox, which will bring the US its earliest spring in 124 years — we will enter the March 19-23 event window. So we’ll soon see if the globalist have decided to sh*t or get off the pot. But as we wait for the precipitating event/news that would lead to the total lockdown, take note of the following:

In the 14 March update, The Counting Tricks the Governments Use to Support the COVID-19 Fear Campaign, I wrote this [with a clarifying addition in parentheses]…

Now imagine that the government gives 1,000 tests on Day 4 [after giving far fewer tests in the preceding days]. Can you imagine the headline they could make from that? – COVID-19 INFECTIONS GO EXPONENTIAL! With the opening of the new drive-thru testing stations, that’s about to happen. And an “exponential explosion” of COVID-19 infections would provide an excellent excuse for a total national lockdown, would it not?

Well have a gander at this…

…from Tech Crunch

This “dramatic ramp” in testing will lead to a dramatic ramp in the government’s count of new cases and total cases, which has absolutely nothing to do with the actual number of new cases and total cases in the general population. But the mainstream and controlled alt-media will dutifully plaster scary, misleading graphs all over their sites showing an exponential curve shooting straight to the Moon. These graphs will make it look like COVID-19 infections are exploding in the general population, but the only thing that’s exploding is the number of tests being done each day.

To understand the difference between exploding infections and exploding testing, read the 14 March update if you haven’t already. Just scroll down the page or enter 14 March in your browser’s FIND feature.

Also remember that the governments have produced COVID-19 tests that are rigged to give a false positive. They are using these at hospitals now to fake an increase in Coronavirus deaths, just in time to justify a lockdown.

~ MORE ~

Here’s the deal on Coronavirus testing: the only way to be sure of exactly how many Americans have COVID-19 and whether the number of infected is waxing or waning is to test and question the entire population every week. Since this is impractical, the next best thing is to design a properly weighted statistical sampling of the population — being sure to include those who are showing no symptoms of illness and those who aren’t inclined to go to a doctor unless they feel like they’re about to die. If you do such a scientific study with accurate tests, you’ll get a reasonably good estimate of the number of infected. And the more tests you do in such a study, the more accurate your estimate will become.

The problem is no one is doing this. And they’re not doing it on purpose because they want to game the numbers to produce the talking points they need to hype the phony pandemic. So instead of doing a proper statistical study, they’re taking a very unscientific sampling of “anyone who shows up” in drive-thrus and hospital emergency rooms, and they’re giving them tests that are rigged. The “Coronavirus Testing Chaos Across America“ is quite deliberate.

As if to put a crown on this absurdity, you even have the idiotic mafia goombahs running New York admitting that it’s the testing that has made “NY Cases Double Overnight.” Here is an excerpt from the linked article…

New York has more than 5,000 confirmed coronavirus cases statewide, more than double the number from yesterday, which Gov. Andrew Cuomo said was driven by a dramatic increase in testing. New York has cumulatively tested 22,000 people, including more than 7,500 in the past day.

“Why are you seeing the numbers go up?” Cuomo asked at a news conference Thursday morning. “Because you are taking more tests.”

The governor said 8,000 tests for the virus were performed in New York overnight and he expects the number of confirmed cases to go up exponentially.

Cuomo is such a moron that he let the cat out of the bag on the Coronavirus counting scam. You’d think a mafioso would know when to keep his mouth shut about “t’ings he don’t know too good.” You globalists had better stick a cannoli in his mouth.

(19 March 2020) – When I came across an article this morning titled Coronavirus Outbreak Could Have Been Reduced By 95% If China Acted Sooner, I began to realize that a Washington, DC battle royale may be imminent. It would take the form of a 25th Amendment cabinet coup to remove Trump so Pence can issue a national COVID-19 lockdown order.

Since Trump’s replacement would be done under the pretext of a national emergency and would take immediate effect, it would bypass required procedures and therefore be illegal. So once the lockdown is in effect, we can expect supposed “patriot/constitutionalist” elements of the military and intelligence agencies, possibly including the hidden assets of the US Space Force, to quash the coup and begin arresting all the conspirators (possibly on Sunday the 22nd).

The coup attempt could take place as soon as tonight and as late as Saturday night, and would likely be preceded by the news that “America’s Coronavirus curve is turning exponential,” which is the next shoe to drop after the one that dropped today…

…from USA Today

The “If China Acted Sooner” article also provides indirect support for the “Xi and Trump were set up” narrative.

I’ll try to fill in the details of all this before we hit the equinox.

(20 March 2020) – The NWO Narrative of COVID-19, the Coup, and the Mass Arrests

I’m short on time this morning, so I’ll go ahead and post the CliffsNotes version of the NWO narrative that will describe what happened with COVID-19, the coup against Trump, and the mass arrests of the “evil Deep State” that will follow. Remember that this is not my narrative, nor is it true; it’s just the story “our saviors” will tell us after they vanquish the designated fall guys (the communists, socialists, leftists, Nazis, Zionists, et al.) and start building the “multilateral / multipolar” New World Order…

“After plotting with the their Western globalist partners, the anti-Xi factions in China arranged the release of COVID-19 in Wuhan. It was a virus engineered to be new and unique (novel), but to have no increased lethality over that of the common cold from which it was derived. And as the virus spread within the Wuhan region, local and regional officials purposefully downplayed its significance to Xi, who in turn downplayed its significance to Trump.

Once the virus reached an epidemic spread, the plotters sounded the alarm and presented Xi with a vastly overstated death rate. Xi decisively responded by locking down the region and sending his own people down to investigate. And after surveying the Wuhan situation with their own eyes, they relayed to Xi that it was a hoax, who then relayed the news to Trump.

So when the Deep State elements of the government, the Democratic Party, and their media lackeys rolled out the hoax here in the US, Trump called it what it was. But with the overwhelming public hysteria the hoax was generating, going it alone against the hype exposed him to 25th Amendment removal by the cabinet, so he changed his tune and gave the hoaxers certain concessions — always stopping short of a national shutdown — to bide time for his patriot / constitutionalist allies to arrange a counterattack.

When the hoaxers felt they had built up an adequate level of hysteria and a good case to justify Trump’s removal, they made their move by staging a cabinet coup. And after allowing the hoaxers to carry out their treason and shut down the country, the patriots / constitutionalists had all the evidence they needed to bring down the hammer on them. They counterattacked in force, put down the coup, and began systematically arresting all the treasonous plotters.”

~ MORE ~

Of course, there are many possible variations that could be employed in the narrative above, but what I’ve written conveys the general gist of it.

On a related subject, you may have noticed that two of America’s biggest states, California and New York, have been locked down. And you may have also noticed that they weren’t locked down by “the fascist” Trump, but by their own Democratic governors. With this in mind, let’s have a look at something I wrote in a section further down this page…

In past entries, I’ve talked about the globalist effort to shift people to the “political right” in preparation for the launch of the real “right-wing NWO” — the much publicized and feared “left-wing NWO” being just a decoy used to scare us to the right. This effort to move the herd rightward is the reason the media are using leftist dimwits like Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez to scare the American public into thinking “the heroic Trump” is the only thing standing between them and a leftist catastrophe of open borders, political violence, silenced speech, grabbed guns, and a Venezuela-like socialist/communist economy.

California and New York are key strongholds of the Democratic Party, and every day the people there remain locked down, a backlash will exponentially grow over the loss of income, the loss of local businesses, and the loss of the basic freedoms of living life. And when the people of those states find out their Democratic leaders knowingly did this to them as part of a hoax, their fury will be unbounded. How’s that for generating a shift to the “political right”?

It should also be noted that the controlled alt-media sites are scaring their readers with claims that the worldwide lockdowns are the prelude to “18 months of disruptions” and “the Deep State’s launch of the evil NWO / Antichrist’s Kingdom”…


…from Natural News and SkyWatchTV (Note how they’re also peddling “premium” coffee, organic foods, and health potions to the people they terrify.)

So when we get Trump’s arrest of the “Deep State” and a rapid recovery instead, they’ll proclaim that the Antichrist’s Kingdom was stopped thanks to “divine intervention.” But 3.5 years after the “multilateral / multipolar” NWO is established, we’ll be told that it is the “real Antichrist Kingdom.” Then these same guys will be pointing to Trump, Xi, and Putin as antichrists — all the while selling delicious coffee and health foods!

That being said, let it be clear: according to the globalist script, the “Deep State” are NOT the ones bringing in the NWO/Antichrist system; TRUMP, XI, AND PUTIN are. The “Deep State” is nothing more than a bunch of globalist minions who have been told to wear “black hats” so they can “lose” to their fellow minions in “white hats.” And the scripted “real Antichrist” will not ascend to global leadership looking like an evil man; Vladimir Putin will instead rise to power by appearing to defeat evil men so he can take Christ’s throne.

To understand how the globalists’ two-stage prophecy fulfillment plan works, read through the rest of this home page and also read Ken’s Collected Writings on the Globalist Prophecy Fulfillment Deception.

(21 March 2020) – A message to the globalists:

Tick-tock tick-tock, muthafuggaz…

Don’t mind us watching you… go ahead…

And a message to readers: the globalists have a number of boxes to check on their BIG EVENT to-do list, and it will take more than a weekend to get through them all. So watch for the peak drama and resolution to continue into next week and possibly through April Fools Day (which would be an apropos day to reveal the COVID-19 hoax). It is only if we can get past March with no BIG EVENT and no prophecy marker events that we’ll have a victory on our hands.

(21 March 2020) – After the coup and mass arrests, watch for the rise of President Rand Paul and Vice President Tulsi Gabbard. I’ve written about this scenario before, but I just now remembered it and it fits the current situation very well. I’ll write more about it this afternoon.

~ MORE ~

Any upcoming crippling of the government will not come from Coronavirus, but from mass arrests of the entire cabinet, almost all of Congress, and almost all senior non-elected officials. With that in mind, have a look at this…

…from Newsweek. This is what they wrote in the concluding paragraph…

The plans state that the government continues essential functions under all circumstances, even if that is with the devolved second string or under temporary military command. One of the “national essential functions”, according to Federal Continuity Directive 1 is that the government “provid[e] leadership visible to the Nation and the world … [while] maintaining the trust and confidence of the American people” The question is whether a faceless elite could ever provide that confidence, preserving government command but also adding to public panic. That could be a virus too.

So whom could the military put forward as visible leadership that would maintain the trust and confidence of ALL the American people, both Republican and Democrat? Well these two faces would do quite nicely, wouldn’t they?…

…from Activist Post

~ MORE ~

Rome-related prophecies and Roman history & symbolism play a prominent role in the globalists’ scripting of the NWO transition. And back in early 2017, I noted that in the scripted political relationship between Donald Trump and Rand Paul, the globalists might be mirroring that of Rome’s Gaius Julius Vindex and Servius Sulpicius Galba. To make a long story short, Vindex led a rebellion against the evil Emperor Nero, but failed militarily and committed suicide. Later, the man he supported to take Nero’s place, Galba, became emperor due to military support. Emperor Galba then honored the fallen Vindex for making it all possible.

So with that bit of history in mind, here are some snippets I wrote over the years about what might be planned for Trump, Paul, and Gabbard…

Snippet 1: The Christian protagonists are… Donald Trump and Rand Paul playing the roles of Vindex and Galba, respectively. Once Paul ascends to the presidency, he will mend the rift with Putin and lead America into its diminished world role and its place at the new multilateral / multipolar UN round table.

Snippet 2: And according to the true narrative, Trump will be replaced because that’s what the globalists’ Vindex script calls for: Vindex strives and fails. The Empire takes the world to the brink of total destruction. The last holdout (Putin) saves the day. And Galba (Rand Paul) leads America to “freedom,” singing the praises of the fallen Vindex.

Snippet 3: As for which way the globalists will take it from there, there’s no way of knowing. We could see the “Trump Triumphant” scenario in which the white hats save Trump and prevent the war OR the “Vindex Falls” scenario in which Trump is “killed” and the white hats step in to stop a full-on nuclear exchange. We’ll just have to wait and see how hard and fast the globalists want to push. Time is not on their side.

Snippet 4: Faced with the prospect of a media-instigated-and-hyped civil war if he remains as president, will the script call for him to “do the best thing for the country by resigning” (as was recently suggested by a former colleague)? I wrote about Trump’s role as Vindex back in February, and Vindex’s attempted revolution against Nero ended with Vindex’s suicide. So the “political suicide” of Trump’s resignation would symbolically fulfill the script.

Snippet 5: On the matter of sanctions and US-Russian relations, hearing the Russians complain of Trump’s weakness goes back to what I talked about in Update 5…

Under the new “Vindex Falls” scenario in which Trump is deposed, the white hats will not step up to rescue him because they view him as too weak to stand up to the black hats.

So when the “neolib-neocon deep state” comes for Trump, who will save him? Nobody, that’s who. He is scripted to fall, and the “progressive deep state” counter-coup will not come until we are pushed to the brink of nuclear war.

Snippet 6: At some point the military will step in to stop the madness, and the people will cheer. “Mass Arrests” will clear Washington of pretty much everyone except the globalist-chosen new leaders (like Rand Paul, Tulsi Gabbard, etc.).

Snippet 7: As for the military coup / mass arrests in the US, it would save Trump if he’s still alive, or it would install the highest ranking official who isn’t arrested, either Rand Paul or some other conservative caretaker. After the coup, Rand Paul or Tulsi Gabbard would be elected as the first NWO President of the US (I would include Elizabeth Warren in that list, but I think “Pocahontas” has lost too much credibility and is too closely tied to the leftists).

Snippet 8: But there is a double edge to this sword: a scripted Trump triumph over the plot would lead to Vice President Rand Paul. This would put Paul into position to take over the presidency when Trump steps down after the Big Crisis. Paul would then offer the vice presidency to Democrat Tulsi Gabbard as a gesture to promote “national unity and healing.”

Later on, I’ll write about how the Paul/Gabbard scenario would unfold in the current situation. In the meantime, you might want to read this 2017 entry: Rand Paul and the Phony Holy War.

~ MORE ~

Now let’s project our minds forward to the start of the Big Event…

• It begins with a cabinet coup against Trump that could include his “incapacitation” or “death.”
• The Pence regime then locks down the country and brings us to the brink of nuclear war, forcing the military to take action to save the country by putting down the coup and arresting everyone involved, including almost all the Republican and Democratic officials in Washington.
• All these events cause a freakout among 98% of the American people (with the other 2%, including me, drinking wine and eating popcorn and laughing our asses off at the crazy monkey show).

So how does the military then calm people down? How do they convince the American people that they’re not aiming for a military junta? – It’s simple: by restoring civilian leadership in the form of the President, who is Commander-In-Chief of the military. And with almost everyone in Washington, D.C. under arrest for various high crimes, they would select the most senior elected official who wasn’t arrested, which would be US Senator Rand Paul. He would serve as interim President until the November election.

And how would they gain the trust and confidence of rank-and-file Democrats fearful of a Republican-military junta? – By having President Paul select one of the few elected Democratic officials who wasn’t arrested, Tulsi Gabbard, for Vice President. I suspect this is why Gabbard dropped out of the presidential race two days ago and endorsed Joe Biden. Before accepting the vice presidency from a Republican president, she wanted to burnish her credentials as a “good Democrat” and “team player” so the Democrats would follow her.

If you take time to think about it, this scenario would work much better than trying to bring back Trump. Even if Trump is seen to be totally vindicated by what happens in the coming weeks, half of the country will still hate him because of the deep emotional programming they’ve absorbed from the mass media. A Paul/Gabbard administration would be free of all that, and could herald a “new age” of reasonable bipartisanship in the US government. That’s how the globalists designed it to work.

(22 March 2020) – I saved a snapshot of this page on the Internet Archive yesterday…

And when I went back today, I saw that they replaced it with a snapshot that omits the 21 March updates. This means I was right over the target in a very sensitive area for them. So be sure to spread the 21 March updates with screenshots or copying and pasting. Of course, when I go back to the Archive, I’ll probably find my snapshot restored. That’s how they usually play it.

(22 March 2020) – Tomorrow, the 23rd, is the final day in the 19th to 23rd mischief window, so we’ll need to watch…

• the economic stimulus bill (for its possible failure to pass the Senate),
• the markets (for a resulting limit-down crash), and
• the news (for widespread language that “COVID-19 infections have gone exponential”).

We’ll have to watch every day for the rest of March, of course, but the only day past the 23rd that might have any numerological significance to the globalists would be Saturday the 28th. It is the 88th day of the year, symbolizing “fortune and good luck” in Chinese culture.

And here’s an interesting development: 5 Republican Senators are now “in quarantine,” which means the Republican majority in the Senate is down to 48-47. One of the quarantined Senators, Mike Lee, is an ally of Rand Paul, and another of them is Mitt Romney. It smells fishy.

Heads Up: The Coronavirus Task Force will hold a briefing today at 3:30 PM Texas Time (4:30 Eastern). Here are two things that could happen:

1. Vice President Pence will announce that Trump has been removed under the 25th Amendment, and that a national “Coronavirus” lockdown will begin immediately.
2. “Trump will give the Deep State what they want by announcing a national lockdown,” then turn around and start mass arresting them when Congress gathers to pass the Coronavirus relief bill on Monday.

~ later ~

The briefing started nearly an hour and a half late, and Trump walked in. So it looks like the roaches have scattered for the moment. 9 more days to go.

Warning: This news may indicate that the coup is imminent…

…from Twitter

If the globalists proceed with their plans, the NWO narrative will say this about Rand Paul’s quarantine: “The White Hats, sensing that a coup against Trump was imminent, moved Rand Paul to a secure location under the cover story of a COVID-19 quarantine.”

(23 March 2020) – THE LOOMING BATTLE OF APRIL FOOLS’ WEEKEND

It appears that we’ve won the Battle of 322 Weekend. The globalists sounded the retreat this morning by having the Federal Reserve announce limitless asset purchases to “support” the markets. This will provide cover for stabilizing the markets for a few days and allowing Congress to drag out the battle over the stimulus bill till next weekend (if they still intend to use its failure as a mechanism for the next market crash).

Of course, winning the Battle of 322 Weekend doesn’t mean the War of March 2020 is over quite yet. In fact, they have rescheduled their 322 shenanigans for the time period of March 28 through April 1. Here is how they’re doing it…

…from Zero Hedge. Here is an excerpt…

President Trump is weighing whether or not to ease restrictions on self-quarantine in order to avoid economic chaos — tweeting on Sunday about reassessing the nation’s course on a lockdown to halt the spread of coronavirus.

According to Bloomberg, Trump began talking privately late last week about reopening the nation after a 15-day waiting period, as coronavirus cases continue to rise — going against the advice of health professionals such as Dr. Anthony S. Fauci, who says we need to continue the lockdown for a ‘few more weeks.’

Can you see how this sets the stage for an end-of-month “titanic battle between the lockdown-demanding Deep State and the hoax-aware Trump,” resulting in a cabinet coup?

~ MORE – 24 March 2020 ~

Globalist Scripting for the Cabinet Coup and Its Aftermath

If the globalists are aiming to launch the multilateral/multipolar NWO in September, there are some things they are obligated to accomplish before the current situation reaches its climax. Among these are…

• the destruction or shutdown of the current financial system, so the NWO financial system can be brought online,
• the defeat of the supposed “communist / socialist / leftist / Nazi / Zionist / Islamist / Western globalist attack upon America,” so the “right-wing” libertarian / Austrian economist NWO can rise to power,
• the death of the Pope(s) and the destruction of Rome in accordance with the Third Secret of Fatima prophecy and/or the Zohar prophecy, so the Eastern Orthodox Church can take the global helm of Christianity,
• the launch of the short, sharp Middle East war that will level Al Aqsa Mosque, so the Third Temple can be built, and
• the staging of the big nuclear war scare, so the world will welcome a “reformed, stronger, more representative” UN “so this will never happen again.”

To accomplish all these goals, the globalists can go for one sudden “Perfect Storm” over the course of 4 days, or they can stretch it out over the next few months. Here’s what a 4-day “Perfect Storm” would look like…

On Saturday, March 28, they would do the cabinet coup — this would allow them to tie it to the anti-Xi Chicoms (since it would be done on the 88th day of the year to ensure “good fortune” for the endeavor — remember that “the 2008 Beijing Olympics opened on 8/8/08 at 8 p.m.“). The coup would take down Trump, perhaps “incapacitating” him or “killing” him in the process, thus allowing Pence to take over the presidency and order an immediate national “coronavirus” lockdown.

Very soon after the coup and lockdown, the globalists would stage a big false-flag attack to be blamed on Iran. “The Iranians tried to kick us when we were down,” President Pence would say, “attacking us at a moment they perceive us to be weak, but we will show them that our strength is undiminished.” He would then order strikes on Iran, which would kick off the war.

During the short, sharp war, Al Aqsa Mosque would be destroyed in the crossfire between the Palestinians and Israelis, and Rome would be attacked “in retribution” (but actually by Israeli missiles posing as Iranian missiles fired from Lebanon). And with shocking speed, the conflict would elevate to a nuclear showdown between the US and Russia+China as Pence tries to use the Middle East war as cover to move on “the final enemies of the Western NWO, Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping.”

Then, when the situation looks darkest, brilliant objects will suddenly appear in the sky. The mere sight of them will bring an immediate halt to the fighting. These objects will be the “UFOs” of the Secret Space Program / US Space Force. And in concert with their appearance, the “White Hats / patriots / constitutionalists in the military and intelligence agencies” will move to take down President Pence and start mass-arresting the “Deep State.” This would most likely happen on or before March 31 to ensure a “clean” prophecy fulfillment for the “End of the Great Tribulation.”

(24 March 2020) – Be on the lookout for Trump to appear “out of it” and “confused” in public before the weekend. This may be done to bolster the case for his “incapacitation,” and will later be attributed to Trump “being drugged by the Deep State to facilitate their coup.” I’ve seen preparatory propaganda for this (Deep State Drugging Trump Ahead of Coup, Sources Say; ‘A little sedated’: Pelosi speculates Trump was drugged during SOTU).

~ MORE –  25 March 2020 ~

Additional Notes and Scenarios

Today, I’ll be covering some additional details related to the 4-Day Perfect Storm scenario, then I’ll move on to three other scenarios we might see.

Here are some notes on the Perfect Storm…

• Regarding the reason for a 4-day scenario: By having Trump “crucified” on Day 1, the saviors can burst onto the scene on the third day after the takedown, Day 4. This would parallel the “death and resurrection of Christ” story, which would be a cute touch on the globalists’ part.
• Regarding the destruction or shutdown of the current financial system: The final demolition charges to take down the old financial system would be the failure of the stimulus bill paired with the takedown of Trump and the national lockdown order. Faced with no stimulus and a total lockdown with no end in sight, investors who were heartened by news of Trump ending the lockdowns and Congress passing a stimulus would stampede for the exits.
• Regarding the takedown of Trump on the 88th day of the year: A reader has reminded me that the number 88 also holds significance for the Neo-Nazis. “H” is the 8th letter in the alphabet, so the number 88 represents “HH” (“Heil Hitler”). The Nazis are, of course, one of the globalist ideological groups that have been assigned the “black hat” role.

Besides the 4-Day Perfect Storm Scenario, which would provide a clean end to the 7-year First Tribulation period, here are some alternative scenarios we might see…

ALTERNATIVE 1: The Overnight Defeat Scenario, in which a cabinet coup is attempted on the 28th or 31st (the last day before Trump starts reopening the country), but defeated overnight. This too would provide a clean end to the First Tribulation and would leave Trump free to reveal the COVID-19 hoax on April Fools’ Day. They would then narrate that “Deep State attempts to start a war in the Middle East, destroy Rome, and initiate a nuclear war were prevented by the joint efforts of Vladimir Putin, Donald Trump, Benjamin Netanyahu, Xi Jinping, Narendra Modi, Qasem Soleimani, et al.”

ALTERNATIVE 2: The Days Cut Short Scenario, in which a successful coup this month would be narrated as the start of the Great Tribulation. The plotters would then be defeated by the “White Hat” counterattack by either Easter (April 12) or mid-September. And to explain why the Great Tribulation didn’t last its full 3.5 years, the prophecy propagandists would lean on a Bible verse, Matthew 24:22…

“If those days had not been cut short, no one would survive, but for the sake of the elect those days will be shortened.”

ALTERNATIVE 3: The Great Tribulation Scenario, in which a successful coup this month would be narrated as the start of the Great Tribulation (which is the second half of the 7-year First Tribulation period). The Great Tribulation would then span its full 3.5 years to September of 2023, at which point the Second Tribulation would start and extend as far as September of 2030. This would allow the globalists to include the Apophis asteroid strike scenario the prophecy propagandists have been squawking about.

I may enhance and extend this section over the course of the day.

(25 March 2020) – Watch the G20 Emergency Virtual Summit and the US House of Representatives

What we see this weekend will be telegraphed by what comes out of the G20 emergency virtual summit tomorrow and the House of Representatives tomorrow or Friday. If the G20 fail to reach agreement on a coordinated response to the COVID-19 (manufactured) crisis and the House of Representatives fail to pass the Senate’s stimulus package, the weekend festivities will be in play. But if both the G20 and House come through, it may signal the globalists are pressing the delay button.

~ MORE ~

Well lookie-lookie here…

…from the Drudge Report

Could it be that the COVID-19 Psyop will be used to narrate the deaths of the Queen and Prince Charles, opening the way for Prince William to take the throne? We’ll have to keep an eye on him for an antichrist role either in the First Tribulation or the Second.

(26 March 2020) – A new reader has expressed to me that she’s “terrified,” and I’m guessing she’s not the only one. So here’s what I’d like to say about that…

WHAT YOU SEE HAPPENING IN THE WORLD RIGHT NOW IS JUST A SHOW. The globalists are doing everything they can to foster fear and despair in you in order to create “THE DARKNESS BEFORE THE DAWN,” and things will look even darker if they go ahead with the coup this month. But don’t despair, because not too long after that they’ll show us the “DAWN OF A NEW DAY” by rolling out their benevolent-looking NWO.

Putting it another way: the globalists are attempting to overwhelm us with fear and problems so we’ll happily accept the solution they’re going to offer: the NWO. They’re not really out to kill you or enslave you in a totalitarian nightmare system — at least not now (that part will come a few years later) — so take a chill pill.

Here’s another thing: what people fear most is the unknown, especially if it’s dark out. And the best way to stop that fear is to make the unknown known — to look ahead with a flashlight at what’s coming your way and become familiar with it so it will be absorbed into your comfort zone. That’s why it is critically important that all readers take the time to read the first three parts of An Introduction to What’s Really Going On, which is the bottom part of this page. It is a flashlight you can use to make the unknown known.

What follows is an example of what you’ll find there. It is something I wrote back in 2013 about the moment we are currently experiencing, and the only part of the script that has changed since then is who will intervene to stop the war…

Let’s begin with the Cliff’s Notes version of the basic three-step process I see them trying to implement:

Create a PROBLEM – Through social engineering and the power of mass media, they have created dissatisfaction and dissociation with our old social forms and norms, including the traditional religions, in order to make us amenable to a new order of things. They’ve also sicced their dark dogs on us, who’ve been enthusiastically preparing a vast global police state grid, an economic and military conflagration, and a mass culling of the population.

Generate a REACTION – Through the engineered truth movement, they have advertised the actions of their dark minions in order to create fear in the population as well as a strong desire for some escape from what they have planned [here is a prime example]. They’ve also been disseminating vastly more accurate spiritual information through false-light channelings and New Age gurus for those weary of the old religions, but have blended in some misleading ideas that will be useful to them later.

Offer a SOLUTION – They’ll allow their minions to go to the brink (or a bit past the brink) of unleashing their planned horrors upon the world so people will desperately grasp for any solution. The solution will then be offered by the BRICS nations in the form of a new precious metals-backed financial system and by a BRICS-allied “alien” power who will come onto the scene to stop the wars and address urgent needs. With a timely arrival to save the day, they are expecting the relieved public to warmly embrace their version of a “love and light” New World Order of (apparent) freedom, as well as the “aliens” and their “god,” who will pose as Prime Creator/Source (but he/she/it IS NOT).

With the overview in place, let’s now delve into some of the juicy details of offering the solution…

The dark minions and Homeland Security types who have been preparing the Great Culling and the global police state genuinely believe they’ll get to slaughter lots of people, and they are orgasmically licking their chops in anticipation. They kinda remind me of the character “Psycho” from the movie Stripes…

…“All I know is I finally get to kill somebody”…

Naturally, it is essential to the overall plan that actors on the lower levels of the power/awareness pyramid sincerely believe their roles and make concrete preparations for the Culling. The threat they pose would be unconvincing otherwise. Unfortunately for the planners, though, the general population is so distracted and drugged-out from other Cabal activities that they’re having a hard time generating the desired awareness and fear. Unintended consequences are a bi*ch, aren’t they? Nonetheless, when the economy suddenly grinds to a halt, war actions have begun, and thugs in armored cars can be seen on the streets, that should provide enough of a wake-up slap to get the attention of the public.

Once a crescendo of awareness and fear has been reached, that’s when the surprise will come. As if out of nowhere, military and economic forces will jump into action to bring a dead stop to the unfolding nightmare. Posing as a benevolent alliance, they will commandeer all media to broadcast in-depth exposes of all that has been going on behind the scenes in our world. The public will be both shocked and jubilant to finally hear the truth, and it will wash over them like a tsunami. Unfortunately, this limited hangout truth tsunami is intended to carry them away towards an acceptance of the real New World Order.

Earlier versions of the globalist script for this time called for an “alien” intervention, but we’ll more likely see an intervention from the “Secret Space Program” / US Space Force in the current script. The fake ETs will be rolled out later.

(27 March 2020) – Back in the 15 March update, I said this…

This shutdown will afford the globalists two paths. One leads to the New World Order, and the other leads to further delay. If we’re headed into the NWO, the Fed and the government will launch a package of financial interventions that are designed to fail, but will make it appear that they tried to stop the collapse. But if we’re headed for further delay, they’ll launch a package that will hold off a collapse until they can narrate a stalling of the Coronavirus outbreak due to the April heat.

Well, on Monday the 23rd — after they bailed on staging the coup on the 22nd — the Fed announced that they’d do unlimited asset purchases, blowing past the $700 billion designed-to-fail limit to which they’d previously committed. And today, Trump signed a whopping $2.2 trillion stimulus bill into law.

A delay may be in the works.

(28 March 2020) – ALERT: Watch for a shocking event on Monday or Tuesday

Yesterday, Trump authorized the military to call up 1 million members of the Reserves and Ready Reserve to active duty. The Ready Reserve are people who have completed their military service but remain under obligation to return to duty in case of war or national emergency. This is coming at the same time we’re hearing that National Guard troops will be initiating door-to-door harassment of the people of Dallas.

On a related note, a known disinformation site floated a new narrative two days ago that there has been a silent coup against Trump and he is essentially a captive president now. If the globalists opt to go with this story, who is calling up the Reserves? “Captive Trump,” who is doing the bidding of the “Deep State,” or “Hero Trump,” who will turn these forces against the “Deep State”?

~ MORE ~

It looks like the delay I wrote about last night will last only a few days.

On Monday, Russia will seal its borders and place its workers on a week-long paid holiday. They’re also “considering” a halt of domestic trains and flights. Such a national lockdown is what you do right before something big, and it’s happening as the globalist script has Trump approaching his end-of-month showdown with the “Deep State” over whether to lock down America or not.

So what we might be facing next week is one of the three alternative scenarios I talked about in the 25 March update. Scroll down a little to the second blue section to read about them.

~ MORE 2 – 29 March 2020 ~

After today, there will be only two days left in March. So if the globalists want to make this month the beginning or end of a prophecy cycle, they have to make a big move on Monday or Tuesday. Specifically, they must initiate the mass arrests of the “Deep State” or start a continuing action that will lead to a period-marking event by either Western or Orthodox Easter (April 12 or 19).

If they start a continuing action, keep an eye on the Temple Mount and the Church of the Nativity, both of which are closed to Jews and Christians right now. If a major world leader stands in one of those places on or before Easter, it will mark our entry into the “Great Tribulation” period and that leader will be the “antichrist” of that period. If no one stands in those places, we’ll see the end of the First Tribulation or another globalist delay by April 19.

I aim to post small updates over the course of the day.

~ MORE 3 ~

If mass arrests of the “Deep State” are initiated in the next two days, it will happen under one of two scenarios…

1. The Overnight Defeat Scenario I’ve previously covered, in which the “Deep State” attempt a visible coup against Trump that is promptly defeated by “patriot / constitutionalist” forces, or
2. The Shadow Coup Counterattack Scenario, in which the “patriot / constitutionalist” forces go straight to the mass arrests. The NWO narrative will say that the mass arrests were done to free Trump from a “Shadow Coup” that occurred during the March 11-16 timeframe. (I’ll go into further detail on the Shadow Coup later.)

If a big event other than mass arrests — like a visible, successful coup — is initiated in the next two days, we’ll be looking at a Continuing Action Scenario. I’ll cover that in the next section.

~ MORE 4 ~

A Continuing Action Scenario would involve a March 30-31 event that would trigger a titanic final battle between the (supposed) forces of good (the ‘White Hats’) and evil (the ‘Black Hats’) that would last until Easter. Such a scenario would allow the globalists to point to March as “when things started,” thus keeping to the prophecy fulfillment schedule, and would also afford them time to complete their to-do list of required events (which is covered in the 24 March update further down this page). The March 30-31 event that initiates the Continuing Action Scenario would most likely be carried out by the “White Hats” if the globalists are aiming to end the Great Tribulation, or by the “Black Hats” if they are aiming to start the Great Tribulation.

Tomorrow, we’ll look at the details of the “Shadow Coup” narrative.

Two days to go.

(29 March 2020) – Watch for Trump to “unilaterally and arbitrarily” (according to the rest of the Coronavirus Task Force) announce an April easing of Coronavirus restrictions at one of the Task Force press conferences between today and Tuesday. It would be the spark that ignites the coup. I suspect the drama over the quarantining of New York was staged to make Trump look incompetent in advance of them making their move. I’ll write more on this in today’s updates.

~ later ~

It looks like they’ve abandoned any scenario that calls for a visible March coup over the lockdown: White House Extends Coronavirus Guidelines Until April 30. So if they make a move on Monday or Tuesday, it will have to be based on the “Shadow Coup” scripting covered in today’s update.

ALERT: 29 March 2020 – Moscow has been put on lockdown. Be advised that if mass arrests of the “Deep State” are initiated, it will happen all over the world at once. And any preemptive attacks or counterattacks by the combined “Deep States” will be aimed at all the scripted heroes, including Trump, Putin, Xi, Modi, Netanyahu, MBS, Bolsonaro, et al. Don’t be surprised if some or all of them fall.

(30 March 2020) – Today I’ll be covering the “Shadow Coup” narrative and getting to some readers’ questions, but let me start with this…

I’ve been getting lots of questions from readers about 5G, so in lieu of a detailed entry on the subject (which I don’t have time to do right now unfortunately), let me say this:

The same controlled alt-media sites and personalities that have been spoon-feeding you the NWO narrative and the COVID-19 hysteria are also feeding you the 5G hysteria. That alone should give you pause. COVID-19 and 5G as weapons of mass depopulation is propaganda fear porn being employed as part of the globalists’ “scare ’em with the Left Hand, then save ’em with the Right Hand” strategy.

That being said…

Is 5G a weaponized technology? – Yes, of course it is. Everything that possibly can be weaponized against the public IS weaponized against the public. It’s standard policy. But don’t expect them to use it for mass murder; its phased array technology is designed to target individuals with steerable beams. And once someone is targeted, it may include a feature that allows them to amp-up the beam power to do some damage.

Why are they rolling it out so quickly? – Besides the obvious applications you can read about in any controlled alt-media fear porn article, what stands out to me is 5G’s ability to target individuals for mood manipulation and customized visual and auditory (“voice in your head”) hallucinations. With 5G, they can take your Big Data psych profile, feed it into an AI algorithm, and hit you with customized “messages.” This will allow for an even more convincing magic show when the time comes to roll out the fake ETs and, later, the Kabbalah Christ. So they are racing to build-out the 5G ground stations and satellite networks before it’s time to cue the magic.

You can read more about the magic show in The UFO/ET Con.

So should you fear 5G? – No, don’t be afraid of anything. That’s no way to live. From the moment you came out of the womb, you began a journey that brings great pain and ends in death. Accept the pain, accept your death, and walk your path in fear of no one and nothing. Fu*k these as*holes and their games.

(30 March 2020) – More On The “Shadow Coup” Narrative

Should the globalists opt to use the Shadow Coup narrative, they will say that it began on March 11, the day Trump “changed his tune” on the Coronavirus outbreak…

…from The Guardian/YouTube

As you watch the snippets of Trump’s Coronavirus statements in the video, you’ll notice something very interesting starting at the 1:21 mark: Trump goes from looking like himself and saying, “It will go away, just stay calm,” on March 10 to looking like a whipped dog and announcing the suspension of travel from Europe on March 11 (note how he rigidly reads from the teleprompter as though a gun were pointed at his head).

Then on the next day, March 12, there was a big market plunge, followed by the national emergency declaration and a market rally on Friday the 13th. Here’s what I wrote about it at the time…

My, what a difference a day makes! Trump issues a national emergency declaration over COVID-19, and Wall Street rewards him with a market rally. This looks a lot like “Trump as a Good Guy / Hero / Avatar” scripting, and this is how the NWO narrative will describe what happened from the 11th through the 13th…

“The Deep State pressured Trump to declare a Coronavirus lockdown on March 11, but Trump refused, offering only a European travel ban instead. To punish him for this move, Wall Street delivered a crushing stock market decline on Thursday, and they threatened to crash the market limit-down on Friday. Still unwilling to betray the American people by locking them down over a hoax, the master negotiator Trump offered the Deep State a deal: ‘If you’ll spare the markets and the economy, I’ll give you a national emergency declaration.’ The Deep State accepted his offer.”

On top of this, there was another notable development on Friday the 13th: Ivanka Trump stayed home from work at the White House citing a Coronavirus exposure as the reason, and both she and the President were given Coronavirus tests. And after Trump made the emergency declaration that day, he also declared the Ides of March (the day Caesar was killed) a “national day of prayer”…

…from Twitter. This can be sold as a cryptic “cry for help” from a President undergoing a coup.

With these ingredients, the globalists can cook up the following NWO narrative stew…

“On Friday the 13th, the Deep State threatened Trump and his family with death by a biological agent unless he relented in his resistance to a national lockdown. The deaths would be blamed on COVID-19. In response, Trump told Ivanka to stay home and then negotiated over the weekend, finally agreeing on Sunday to issue the CDC recommendations on Monday the 16th in lieu of a federal lockdown. Since the Deep State could use the recommendations to lock down the country at the state and local levels, they agreed, and Trump’s COVID-19 test result was announced as being negative.”

And speaking of state and local lockdowns, you may have noticed today that the tyrannical Democratic Governor of Virginia has locked down his state UNTIL JUNE 10. And the Republican governor of Florida has locked down south Florida THROUGH MID-MAY under pressure from the state’s Democrats…

“Ten Democratic members of the state’s congressional delegation sent a letter to DeSantis last week, calling on him to issue a statewide shelter-in-place order.”

Both Maryland and the District of Columbia have also issued such orders, so the whole National Capital Region is on lockdown (just like Moscow). And all these state and local lockdown orders are so incredibly damaging that they beg for “a White Hat response in defense of the Constitution and to save the country from economic devastation.”

(30 March 2020) – It should be noted that there is one place in the world where the Coronavirus hoax is ending: Xi’s China…

…from Forbes

Will “Avatar Xi’s defeat of the COVID-19 plot in China” be the March prophecy marker that signals the beginning of the end of the First Tribulation? We’ll explore that question tomorrow.

(31 March 2020) – The globalists may be moving the mass arrests to coincide with Passover (April 8-16). I’ll explain why later today.

So watch for Putin to extend Russia’s one-week “paid holiday” to Orthodox Easter (April 19).

On another note, look at the email the city sent me this morning…

They are effectively banning all speech and free assembly that does not occur over the electronic means they monitor and control. Our Texas ancestors are rolling in their graves.

America: the land of the free house-arrested and the home of the brave beta cucks.

So to the reader in Australia who is so disappointed in his countrymen, I point out that it’s happening everywhere. And yes, the sleepers are hypnotized. We’re all wrapped up in an interactive Hollywood movie — a globalist Rocky Horror Picture Show — and the audience is standing when they’re supposed to stand, singing when they’re supposed to sing, dancing when they’re supposed to dance, and cowering when they’re supposed to cower. And at the end of this movie when the “heroes” show up to save the lemmings, they’ll applaud when they’re supposed to applaud.

But do not be swayed by current appearances; they are the bitter fruits of the seeds the globalists have been planting for hundreds of years. The seeds we have planted will bear fruit in due time. Keep your hand on the plow.

(1 April 2020) – Is it about to get Biblical up in here?…

As people the world over huddle in their homes waiting for the (fake) Coronavirus plague to pass over them, does it remind you of a certain Bible story?

I remember back when I was a kid and would watch The Ten Commandments on TV every Easter. In the part of the movie that showed Passover night, the Hebrew slaves spread lamb’s blood around their doors and sheltered-in-place as they heard the screams of the Egyptians being killed by a misty green plague sent by their god. So with this in mind, have a look at what showed up on a key prophecy propaganda site yesterday…

…from Breaking Israel News (get a load of the part in red). Here is an excerpt…

Due to Health Ministry restrictions relating to the coronavirus pandemic, the Sanhedrin was forced to cancel the korban Pesach (Passover offering) reenactment for the first time in nine years. As a result, the Sanhedrin is preparing for an actual sacrifice fully consistent with Biblical requirements, brought on the Temple Mount, as a means of ending the pandemic. The Sanhedrin has issued a formal request from the leaders of Israel and the U.S. to allow this to happen…

“We are preparing for the possibility that the actual Korban Pesach will take place on the Temple Mount on the eve of Pesach,” Rabbi Weiss said. “If the government decides to allow it, we must be ready to go up and begin the service.”…

“The project is of the utmost importance for all of mankind,” Rabbi Weiss said. He noted that the original Passover sacrifice offered in Egypt on the night before the Exodus was intended to stop the final plague which was described as a נֶגֶף (negef: disease). In addition, King David purchased the Temple Mount, built an altar, and offered a sacrifice to stop a plague.

So if the globalists proceed with this little show on the Temple Mount on April 8, what are the odds that the plague will actually stop? I’d say they’re pretty good, because there is no way they would put on such a show if they didn’t intend to end the hoax afterwards; it would make a mockery of Judaism and jeopardize their effort to rebuild the Third Temple.

And speaking of that effort, will the Jewish attempt to stage this sacrifice on the closed-to-the-public Temple Mount touch off a battle with the Muslims? Will that battle lead to the destruction of Al Aqsa Mosque in the crossfire, opening the door for construction of the Third Temple? Will the reincarnation of King David, the Moshiach ben David, end the battle and attend the ritual?

Also, given that Passover — which is April 8-16 this year — is associated with “god moving decisively against the enemies of his people held in bondage,” will the mass arrests be scheduled for that time period? I’d say the odds are pretty good given that April 12, which is Easter here in the West, is also the anniversary of the start of the American Civil War. Didn’t Trump say we were in for a rough couple of weeks yesterday? Didn’t he also say that the Coronavirus plague would suddenly end one day, and didn’t he set expectations for an “Easter miracle“?

With elements of the mainstream media now narrating Xi Jinping’s victory over the Coronavirus in March, we now have a March prophecy marker event that establishes the beginning of a continuing action to “defeat the Coronavirus hoax and the Deep State Satanists behind it,” possibly by Eastern Orthodox Easter (April 19).

(2 April 2020) – When a world leader “goes into self-isolation” due to a supposed Coronavirus exposure or positive test, what it really means is that he or she is going into a bunker (or remaining very near one) in advance of a planned event. And Netanyahu has now gone into “self-isolation” for the second time this week.

The first time, he went to the bunker for Monday and Tuesday of this week — supposedly because an aide tested positive for the virus — then came out on Wednesday. Coincidentally, I warned that something big was planned for Monday or Tuesday — something that was evidently aborted.

The second time, he went to the bunker today — supposedly because the Israeli Health Minister tested positive — and he will remain there for seven days. This means he’ll still be in the bunker when Passover begins, which is another time I’ve warned of something big being planned. And the fact that he’s gone into the bunker a week in advance suggests that there could be significant events leading into Passover.

Stay frosty.

~ MORE ~

With Netanyahu going into the bunker today, I am reminded of this Trump tweet from yesterday…

…from Twitter

A false-flag to justify bombing Iran (and triggering the short, sharp war) appears to be in the offing, and this raises a question regarding the globalist scripting for Trump’s warning: Did the “evil Deep State” force “captive Trump” to send the tweet to help set up the false-flag, or did “captive but resistant Trump” send the tweet to give the Iranians and Russians a heads-up?

More to come on how the narratives surrounding Xi, Putin, and Bolsonaro are mimicking the narrative surrounding Trump…

---

MORE 2020 ENTRIES

Here is a list of other entries written this year, with the entries themselves placed below the list…

• ALERT (19 February 2020): The Ides of March May Come Early as the “Presidents Day Weekend Coup” Against Trump
• What To Watch For This Week (2/3-9): A Trump sex scandal, a Miami outbreak, and a ladder for Jared Kushner
• ALERT (19 January 2020): Keep an eye on the Virginia Gun Rally and the UK House of Lords
• The Globalist Entrapment Team
• FALSE-FLAG ALERT (29 January 2020): Engineered Viral Pandemic / Super Bowl Attack
• Globalist Agenda Watch 2020: What to watch for between now and the end of March
• Trump’s Fate Will Mirror Netanyahu’s
• A Note on North Korea’s “Christmas gift” to Trump

---

ALERT (19 February 2020): The Ides of March May Come Early as the “Presidents Day Weekend Coup” Against Trump

The current propaganda trend surrounding President Trump and Attorney General Barr suggests that the Roger Stone sentencing and pardon may be used as a trigger event for either a 25th Amendment cabinet coup organized by Barr, who is a member of the cabinet, or a release of sexual blackmail information on Trump.

Here is what the schedule of events looks to be…

1. On Thursday, Stone will be sentenced to jail time.
2. On Friday, Trump will pardon him.
3. On Saturday the 22nd, which is George Washington’s birthday and the start of Presidents Day Weekend, a cabinet coup or sex scandal release will be set in motion (both the number 22 and George Washington hold significance to the Freemasons). The coup, if it occurs, might not hit the news until Presidents Day on Monday.

As for the reason for an early coup, it is to put Pence and/or Kushner in position to play the Western Antichrist next month. And the sex scandal alternative would be a nice lead-in to the launch of Hillary Clinton’s stealth presidential campaign on March 8.

~ later ~

Come to think of it, we may see BOTH the sex scandal and the coup over the long weekend. A sex scandal release on Saturday would serve nicely as “the final straw” that sparks a cabinet coup on Monday. Pence could speak about how Trump has “fallen short of the example set by George Washington” and how he’ll work to restore respectability to the office.

And given what I’ve written about the possibility of the American Secret Space Program / US Space Force being revealed to the public next month, it’s interesting that Pence made the news today with a visit to NASA’s Langley Research Center. As I mentioned in my 22 January update, the globalists have been positioning Pence as “Mr. Space” by having him chair the National Space Council and swear-in the commander of the Space Force…

…from Defense.gov

So will “Mr. Space” be the President who rolls out the American UFOs this year?

~ MORE – 20 February 2020 ~

It should be noted that as the controlled alt-media narrate a surge in Coronavirus cases outside of China, Las Vegas is a city that receives over 200,000 Chinese visitors per year…

…from Nevada Current

And Trump has arrived in Vegas for a political rally tomorrow. So watch for the possibility of a “Vegas outbreak” making the news over the weekend, possibly with a tie-in to Trump’s death. Since Vegas is a place that people from all over America visit (and then go home with whatever social diseases they contract there), a Vegas outbreak would be a good substitute for the canceled Super Bowl attack.

~ MORE – 21 February 2020 ~

Trump has decided to hold off on the Stone pardon for the moment, so the “Ides of March” may now be delayed until we’re in the right month.

---

What To Watch For This Week (2/3-9): A Trump sex scandal, a Miami outbreak, and a ladder for Jared Kushner

(2-3 February 2020) – Here are the possible big moves for the week of February 3-9…

 > Watch for a potential Trump sex scandal to rock the news as soon as Monday, February 3. It would involve his personal use of sex-trafficked and (possibly) underaged women.

The globalist scriptwriters have been flourishing the Trump Sex Scandal card since Trump’s buddy Robert Kraft got busted for his use of a woman at the Orchids of Asia Day Spa not far from Mar-a-Lago. And you can read a detailed breakdown on the subject in The 2019 Archive (just enter sexual blackmail into your browser’s FIND feature to read the relevant sections).

With the last 3 days of the impeachment trial starting today, now would be a great time to play the Sex Scandal card. The unfolding of the scandal would fill the mainstream news all the way up to the election (increasingly alienating female voters all the while), leaving Republican Senators little choice but to cut their losses now by voting for Trump’s removal.

The only question is do the globalists wish to elevate Pence and/or Kushner before March or did they push the delay button on February 29.

> Watch for a potential Coronavirus outbreak in Miami as soon as Tuesday, February 4. It would be the first indication that the Super Bowl attack has occurred. You can find more information on this subject in the entry below this one.

> Watch for a development that will open the way for Jared Kushner to become the Vice President. The development could take 4 forms…

1. Trump is convicted by the Senate on Wednesday, Pence becomes President, and Kushner is named as his Vice President. Pence would choose Kushner under pressure from the Israel lobby (“to ensure continuity in the Israeli-Palestinian Peace Plan”). He has always been their enthusiastic lap dog.
2. Trump resigns in the face of the sex scandal, cutting a deal with Pence to hand over power in exchange for Kushner’s Vice Presidency.
3. Trump contracts a Coronavirus infection during his Mar-a-Lago visit on Super Bowl weekend and later dies. Pence then takes over and names Kushner as his VP.
4. Pence resigns after Trump’s Senate acquittal and Trump chooses Kushner as his VP.

When it comes to number 4, the media have offered preparatory propaganda for just such a scenario. First, they suggested that Jared and Ivanka have been trying to push Pence out…

…from Raw Story. Here is an excerpt…

President Donald Trump is purposefully humiliating his vice president with a series of loyalty tests as his daughter and son-in-law scheme to find a replacement as his 2020 running mate, according to a new biography…“For some of them they feel it is incredibly demeaning of him, and it goes to this point of him playing the long game. He has to survive, you know, the talk … about Jared (Kushner) and Ivanka (Trump), ways to get rid of him. Politically, you need to bring back suburban voters and women.”That White House intrigue has been rumored for weeks, and former UN ambassador Nikki Haley even issued a denial that she was being considered as a replacement, but LoBianco insisted those claims were accurate.

And second, they gave reasons why Pence may resign, and even suggested a time…

…from The Hill. Here is an excerpt…

Since his selection as Donald Trump’s running mate, many people believe that Mike Pence has been mired in the throes of PTSD — in this case, an acronym for “President Trump Stress Disorder”…The cliche tells us that “nice guys finish last.” Mike Pence is indeed a nice guy, yet one who knows how to survive the often brutal political arena. With the Senate trial — and more cracks appearing and then being patched in the foundation of solidarity beneath Trump — Pence knows that more whispered conversations are taking place.Some are wondering whether all of this will cause Pence to decline to serve as vice president in a second Trump term. They believe Pence has no chance to be elected president on his own and that, sometime after the Senate trial, he will opt for a private sector life of normalcy, family and faith. Should that be the case, who could fault him?

…from RedState. Here is an excerpt…

Even if the possibility of Mike Pence just being burned out and wanting to step down from the ticket were true, he would not breathe a word of that until after this Senate trial is complete. The Veep would not want to make it look like he was bailing on the boss BEFORE the results were in. Remember, Pence is incredibly loyal.

Of course, an attempt to step down from the ticket would be seen by Trump as both weakness and disloyalty, so he would insist that Pence resign the Vice Presidency. And the media have been suggesting that Trump would pick Nikki Haley as his replacement in order to increase his election prospects with women voters — the rationale being that he needs a female VP in order to compete with a female Democrat presidential candidate. But with Elizabeth Warren falling in the polls and Bernie Sanders rising, the need for a female VP is declining while the need for a Jewish VP is rising — the rationale being that Trump would need a Jewish VP to compete with Sanders for Jewish support. And whom else would he choose but his “unwaveringly strong and loyal son-in-law”?

---

ALERT (19 January 2020): Keep an eye on the Virginia Gun Rally and the UK House of Lords

[Alert Rescinded – 22 January 2020 – If the globalists had any plans for mischief at the gun rally and in the House of Lords, they were clearly shelved. The rally took place without a hitch and the Lords offered only token pushback on the Brexit Bill. The Bill is now awaiting royal ascent. Now we turn the unblinking eye towards Mike Pence, Israel, and the Vatican.]

Are they locking down the guns in advance of an end-of-month financial crisis?…

…from Zero Hedge. Here’s a snippet from the article…

“The rally is expected to draw tens of thousands, and fears about Charlottesville-style violence are prompting police to scour the web for any signs of a violent plot.”

When the day comes that the banksters trigger the planned financial system implosion, the last thing they want is citizens organizing armed retaliation against them, and what happens at the Virginia gun rally tomorrow may be aimed at preventing it. By staging a made-for-TV “armed insurrection” in Richmond, the government will have an excuse to crack down on people carrying guns in public; they’ll also have an excuse to go out and arrest anyone who attempts to organize armed resistance on the internet. The net result would be that people will be intimidated into keeping their guns at home and self-censoring their internet speech.

It’s interesting that this gun lockdown setup is happening on the same week that the UK House of Lords could set a financial crisis-triggering No Deal Brexit in motion for the end of this month. Have a look at this article from the Express…

…Here is an excerpt…

The House of Lords does not possess the same power as Commons, as it is unable to prevent bills from becoming law.

While the bill is in the upper chamber, Lords members may make amendments, but it must go back to the House of Commons for changes to take effect.

The Lords cannot stop the bill altogether but may be able to keep it in a state of ‘ping pong’ as it swings between the two Parliamentary chambers, prolonging the legislation and preventing a January 31 exit date.

Most people may assume the chances of the bill stalling in Lords is low, given Boris Johnson’s election success, however, this is not the case…

Currently, the House of Lords is controlled by the opposition via a combination of Labour and Liberal Democrat peers.

Upon seeing this, I went to the UK Parliament website to check into a few things. Here is what it says about the ping pong process…

…from Parliament.uk

And here is what it says about the day the process could begin for the Brexit Bill…

…from Parliament.uk

So it’s scheduled to start on the 22nd. Quelle surprise!

If the opposition keep the Brexit Bill bouncing around in limbo through the end of the month, all Boris Johnson has to do is follow through on his Brexit-or-Bust threats to trigger an unexpected, market-busting No Deal departure on January 31. We’d then see the financial house of cards start to fall on February 1st, finally reaching the Next Lehman Moment (the total seize-up of the global financial system) in late February to mid March.

---

The Globalist Entrapment Team

(25 January 2020) – Yesterday, the globalist entrapment team tried something that made me laugh — and that also made me realize I must be directly over the target. So bombs away! I’ve added the bare-bones outline of Xi’s Antichrist narrative to this page.

Also, if there’s something you want me to look at, don’t send active links (unless they’re to well-known websites); only excerpts, descriptions, and inactive links (like whatever_com). The entrapment team are trying to get me to click on links that lead to illegal pornography (and may trigger drive-by downloads). I don’t keep any forms of pornography in my home or on my PC.

In fact, I do not possess any form of pornography in any medium or in any place. Neither have I traded, purchased, rented, produced, or distributed any form of pornography for many years. I’m sure the globalists have copies of my cybersex with my Philippine girlfriend back in the oughts, though. Enjoy it fellas. 😉 Can I pick ’em or what?

---

FALSE-FLAG ALERT (29 January 2020): Engineered Viral Pandemic / Super Bowl Attack

Nature of Attack: Nationwide / global distribution of Coronavirus-bearing particles via aircraft and ground gear. The infectious cloud will appear to be a normal fog.

Target of Attack (US): The Super Bowl first, followed by nationwide distribution.

Perpetrators of Attack (US): The US government, but a biological terror attack on the Super Bowl by foreign enemies will be blamed.

Date of Attack: 02/02/2020 or a preceding day (the Miami distribution may have already occurred), with further distributions occurring in the days that follow.

Purpose of Attack: To provide a pretext for locking-down the nation prior to an engineered financial system collapse.

Special Notes:

1) The viral outbreaks will be heavily hyped by the mainstream and controlled alt-media, and crisis actors will be employed to make the virus appear more dangerous than it really is. Actual deaths from the outbreaks should be similar to those of a very bad flu season, but fatality figures may be inflated in press reports. Real mass death would lead to an uncontrollable population, and that is the exact opposite of what the perpetrators wish to achieve.

2) The outbreak will be blamed on a foreign bioterror attack on the Super Bowl, but the attack will not likely be “detected” and publicized until after the game has ended and all the spectators have returned to their homes in cities and towns across the nation. Those cities and towns will then be targeted by aircraft and ground gear, with the local outbreaks blamed on the returned Super Bowl attendees.

3) Watch for aerosol gear to be found in Miami following the Super Bowl. This gear may be seized during a drug bust or other routine law enforcement activity. It will then be passed on to the Department of Homeland Security who will “uncover” the supposed terror attack.

4) Eventually, the Wuhan and Miami “bioterror attacks” will be blamed on the “evil Western globalists” / “Satanists” / “the Deep State” (which is why some controlled alt-media sites are already pointing to the Davos crowd and Bill Gates). To understand why the narrative will turn in that direction, read Understanding the NWO Strategy if you haven’t already.

5) Avoid taking any vaccines that are offered. Given that Bill Gates, the Patron Demon of “Useless Eater” Sterilization, is involved, sterility is likely one of the engineered side effects. There may be life-shortening side effects as well.

6) In the event the globalists proceed with the Miami distribution, it will most likely be done with chemtrail aircraft (which Homeland Security completely ignores in its security preparations). The virus-bearing particles would be added to the daily chemtrail mix, released at altitude, and spread down to the surface collecting water as they go (thus appearing to be a normal clouds and fog). So any aerosol-spraying drones or ground gear discovered after the attack would serve merely as props to be used in spinning the public narrative of a terror attack.

7) There are two ways to infect the 150,000 visitors who will be in Miami for Super Bowl weekend: 1) directly expose the visitors to an infectious cloud, or 2) infect the locals with an infectious cloud prior to the visitors’ arrival, then let the locals transfer the infection to the visitors. Option 2 means that the infectious cloud may have already been released, perhaps in Tuesday’s fog over Miami.

8) As I mentioned in my 23 January update (which is further down this page), one of the potential globalist scripts for early 2020 has the US provoking its enemies — through outrageous actions like the killing of Iran’s Soleimani and the release of a bioweapon in China — into a counter-attack against the US. The Super Bowl attack could be narrated as that counter-attack.

9) In the case of the Wuhan strain of Coronavirus, the mean incubation period (the time from initial contact with the virus to becoming ill) is said to be 7 days. But the infectious period (the time an infected person can start passing it on to others) begins in perhaps 4 days. So if the “dense fog” in Miami on the morning of Tuesday, January 28, constituted an attack with a Coronavirus strain exhibiting similar characteristics to that of the Wuhan strain, it would mean that Miami locals started becoming contagious today, just in time to spread it to the Super Bowl visitors who are in Miami over the weekend. And the Miami locals would start showing symptoms around Tuesday, February 4, after the visitors have flown home on Monday. As it turns out, Tuesday was the perfect day for an infectious fog.

So we might not know till at least Tuesday if a Super Bowl attack has actually occurred.

Other Writings on This Attack (in chronological order):

(27 January 2020) – Tomorrow, I’ll turn my attention to a potential bioweapon release at the Super Bowl using fog as the dispersal medium — something the military has already tested right here in the US…

The government would seed the pathogen in a morning fog on one of the days leading up to the Super Bowl (or on Super Bowl day itself), but the attack and its patsies would not be “discovered” until the game is over and everyone has gone home to cities and towns all over the nation.

As for the strength of the pathogen, it would be roughly equivalent to a bad flu, so some people will die (just like they do every flu season). But the population will be terrorized by breathless hype in the mainstream and controlled alt-media. The hype will also be fed by images of crisis actors falling down in the streets and being surrounded by people in biohazard suits. (It’s a good time to rent the movie Wag the Dog if you haven’t seen it already.)

The purpose of the attack is to lock down the nation in advance of the engineered financial system collapse. Mass death is not their goal (this time), so don’t have a cow (but do have popcorn). More details to come…

(28 January 2020) – The alert I’m writing on the fog-borne bioweapon distribution here in the US won’t be done till Wednesday morning. But you can get the gist of it in yesterday’s note. Meanwhile, have a look at this…


…from Google Search (top) and the Miami Herald (bottom)

~ MORE ~

From the looks of it, the globalists intend to expose their own false-flag and blame it on the “evil Western globalist elite”…


…from Activist Post (top) and the Center for Health Security (bottom)

(Note – 31 January 2020) – I’ve added another update to the bottom of the alert: Occult Signalling connecting Kobe Bryant to “Death,” “Fog,” “Corona C,” “Viral Outbreak,” and the Super Bowl.

It should also be noted that Coronavirus Lineage C is associated with MERS (Middle East respiratory syndrome), so using that variant in the Super Bowl attack will allow them to tie the attack to Iran.

And on the subject of occult signalling, the leadup to the Super Bowl attack is getting ridiculous…

Have a look at this: Kobe & Kanye West Appeared in Nike Commercial Featuring a Helicopter Crash in 2011 (Video) (The commercial shows Kanye’s death due to a ball Kobe sets in motion.)

And this: Kanye West is bringing his Sunday Service Experience to Miami the morning of the Super Bowl

(31 January 2020) – Occult Signalling connecting Kobe Bryant to “Death,” “Fog,” “Corona C,” “Viral Outbreak,” and the Super Bowl

My son enjoys watching YouTube videos of gamers doing playthroughs of his favorite video games, and during lunch yesterday he watched a playthrough of Resident Evil in which the gamers were commiserating over the death of Kobe Bryant. They also talked of the connection they felt to Kobe as Resident Evil gamers due to his poster being in one of the games. That really caught my attention. So after doing a little searching, I tracked down the poster…

…It was in Resident Evil 2.

If you look closely, you can barely make out Kobe’s name in all caps below his shorts, with KOBE in smaller letters on top and BRYANT in larger letters on the bottom. You can make out the T in BRYANT by looking at his shoe (click on the image to enlarge it)…

What’s significant about this is that Resident Evil is a game about a viral outbreak in a place called Raccoon City. I’ve always wondered why they would choose such an odd name for the town, but I may have finally found the answer when I ran across a post that showed the word “Raccoon” is an anagram of “Corona C” (Lineage C of the Coronavirus is linked to bats).

RACCOON
CORONA C

It’s also worth noting that Kobe’s death in a helicopter crash was foreshadowed years earlier in a cartoon…

…and the crash was caused by fog.

So “Kobe Bryant” connects to “death” and “fog” (through the helicopter crash) and “viral outbreak” and “Corona C” (through his presence in Resident Evil 2). And can you guess who is being honored at the Super Bowl?

It’s important to note that Lineage C Coronaviruses are associated with MERS (Middle East Respiratory Syndrome)…

…from the American Society for Microbiology website

And MERS has been present in Iran since May of 2014…

…from CIDRAP

This will allow the US government to claim that Iran has had over 5 years to weaponize the Lineage C MERS coronavirus and transport it to their allies in the Americas: Venezuela, Cuba, and the Sinaloa Cartel (among others). And these allies have been smuggling drugs, people, weapons, and other things into Miami for decades. This is how the government will pin the attack on the Iranians (and the Venezuelans and the Cubans and so on and so forth).

(SECONDARY ALERT – 31 January 2020) – Trump is traveling to Mar-a-Lago today. Will he make a surprise appearance at the Super Bowl this Sunday? Will Mar-a-Lago see fog too? This would be a way of faking an “assassination through infection.” Also, he had a meeting at the White House today on human trafficking, and that subject is tied-in to the Chinese massage parlor sex scandal and Mar-a-Lago. With the Senate considering delaying the vote on witnesses till next week, will the Trump sex scandal card finally be played?

(2 February 2020) – I’ve done what I can to deter the Super Bowl attack (if it hasn’t taken place already), so let’s look ahead at What To Watch For This Week…

> Watch for a potential Trump sex scandal to rock the news as soon as Monday, February 3. It would involve his personal use of sex-trafficked and (possibly) underaged women.

> Watch for a potential Coronavirus outbreak in Miami as soon as Tuesday, February 4. It would be the first indication that the Super Bowl attack has occurred.

> Watch for a development that will open the way for Jared Kushner to become the Vice President. The development could take 3 forms…

• Trump is convicted by the Senate on Wednesday, Pence becomes President, and Kushner is named as his Vice President.
• Trump contracts a Coronavirus infection during his Mar-a-Lago visit this weekend and later dies. Pence then takes over and names Kushner as his VP.
• Pence resigns after Trump’s Senate acquittal and Trump chooses Kushner as his VP.

I’ll go into more details on all this by Monday morning.

In the meantime, I may close out a few notes on the Super Bowl if I find some time. Here’s one thing that I noticed this morning…

…from The Journal Gazette

This is another indication that Miami is/was targeted for a false-flag attack this weekend to be blamed on Iran and Venezuela (among others): an attack would have potentially infected and killed Maduro’s enemy, which allows the false-flaggers to portray a strong motivation for Venezuela’s supposed participation.

~ MORE ~

Given the Coronavirus’s connection to bats and the occult signalling surrounding Kobe Bryant’s death, which is reminiscent of the Dark Knight movies’ occult signalling of the Sandy Hook and Aurora mass casualty events…


…it should be pointed out that Dark Knight movies depicted both a fog attack and a football game attack…


…I’ll write more about this if there’s an outbreak in Miami this week.

---

Globalist Agenda Watch 2020: What to watch for between now and the end of March

2019 hands the pin-pulled grenade to 2020…

(1 January 2020) – As we enter the new year, a conflict between Iran-friendly Iraqi militias and the US military is being stirred up to provide a reason to move large formations of US and Saudi Coalition ground forces into Iraq. On one level, this is being done to cut off the “land bridge” between Iran and Syria/Lebanon. On another level, the forces are being positioned to attack Iran or Turkey, depending on how the “End Times” War is scripted to unfold.

Besides this, a number of other grenades have been handed over to 2020, including…

1. a Brexit that could trigger a financial crisis at the end of this month if it goes hard…
   
   …from Zero Hedge,
2. an impeachment (which started in September) that could remove Trump from office and replace him with Mike Pence or Jared Kushner, and
3. a breakdown in the repo market (which started in September) that can trigger the Next Lehman Moment on any day the globalists choose.

The good news is that the globalists put the pins back in those three grenades (for the moment) in December with BoJo’s election victory, a Democratic threat to withhold the Articles of Impeachment, and a massive Fed bailout of the year-end repo market. They also disposed of the US government shutdown grenade (which was scheduled to go off early this year) when they passed a budget that keeps the government funded through September. So the globalists may already be backing off from a March climax, but we’ll have to watch their fingers carefully.

Zooming out to the big picture level, 2020 will be a year of juggling timetables and Schrodinger’s minions. As the globalists make scripting choices and events unfold…

Which of at least four different prophecy fulfillment timetables will we find ourselves in?

Will Boris Johnson turn out to be the Betrayer of the Brexit, the British Vindex to Farage’s Galba, or Farage’s more palatable replacement as the globalists’ controlled opposition leader in the UK?…

Will Donald Trump turn out to be the Destroyer of the “Deep State,” the Antichrist of this Tribulation, or worm food?…

Will Jared Kushner turn out to be the Antichrist of this Tribulation, or will the class he took in “The Devil’s Advocate Style of Photo Posing” turn out to have been for naught?…

Similar questions can be asked about Xi, Erdogan, and others.

If the globalists set off their grenades early this year, we might see some rather earthshaking events by the end of March. But if I and others do our jobs correctly, we may see the grenades go back in their holsters for a while. Such a delay would take the form of massive QE from the central banks (to hold off the climax till September or next March) or a G20 agreement on across-the-board debt reduction (to hold off for a couple of years).

A year’s worth of details to follow…

---

Trump’s Fate Will Mirror Netanyahu’s

(15 December 2019) – Netanyahu’s political party, Likud, is scheduled to hold a leadership primary on December 26. In it, the party will decide whether to continue on with Netanyahu as their leader or replace him with Gideon Sa’ar, who has been tapped by the globalists to play the role of an Israeli “Deep State” agent and a Judas to Netanyahu.

Under current conditions, Netanyahu can be expected to win the primary, so we need to watch for a development between now and the 26th that will change that — a development that will convince Likud to set aside their traditional loyalty to their leader in order to avoid losing the March 2 election. Here are a few forms the development could take:

• a pre-primary public debate between Netanyahu and Sa’ar in which Sa’ar comes out looking like the clear winner,
• a deal or the hint of a deal between the Religious Zionist factions and the Lieberman faction that they will form an independent bloc that might bypass Netanyahu after the March 2 election, and/or
• the eruption of a new Netanyahu scandal, such as new criminal charges or a black swan event (like a false-flag) that makes it look like Netanyahu was trying to rally the party and the nation behind him.

If Netanyahu loses the primary, his time as Prime Minister will supposedly end once a new government is formed after the March 2 election. And since the globalist scriptwriters have intertwined Netanyahu and Trump’s fates, Netanyahu’s primary loss will also signal a pending loss for Trump in the Senate impeachment trial. I suspect the globalists are scripting a climax point in early March at which Trump and Netanyahu will either mass-arrest their “Deep States” or be deposed by them.

To ensure that Trump’s Senate impeachment trial will end about the same time as Israel’s March 2 election, look for both Trump and the Senate Democrats to call witnesses that will keep it dragging on for two months. The trial will be a grand public spectacle in which the Democrats will present a case against Trump that looks very weak in the public eye, while Trump’s case against the Democrats will look clear, convincing, and compelling. And once the public has seen all this, the trial will end with either the mass arrests or Trump’s fall. According to the script, mass arrests would mean “the end of the Great Tribulation period” and Trump & Netanyahu’s fall would mean “we’re still in the midst of the Great Tribulation.”

---

A Note on North Korea’s “Christmas gift” to Trump

(25 December 2019) – There has been a lot of press buildup around the possibility of North Korea testing a long-range missile between today and January 1. Should it occur, and especially if it involves detonating a nuke over the ocean, it could be used as an excuse for the Trump administration to ratchet up sanctions on North Korea to “total blockade” level over the coming weeks. This would involve the US Navy intercepting North Korea-bound North Korean, Russian, and Chinese ships, and would likely involve punitive sanctions on Russia and China too. This, along with increasingly provocative positioning of US forces near those nations, would be how “Antichrist” Trump and the “Deep State” would provoke America’s enemies into an attack against us. And that in turn would allow Trump to spring the US Space Force trap in March.